|
Lines 1-13657
Link Here
|
| 1 |
commit abe6e049cdd3 |
|
|
| 2 |
Author: Jean-Yves Avenard <jyavenard@mozilla.com> |
| 3 |
Date: Thu Apr 19 10:19:15 2018 +0200 |
| 4 |
|
| 5 |
Bug 1435212 - Add support for FFmpeg 4.0. r=bryce |
| 6 |
|
| 7 |
MozReview-Commit-ID: JlDFSUyGQu |
| 8 |
|
| 9 |
--HG-- |
| 10 |
extra : rebase_source : 310135ac5453b01164910bd3bf50b6107dcbc710 |
| 11 |
--- |
| 12 |
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp | 6 + |
| 13 |
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp | 13 +- |
| 14 |
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibs.h | 4 +- |
| 15 |
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp | 4 + |
| 16 |
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp | 2 +- |
| 17 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 | 504 ++ |
| 18 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h | 6146 ++++++++++++++++++++ |
| 19 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h | 118 + |
| 20 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h | 86 + |
| 21 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h | 176 + |
| 22 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h | 137 + |
| 23 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h | 167 + |
| 24 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h | 6 + |
| 25 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h | 365 ++ |
| 26 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h | 291 + |
| 27 |
.../ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h | 232 + |
| 28 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h | 560 ++ |
| 29 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h | 130 + |
| 30 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h | 200 + |
| 31 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h | 126 + |
| 32 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h | 893 +++ |
| 33 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h | 584 ++ |
| 34 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h | 77 + |
| 35 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h | 362 ++ |
| 36 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h | 50 + |
| 37 |
.../ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h | 242 + |
| 38 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h | 700 +++ |
| 39 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h | 529 ++ |
| 40 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h | 214 + |
| 41 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h | 272 + |
| 42 |
.../ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h | 139 + |
| 43 |
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build | 25 + |
| 44 |
dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build | 1 + |
| 45 |
33 files changed, 13355 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) |
| 46 |
|
| 47 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp |
| 48 |
index 4600ad6d247c..a9c7089fa880 100644 |
| 49 |
--- dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp |
| 50 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp |
| 51 |
@@ -77,15 +77,21 @@ FFmpegDataDecoder<LIBAV_VER>::InitDecoder() |
| 52 |
mCodecContext->extradata_size = mExtraData->Length(); |
| 53 |
// FFmpeg may use SIMD instructions to access the data which reads the |
| 54 |
// data in 32 bytes block. Must ensure we have enough data to read. |
| 55 |
+#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR >= 58 |
| 56 |
+ mExtraData->AppendElements(AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE); |
| 57 |
+#else |
| 58 |
mExtraData->AppendElements(FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE); |
| 59 |
+#endif |
| 60 |
mCodecContext->extradata = mExtraData->Elements(); |
| 61 |
} else { |
| 62 |
mCodecContext->extradata_size = 0; |
| 63 |
} |
| 64 |
|
| 65 |
+#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57 |
| 66 |
if (codec->capabilities & CODEC_CAP_DR1) { |
| 67 |
mCodecContext->flags |= CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE; |
| 68 |
} |
| 69 |
+#endif |
| 70 |
|
| 71 |
if (mLib->avcodec_open2(mCodecContext, codec, nullptr) < 0) { |
| 72 |
mLib->avcodec_close(mCodecContext); |
| 73 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegFunctionList.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegFunctionList.h |
| 74 |
index 6b8b38487d56..d08eee3fc8e8 100644 |
| 75 |
--- dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegFunctionList.h |
| 76 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegFunctionList.h |
| 77 |
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ AV_FUNC(av_freep, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL) |
| 78 |
#if defined(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR) || defined(LIBAVCODEC_ALLVERSION) |
| 79 |
#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR >= 55 || defined(LIBAVCODEC_ALLVERSION) |
| 80 |
/* libavutil v55 and later only */ |
| 81 |
-AV_FUNC(av_frame_alloc, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57)) |
| 82 |
-AV_FUNC(av_frame_free, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57)) |
| 83 |
-AV_FUNC(av_frame_unref, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57)) |
| 84 |
+AV_FUNC(av_frame_alloc, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58)) |
| 85 |
+AV_FUNC(av_frame_free, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58)) |
| 86 |
+AV_FUNC(av_frame_unref, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58)) |
| 87 |
#endif |
| 88 |
#endif |
| 89 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.h |
| 90 |
index 6b8b38487d56..d08eee3fc8e8 100644 |
| 91 |
--- dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.h |
| 92 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.h |
| 93 |
@@ -22,12 +22,14 @@ enum { |
| 94 |
AV_FUNC_55 = 1 << 2, |
| 95 |
AV_FUNC_56 = 1 << 3, |
| 96 |
AV_FUNC_57 = 1 << 4, |
| 97 |
+ AV_FUNC_58 = 1 << 5, |
| 98 |
AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_53 = AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK, |
| 99 |
AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_54 = AV_FUNC_54 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK, |
| 100 |
AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 = AV_FUNC_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK, |
| 101 |
AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 = AV_FUNC_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK, |
| 102 |
AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 = AV_FUNC_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK, |
| 103 |
- AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL = AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54 | AV_FUNC_55 | AV_FUNC_56 | AV_FUNC_57, |
| 104 |
+ AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58 = AV_FUNC_58 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK, |
| 105 |
+ AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL = AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54 | AV_FUNC_55 | AV_FUNC_56 | AV_FUNC_57 | AV_FUNC_58, |
| 106 |
AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL = AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK |
| 107 |
}; |
| 108 |
|
| 109 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp |
| 110 |
index f671e6e61bc4..b7ab49329502 100644 |
| 111 |
--- dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp |
| 112 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp |
| 113 |
@@ -23,12 +23,15 @@ template <int V> class FFmpegDecoderModule (public) |
| 114 |
|
| 115 |
static const char* sLibs[] = { |
| 116 |
#if defined(XP_DARWIN) |
| 117 |
+ "libavcodec.58.dylib", |
| 118 |
"libavcodec.57.dylib", |
| 119 |
"libavcodec.56.dylib", |
| 120 |
"libavcodec.55.dylib", |
| 121 |
"libavcodec.54.dylib", |
| 122 |
"libavcodec.53.dylib", |
| 123 |
#else |
| 124 |
+ "libavcodec.so.58", |
| 125 |
+ "libavcodec-ffmpeg.so.58", |
| 126 |
"libavcodec-ffmpeg.so.57", |
| 127 |
"libavcodec-ffmpeg.so.56", |
| 128 |
"libavcodec.so.57", |
| 129 |
@@ -129,6 +132,15 @@ FFmpegRuntimeLinker::Bind(const char* aLibName) |
| 130 |
} |
| 131 |
version = AV_FUNC_57; |
| 132 |
break; |
| 133 |
+ case 58: |
| 134 |
+ if (micro < 100) { |
| 135 |
+ // A micro version >= 100 indicates that it's FFmpeg (as opposed to LibAV). |
| 136 |
+ // Due to current AVCodecContext binary incompatibility we can only |
| 137 |
+ // support FFmpeg at this point. |
| 138 |
+ return false; |
| 139 |
+ } |
| 140 |
+ version = AV_FUNC_58; |
| 141 |
+ break; |
| 142 |
default: |
| 143 |
// Not supported at this stage. |
| 144 |
return false; |
| 145 |
@@ -168,6 +180,7 @@ FFmpegRuntimeLinker::CreateDecoderModule() |
| 146 |
case 55: |
| 147 |
case 56: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<55>::Create(); break; |
| 148 |
case 57: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<57>::Create(); break; |
| 149 |
+ case 58: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<58>::Create(); break; |
| 150 |
default: module = nullptr; |
| 151 |
} |
| 152 |
return module.forget(); |
| 153 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 |
| 154 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 155 |
index 000000000000..00b4fedfe7e7 |
| 156 |
--- /dev/null |
| 157 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 |
| 158 |
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ |
| 159 |
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE |
| 160 |
+ Version 2.1, February 1999 |
| 161 |
+ |
| 162 |
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 163 |
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 164 |
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies |
| 165 |
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. |
| 166 |
+ |
| 167 |
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts |
| 168 |
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence |
| 169 |
+ the version number 2.1.] |
| 170 |
+ |
| 171 |
+ Preamble |
| 172 |
+ |
| 173 |
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your |
| 174 |
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public |
| 175 |
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change |
| 176 |
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. |
| 177 |
+ |
| 178 |
+ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some |
| 179 |
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the |
| 180 |
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You |
| 181 |
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether |
| 182 |
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better |
| 183 |
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. |
| 184 |
+ |
| 185 |
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, |
| 186 |
+not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that |
| 187 |
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge |
| 188 |
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get |
| 189 |
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of |
| 190 |
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do |
| 191 |
+these things. |
| 192 |
+ |
| 193 |
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid |
| 194 |
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these |
| 195 |
+rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for |
| 196 |
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. |
| 197 |
+ |
| 198 |
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis |
| 199 |
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave |
| 200 |
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source |
| 201 |
+code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide |
| 202 |
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them |
| 203 |
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling |
| 204 |
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. |
| 205 |
+ |
| 206 |
+ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the |
| 207 |
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal |
| 208 |
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. |
| 209 |
+ |
| 210 |
+ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that |
| 211 |
+there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is |
| 212 |
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know |
| 213 |
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original |
| 214 |
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be |
| 215 |
+introduced by others. |
| 216 |
+ |
| 217 |
+ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of |
| 218 |
+any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot |
| 219 |
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a |
| 220 |
+restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that |
| 221 |
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be |
| 222 |
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. |
| 223 |
+ |
| 224 |
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the |
| 225 |
+ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser |
| 226 |
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and |
| 227 |
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use |
| 228 |
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those |
| 229 |
+libraries into non-free programs. |
| 230 |
+ |
| 231 |
+ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using |
| 232 |
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a |
| 233 |
+combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary |
| 234 |
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the |
| 235 |
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General |
| 236 |
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with |
| 237 |
+the library. |
| 238 |
+ |
| 239 |
+ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it |
| 240 |
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General |
| 241 |
+Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less |
| 242 |
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages |
| 243 |
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many |
| 244 |
+libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain |
| 245 |
+special circumstances. |
| 246 |
+ |
| 247 |
+ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to |
| 248 |
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes |
| 249 |
+a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be |
| 250 |
+allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free |
| 251 |
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this |
| 252 |
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free |
| 253 |
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. |
| 254 |
+ |
| 255 |
+ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free |
| 256 |
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of |
| 257 |
+free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in |
| 258 |
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU |
| 259 |
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating |
| 260 |
+system. |
| 261 |
+ |
| 262 |
+ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the |
| 263 |
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is |
| 264 |
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run |
| 265 |
+that program using a modified version of the Library. |
| 266 |
+ |
| 267 |
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and |
| 268 |
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a |
| 269 |
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The |
| 270 |
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must |
| 271 |
+be combined with the library in order to run. |
| 272 |
+ |
| 273 |
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE |
| 274 |
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION |
| 275 |
+ |
| 276 |
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other |
| 277 |
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or |
| 278 |
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of |
| 279 |
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). |
| 280 |
+Each licensee is addressed as "you". |
| 281 |
+ |
| 282 |
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data |
| 283 |
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs |
| 284 |
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. |
| 285 |
+ |
| 286 |
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work |
| 287 |
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the |
| 288 |
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under |
| 289 |
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a |
| 290 |
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated |
| 291 |
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is |
| 292 |
+included without limitation in the term "modification".) |
| 293 |
+ |
| 294 |
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for |
| 295 |
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means |
| 296 |
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated |
| 297 |
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation |
| 298 |
+and installation of the library. |
| 299 |
+ |
| 300 |
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not |
| 301 |
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of |
| 302 |
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from |
| 303 |
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based |
| 304 |
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for |
| 305 |
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does |
| 306 |
+and what the program that uses the Library does. |
| 307 |
+ |
| 308 |
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's |
| 309 |
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that |
| 310 |
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an |
| 311 |
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact |
| 312 |
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any |
| 313 |
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the |
| 314 |
+Library. |
| 315 |
+ |
| 316 |
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, |
| 317 |
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a |
| 318 |
+fee. |
| 319 |
+ |
| 320 |
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion |
| 321 |
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and |
| 322 |
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 |
| 323 |
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: |
| 324 |
+ |
| 325 |
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library. |
| 326 |
+ |
| 327 |
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices |
| 328 |
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. |
| 329 |
+ |
| 330 |
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no |
| 331 |
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. |
| 332 |
+ |
| 333 |
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a |
| 334 |
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses |
| 335 |
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility |
| 336 |
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, |
| 337 |
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or |
| 338 |
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of |
| 339 |
+ its purpose remains meaningful. |
| 340 |
+ |
| 341 |
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has |
| 342 |
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the |
| 343 |
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any |
| 344 |
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must |
| 345 |
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square |
| 346 |
+ root function must still compute square roots.) |
| 347 |
+ |
| 348 |
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If |
| 349 |
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, |
| 350 |
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in |
| 351 |
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those |
| 352 |
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you |
| 353 |
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based |
| 354 |
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of |
| 355 |
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the |
| 356 |
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote |
| 357 |
+it. |
| 358 |
+ |
| 359 |
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest |
| 360 |
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to |
| 361 |
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or |
| 362 |
+collective works based on the Library. |
| 363 |
+ |
| 364 |
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library |
| 365 |
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of |
| 366 |
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under |
| 367 |
+the scope of this License. |
| 368 |
+ |
| 369 |
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public |
| 370 |
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do |
| 371 |
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so |
| 372 |
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, |
| 373 |
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the |
| 374 |
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify |
| 375 |
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in |
| 376 |
+these notices. |
| 377 |
+ |
| 378 |
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for |
| 379 |
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all |
| 380 |
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. |
| 381 |
+ |
| 382 |
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of |
| 383 |
+the Library into a program that is not a library. |
| 384 |
+ |
| 385 |
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or |
| 386 |
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form |
| 387 |
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany |
| 388 |
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which |
| 389 |
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a |
| 390 |
+medium customarily used for software interchange. |
| 391 |
+ |
| 392 |
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy |
| 393 |
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the |
| 394 |
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to |
| 395 |
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not |
| 396 |
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code. |
| 397 |
+ |
| 398 |
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the |
| 399 |
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or |
| 400 |
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a |
| 401 |
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and |
| 402 |
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License. |
| 403 |
+ |
| 404 |
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library |
| 405 |
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it |
| 406 |
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the |
| 407 |
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. |
| 408 |
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. |
| 409 |
+ |
| 410 |
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file |
| 411 |
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a |
| 412 |
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. |
| 413 |
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be |
| 414 |
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The |
| 415 |
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. |
| 416 |
+ |
| 417 |
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data |
| 418 |
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline |
| 419 |
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object |
| 420 |
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative |
| 421 |
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the |
| 422 |
+Library will still fall under Section 6.) |
| 423 |
+ |
| 424 |
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may |
| 425 |
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. |
| 426 |
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, |
| 427 |
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. |
| 428 |
+ |
| 429 |
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or |
| 430 |
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a |
| 431 |
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work |
| 432 |
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit |
| 433 |
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse |
| 434 |
+engineering for debugging such modifications. |
| 435 |
+ |
| 436 |
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the |
| 437 |
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by |
| 438 |
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work |
| 439 |
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the |
| 440 |
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference |
| 441 |
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one |
| 442 |
+of these things: |
| 443 |
+ |
| 444 |
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding |
| 445 |
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever |
| 446 |
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under |
| 447 |
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked |
| 448 |
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that |
| 449 |
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the |
| 450 |
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified |
| 451 |
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood |
| 452 |
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the |
| 453 |
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application |
| 454 |
+ to use the modified definitions.) |
| 455 |
+ |
| 456 |
+ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the |
| 457 |
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a |
| 458 |
+ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, |
| 459 |
+ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) |
| 460 |
+ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if |
| 461 |
+ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is |
| 462 |
+ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. |
| 463 |
+ |
| 464 |
+ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at |
| 465 |
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials |
| 466 |
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more |
| 467 |
+ than the cost of performing this distribution. |
| 468 |
+ |
| 469 |
+ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy |
| 470 |
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above |
| 471 |
+ specified materials from the same place. |
| 472 |
+ |
| 473 |
+ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these |
| 474 |
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. |
| 475 |
+ |
| 476 |
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the |
| 477 |
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for |
| 478 |
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, |
| 479 |
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is |
| 480 |
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major |
| 481 |
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on |
| 482 |
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies |
| 483 |
+the executable. |
| 484 |
+ |
| 485 |
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license |
| 486 |
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally |
| 487 |
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot |
| 488 |
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you |
| 489 |
+distribute. |
| 490 |
+ |
| 491 |
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the |
| 492 |
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library |
| 493 |
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined |
| 494 |
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on |
| 495 |
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise |
| 496 |
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things: |
| 497 |
+ |
| 498 |
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work |
| 499 |
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library |
| 500 |
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the |
| 501 |
+ Sections above. |
| 502 |
+ |
| 503 |
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact |
| 504 |
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining |
| 505 |
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. |
| 506 |
+ |
| 507 |
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute |
| 508 |
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any |
| 509 |
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or |
| 510 |
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your |
| 511 |
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, |
| 512 |
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses |
| 513 |
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. |
| 514 |
+ |
| 515 |
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not |
| 516 |
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or |
| 517 |
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are |
| 518 |
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by |
| 519 |
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the |
| 520 |
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and |
| 521 |
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying |
| 522 |
+the Library or works based on it. |
| 523 |
+ |
| 524 |
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the |
| 525 |
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the |
| 526 |
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library |
| 527 |
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further |
| 528 |
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. |
| 529 |
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with |
| 530 |
+this License. |
| 531 |
+ |
| 532 |
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent |
| 533 |
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), |
| 534 |
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or |
| 535 |
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not |
| 536 |
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot |
| 537 |
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this |
| 538 |
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you |
| 539 |
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent |
| 540 |
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by |
| 541 |
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then |
| 542 |
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to |
| 543 |
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. |
| 544 |
+ |
| 545 |
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any |
| 546 |
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, |
| 547 |
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. |
| 548 |
+ |
| 549 |
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any |
| 550 |
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any |
| 551 |
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the |
| 552 |
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is |
| 553 |
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made |
| 554 |
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed |
| 555 |
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that |
| 556 |
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing |
| 557 |
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot |
| 558 |
+impose that choice. |
| 559 |
+ |
| 560 |
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to |
| 561 |
+be a consequence of the rest of this License. |
| 562 |
+ |
| 563 |
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in |
| 564 |
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the |
| 565 |
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add |
| 566 |
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, |
| 567 |
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus |
| 568 |
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if |
| 569 |
+written in the body of this License. |
| 570 |
+ |
| 571 |
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new |
| 572 |
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. |
| 573 |
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, |
| 574 |
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. |
| 575 |
+ |
| 576 |
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library |
| 577 |
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and |
| 578 |
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and |
| 579 |
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by |
| 580 |
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a |
| 581 |
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by |
| 582 |
+the Free Software Foundation. |
| 583 |
+ |
| 584 |
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free |
| 585 |
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, |
| 586 |
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is |
| 587 |
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free |
| 588 |
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our |
| 589 |
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status |
| 590 |
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing |
| 591 |
+and reuse of software generally. |
| 592 |
+ |
| 593 |
+ NO WARRANTY |
| 594 |
+ |
| 595 |
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO |
| 596 |
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. |
| 597 |
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR |
| 598 |
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY |
| 599 |
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
| 600 |
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR |
| 601 |
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE |
| 602 |
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME |
| 603 |
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. |
| 604 |
+ |
| 605 |
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN |
| 606 |
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY |
| 607 |
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU |
| 608 |
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR |
| 609 |
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE |
| 610 |
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING |
| 611 |
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A |
| 612 |
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF |
| 613 |
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH |
| 614 |
+DAMAGES. |
| 615 |
+ |
| 616 |
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS |
| 617 |
+ |
| 618 |
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries |
| 619 |
+ |
| 620 |
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest |
| 621 |
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that |
| 622 |
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting |
| 623 |
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the |
| 624 |
+ordinary General Public License). |
| 625 |
+ |
| 626 |
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is |
| 627 |
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively |
| 628 |
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the |
| 629 |
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. |
| 630 |
+ |
| 631 |
+ <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.> |
| 632 |
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> |
| 633 |
+ |
| 634 |
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 635 |
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 636 |
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 637 |
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 638 |
+ |
| 639 |
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 640 |
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 641 |
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 642 |
+ Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 643 |
+ |
| 644 |
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 645 |
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 646 |
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 647 |
+ |
| 648 |
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. |
| 649 |
+ |
| 650 |
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your |
| 651 |
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if |
| 652 |
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: |
| 653 |
+ |
| 654 |
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the |
| 655 |
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. |
| 656 |
+ |
| 657 |
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990 |
| 658 |
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice |
| 659 |
+ |
| 660 |
+That's all there is to it! |
| 661 |
+ |
| 662 |
+ |
| 663 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h |
| 664 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 665 |
index 000000000000..fb0c6fae70b3 |
| 666 |
--- /dev/null |
| 667 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h |
| 668 |
@@ -0,0 +1,6146 @@ |
| 669 |
+/* |
| 670 |
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard |
| 671 |
+ * |
| 672 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 673 |
+ * |
| 674 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 675 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 676 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 677 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 678 |
+ * |
| 679 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 680 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 681 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 682 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 683 |
+ * |
| 684 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 685 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 686 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 687 |
+ */ |
| 688 |
+ |
| 689 |
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H |
| 690 |
+#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H |
| 691 |
+ |
| 692 |
+/** |
| 693 |
+ * @file |
| 694 |
+ * @ingroup libavc |
| 695 |
+ * Libavcodec external API header |
| 696 |
+ */ |
| 697 |
+ |
| 698 |
+#include <errno.h> |
| 699 |
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" |
| 700 |
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h" |
| 701 |
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h" |
| 702 |
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h" |
| 703 |
+#include "libavutil/cpu.h" |
| 704 |
+#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" |
| 705 |
+#include "libavutil/dict.h" |
| 706 |
+#include "libavutil/frame.h" |
| 707 |
+#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" |
| 708 |
+#include "libavutil/log.h" |
| 709 |
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" |
| 710 |
+#include "libavutil/rational.h" |
| 711 |
+ |
| 712 |
+#include "version.h" |
| 713 |
+ |
| 714 |
+/** |
| 715 |
+ * @defgroup libavc libavcodec |
| 716 |
+ * Encoding/Decoding Library |
| 717 |
+ * |
| 718 |
+ * @{ |
| 719 |
+ * |
| 720 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding |
| 721 |
+ * @{ |
| 722 |
+ * @} |
| 723 |
+ * |
| 724 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding |
| 725 |
+ * @{ |
| 726 |
+ * @} |
| 727 |
+ * |
| 728 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs |
| 729 |
+ * @{ |
| 730 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs |
| 731 |
+ * @{ |
| 732 |
+ * @} |
| 733 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers |
| 734 |
+ * @{ |
| 735 |
+ * @} |
| 736 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge |
| 737 |
+ * @{ |
| 738 |
+ * @} |
| 739 |
+ * @} |
| 740 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal |
| 741 |
+ * @{ |
| 742 |
+ * @} |
| 743 |
+ * @} |
| 744 |
+ */ |
| 745 |
+ |
| 746 |
+/** |
| 747 |
+ * @ingroup libavc |
| 748 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview |
| 749 |
+ * @{ |
| 750 |
+ * |
| 751 |
+ * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ |
| 752 |
+ * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which |
| 753 |
+ * decouples input and output. |
| 754 |
+ * |
| 755 |
+ * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as |
| 756 |
+ * follows: |
| 757 |
+ * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. |
| 758 |
+ * - Send valid input: |
| 759 |
+ * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw |
| 760 |
+ * compressed data in an AVPacket. |
| 761 |
+ * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame |
| 762 |
+ * containing uncompressed audio or video. |
| 763 |
+ * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are |
| 764 |
+ * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat |
| 765 |
+ * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates |
| 766 |
+ * refcounted AVFrames.) |
| 767 |
+ * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() |
| 768 |
+ * functions and process their output: |
| 769 |
+ * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return |
| 770 |
+ * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. |
| 771 |
+ * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return |
| 772 |
+ * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. |
| 773 |
+ * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The |
| 774 |
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to |
| 775 |
+ * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each |
| 776 |
+ * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, |
| 777 |
+ * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. |
| 778 |
+ * |
| 779 |
+ * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple |
| 780 |
+ * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers |
| 781 |
+ * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps |
| 782 |
+ * outlined above. |
| 783 |
+ * |
| 784 |
+ * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if |
| 785 |
+ * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode |
| 786 |
+ * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could |
| 787 |
+ * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that |
| 788 |
+ * returns EAGAIN. |
| 789 |
+ * |
| 790 |
+ * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, |
| 791 |
+ * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for |
| 792 |
+ * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). |
| 793 |
+ * This is handled as follows: |
| 794 |
+ * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) |
| 795 |
+ * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining |
| 796 |
+ * mode. |
| 797 |
+ * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() |
| 798 |
+ * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will |
| 799 |
+ * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. |
| 800 |
+ * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with |
| 801 |
+ * avcodec_flush_buffers(). |
| 802 |
+ * |
| 803 |
+ * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also |
| 804 |
+ * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can |
| 805 |
+ * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling |
| 806 |
+ * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed |
| 807 |
+ * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of |
| 808 |
+ * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with |
| 809 |
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to |
| 810 |
+ * read at least some output. |
| 811 |
+ * |
| 812 |
+ * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only |
| 813 |
+ * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on |
| 814 |
+ * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or |
| 815 |
+ * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will |
| 816 |
+ * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. |
| 817 |
+ * |
| 818 |
+ * This API replaces the following legacy functions: |
| 819 |
+ * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4(): |
| 820 |
+ * Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use |
| 821 |
+ * avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet. |
| 822 |
+ * Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from |
| 823 |
+ * a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially |
| 824 |
+ * decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to |
| 825 |
+ * feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then |
| 826 |
+ * no data was read from the packet). |
| 827 |
+ * Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once. |
| 828 |
+ * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2(): |
| 829 |
+ * Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use |
| 830 |
+ * avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets. |
| 831 |
+ * Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not |
| 832 |
+ * possible. |
| 833 |
+ * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet. |
| 834 |
+ * |
| 835 |
+ * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed, |
| 836 |
+ * and will result in undefined behavior. |
| 837 |
+ * |
| 838 |
+ * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return |
| 839 |
+ * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API. |
| 840 |
+ * |
| 841 |
+ * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This |
| 842 |
+ * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless |
| 843 |
+ * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to |
| 844 |
+ * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second |
| 845 |
+ * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). |
| 846 |
+ * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed |
| 847 |
+ * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed |
| 848 |
+ * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive |
| 849 |
+ * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be |
| 850 |
+ * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between |
| 851 |
+ * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that |
| 852 |
+ * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now |
| 853 |
+ * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an |
| 854 |
+ * avcodec_send_packet() call. |
| 855 |
+ * @} |
| 856 |
+ */ |
| 857 |
+ |
| 858 |
+/** |
| 859 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. |
| 860 |
+ * @ingroup libavc |
| 861 |
+ * |
| 862 |
+ * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, |
| 863 |
+ * allocating core structures, etc. |
| 864 |
+ * @{ |
| 865 |
+ */ |
| 866 |
+ |
| 867 |
+ |
| 868 |
+/** |
| 869 |
+ * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. |
| 870 |
+ * The principle is roughly: |
| 871 |
+ * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. |
| 872 |
+ * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. |
| 873 |
+ * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation |
| 874 |
+ * details. |
| 875 |
+ * |
| 876 |
+ * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that |
| 877 |
+ * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), |
| 878 |
+ * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs |
| 879 |
+ * |
| 880 |
+ * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec |
| 881 |
+ * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. |
| 882 |
+ */ |
| 883 |
+enum AVCodecID { |
| 884 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, |
| 885 |
+ |
| 886 |
+ /* video codecs */ |
| 887 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, |
| 888 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding |
| 889 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H261, |
| 890 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263, |
| 891 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, |
| 892 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, |
| 893 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, |
| 894 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, |
| 895 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, |
| 896 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, |
| 897 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, |
| 898 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, |
| 899 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, |
| 900 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, |
| 901 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, |
| 902 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, |
| 903 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, |
| 904 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, |
| 905 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, |
| 906 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, |
| 907 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, |
| 908 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, |
| 909 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, |
| 910 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, |
| 911 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, |
| 912 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, |
| 913 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H264, |
| 914 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, |
| 915 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, |
| 916 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, |
| 917 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, |
| 918 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, |
| 919 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, |
| 920 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, |
| 921 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, |
| 922 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, |
| 923 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, |
| 924 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, |
| 925 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, |
| 926 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, |
| 927 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, |
| 928 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, |
| 929 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, |
| 930 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, |
| 931 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, |
| 932 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, |
| 933 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, |
| 934 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, |
| 935 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, |
| 936 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, |
| 937 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, |
| 938 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, |
| 939 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, |
| 940 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, |
| 941 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, |
| 942 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, |
| 943 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, |
| 944 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, |
| 945 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, |
| 946 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, |
| 947 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, |
| 948 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, |
| 949 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, |
| 950 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, |
| 951 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, |
| 952 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, |
| 953 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, |
| 954 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, |
| 955 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, |
| 956 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, |
| 957 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, |
| 958 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, |
| 959 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, |
| 960 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, |
| 961 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, |
| 962 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, |
| 963 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, |
| 964 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, |
| 965 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, |
| 966 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, |
| 967 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, |
| 968 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, |
| 969 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, |
| 970 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, |
| 971 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, |
| 972 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, |
| 973 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, |
| 974 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, |
| 975 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, |
| 976 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, |
| 977 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, |
| 978 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, |
| 979 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, |
| 980 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, |
| 981 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, |
| 982 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, |
| 983 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, |
| 984 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, |
| 985 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, |
| 986 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THP, |
| 987 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, |
| 988 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_C93, |
| 989 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, |
| 990 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, |
| 991 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, |
| 992 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, |
| 993 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, |
| 994 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VB, |
| 995 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, |
| 996 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, |
| 997 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, |
| 998 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, |
| 999 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, |
| 1000 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, |
| 1001 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, |
| 1002 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, |
| 1003 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, |
| 1004 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, |
| 1005 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, |
| 1006 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, |
| 1007 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, |
| 1008 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, |
| 1009 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, |
| 1010 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, |
| 1011 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, |
| 1012 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, |
| 1013 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210, |
| 1014 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, |
| 1015 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, |
| 1016 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, |
| 1017 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, |
| 1018 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, |
| 1019 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R210, |
| 1020 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, |
| 1021 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, |
| 1022 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, |
| 1023 |
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM |
| 1024 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, |
| 1025 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, |
| 1026 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, |
| 1027 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, |
| 1028 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, |
| 1029 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, |
| 1030 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, |
| 1031 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, |
| 1032 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, |
| 1033 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, |
| 1034 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, |
| 1035 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JV, |
| 1036 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, |
| 1037 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, |
| 1038 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, |
| 1039 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, |
| 1040 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, |
| 1041 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, |
| 1042 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, |
| 1043 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V410, |
| 1044 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, |
| 1045 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, |
| 1046 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, |
| 1047 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, |
| 1048 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, |
| 1049 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, |
| 1050 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, |
| 1051 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, |
| 1052 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, |
| 1053 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, |
| 1054 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, |
| 1055 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, |
| 1056 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, |
| 1057 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, |
| 1058 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, |
| 1059 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, |
| 1060 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, |
| 1061 |
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC |
| 1062 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, |
| 1063 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, |
| 1064 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, |
| 1065 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, |
| 1066 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, |
| 1067 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, |
| 1068 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, |
| 1069 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, |
| 1070 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, |
| 1071 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, |
| 1072 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, |
| 1073 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, |
| 1074 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, |
| 1075 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, |
| 1076 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, |
| 1077 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, |
| 1078 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, |
| 1079 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, |
| 1080 |
+ |
| 1081 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000, |
| 1082 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, |
| 1083 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_012V, |
| 1084 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, |
| 1085 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, |
| 1086 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, |
| 1087 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V308, |
| 1088 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V408, |
| 1089 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, |
| 1090 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, |
| 1091 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, |
| 1092 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, |
| 1093 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, |
| 1094 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, |
| 1095 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, |
| 1096 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, |
| 1097 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, |
| 1098 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, |
| 1099 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_M101, |
| 1100 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, |
| 1101 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, |
| 1102 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, |
| 1103 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, |
| 1104 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, |
| 1105 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, |
| 1106 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, |
| 1107 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, |
| 1108 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, |
| 1109 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, |
| 1110 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, |
| 1111 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, |
| 1112 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, |
| 1113 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, |
| 1114 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, |
| 1115 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, |
| 1116 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, |
| 1117 |
+ |
| 1118 |
+ /* various PCM "codecs" */ |
| 1119 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs |
| 1120 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, |
| 1121 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, |
| 1122 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, |
| 1123 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, |
| 1124 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, |
| 1125 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, |
| 1126 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, |
| 1127 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, |
| 1128 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, |
| 1129 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, |
| 1130 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, |
| 1131 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, |
| 1132 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, |
| 1133 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, |
| 1134 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, |
| 1135 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, |
| 1136 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, |
| 1137 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, |
| 1138 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, |
| 1139 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, |
| 1140 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, |
| 1141 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, |
| 1142 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, |
| 1143 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, |
| 1144 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, |
| 1145 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, |
| 1146 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, |
| 1147 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, |
| 1148 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, |
| 1149 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, |
| 1150 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, |
| 1151 |
+ |
| 1152 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = 0x10800, |
| 1153 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, |
| 1154 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, |
| 1155 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, |
| 1156 |
+ |
| 1157 |
+ /* various ADPCM codecs */ |
| 1158 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, |
| 1159 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, |
| 1160 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, |
| 1161 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, |
| 1162 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, |
| 1163 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, |
| 1164 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, |
| 1165 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, |
| 1166 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, |
| 1167 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, |
| 1168 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, |
| 1169 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, |
| 1170 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, |
| 1171 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, |
| 1172 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, |
| 1173 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, |
| 1174 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, |
| 1175 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, |
| 1176 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, |
| 1177 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, |
| 1178 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, |
| 1179 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, |
| 1180 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, |
| 1181 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, |
| 1182 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, |
| 1183 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, |
| 1184 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, |
| 1185 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, |
| 1186 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, |
| 1187 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, |
| 1188 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, |
| 1189 |
+ |
| 1190 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800, |
| 1191 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, |
| 1192 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, |
| 1193 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, |
| 1194 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, |
| 1195 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, |
| 1196 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, |
| 1197 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, |
| 1198 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, |
| 1199 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, |
| 1200 |
+ |
| 1201 |
+ /* AMR */ |
| 1202 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, |
| 1203 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, |
| 1204 |
+ |
| 1205 |
+ /* RealAudio codecs*/ |
| 1206 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, |
| 1207 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, |
| 1208 |
+ |
| 1209 |
+ /* various DPCM codecs */ |
| 1210 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, |
| 1211 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, |
| 1212 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, |
| 1213 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, |
| 1214 |
+ |
| 1215 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800, |
| 1216 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, |
| 1217 |
+ |
| 1218 |
+ /* audio codecs */ |
| 1219 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, |
| 1220 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 |
| 1221 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, |
| 1222 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, |
| 1223 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, |
| 1224 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, |
| 1225 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, |
| 1226 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, |
| 1227 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, |
| 1228 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, |
| 1229 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, |
| 1230 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, |
| 1231 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, |
| 1232 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, |
| 1233 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, |
| 1234 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, |
| 1235 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, |
| 1236 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, |
| 1237 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format |
| 1238 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, |
| 1239 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, |
| 1240 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, |
| 1241 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, |
| 1242 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, |
| 1243 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, |
| 1244 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, |
| 1245 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, |
| 1246 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, |
| 1247 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, |
| 1248 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, |
| 1249 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ |
| 1250 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, |
| 1251 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APE, |
| 1252 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, |
| 1253 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, |
| 1254 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, |
| 1255 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, |
| 1256 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, |
| 1257 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, |
| 1258 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, |
| 1259 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, |
| 1260 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, |
| 1261 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, |
| 1262 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, |
| 1263 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, |
| 1264 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, |
| 1265 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, |
| 1266 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, |
| 1267 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, |
| 1268 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, |
| 1269 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, |
| 1270 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, |
| 1271 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, |
| 1272 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G729, |
| 1273 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, |
| 1274 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, |
| 1275 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, |
| 1276 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, |
| 1277 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, |
| 1278 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, |
| 1279 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, |
| 1280 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, |
| 1281 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, |
| 1282 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, |
| 1283 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, |
| 1284 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, |
| 1285 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, |
| 1286 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, |
| 1287 |
+ |
| 1288 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800, |
| 1289 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, |
| 1290 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, |
| 1291 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, |
| 1292 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, |
| 1293 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, |
| 1294 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, |
| 1295 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, |
| 1296 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, |
| 1297 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, |
| 1298 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, |
| 1299 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, |
| 1300 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, |
| 1301 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DST, |
| 1302 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, |
| 1303 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, |
| 1304 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, |
| 1305 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, |
| 1306 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, |
| 1307 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, |
| 1308 |
+ |
| 1309 |
+ /* subtitle codecs */ |
| 1310 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. |
| 1311 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, |
| 1312 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, |
| 1313 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text |
| 1314 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, |
| 1315 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, |
| 1316 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, |
| 1317 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, |
| 1318 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, |
| 1319 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, |
| 1320 |
+ |
| 1321 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = 0x17800, |
| 1322 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, |
| 1323 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, |
| 1324 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, |
| 1325 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, |
| 1326 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_STL, |
| 1327 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, |
| 1328 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, |
| 1329 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, |
| 1330 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, |
| 1331 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, |
| 1332 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, |
| 1333 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, |
| 1334 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, |
| 1335 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, |
| 1336 |
+ |
| 1337 |
+ /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ |
| 1338 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. |
| 1339 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, |
| 1340 |
+ |
| 1341 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. |
| 1342 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = 0x18800, |
| 1343 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, |
| 1344 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, |
| 1345 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, |
| 1346 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, |
| 1347 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, |
| 1348 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, |
| 1349 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, |
| 1350 |
+ |
| 1351 |
+ |
| 1352 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it |
| 1353 |
+ |
| 1354 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS |
| 1355 |
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) */ |
| 1356 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems |
| 1357 |
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) */ |
| 1358 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. |
| 1359 |
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket |
| 1360 |
+}; |
| 1361 |
+ |
| 1362 |
+/** |
| 1363 |
+ * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an |
| 1364 |
+ * AVCodecID. |
| 1365 |
+ * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() |
| 1366 |
+ */ |
| 1367 |
+typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { |
| 1368 |
+ enum AVCodecID id; |
| 1369 |
+ enum AVMediaType type; |
| 1370 |
+ /** |
| 1371 |
+ * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and |
| 1372 |
+ * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric |
| 1373 |
+ * characters and '_' only. |
| 1374 |
+ */ |
| 1375 |
+ const char *name; |
| 1376 |
+ /** |
| 1377 |
+ * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. |
| 1378 |
+ */ |
| 1379 |
+ const char *long_name; |
| 1380 |
+ /** |
| 1381 |
+ * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. |
| 1382 |
+ */ |
| 1383 |
+ int props; |
| 1384 |
+ /** |
| 1385 |
+ * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. |
| 1386 |
+ * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. |
| 1387 |
+ * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. |
| 1388 |
+ */ |
| 1389 |
+ const char *const *mime_types; |
| 1390 |
+ /** |
| 1391 |
+ * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. |
| 1392 |
+ * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. |
| 1393 |
+ */ |
| 1394 |
+ const struct AVProfile *profiles; |
| 1395 |
+} AVCodecDescriptor; |
| 1396 |
+ |
| 1397 |
+/** |
| 1398 |
+ * Codec uses only intra compression. |
| 1399 |
+ * Video and audio codecs only. |
| 1400 |
+ */ |
| 1401 |
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) |
| 1402 |
+/** |
| 1403 |
+ * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. |
| 1404 |
+ * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless |
| 1405 |
+ * compression modes |
| 1406 |
+ */ |
| 1407 |
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) |
| 1408 |
+/** |
| 1409 |
+ * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. |
| 1410 |
+ */ |
| 1411 |
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) |
| 1412 |
+/** |
| 1413 |
+ * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which |
| 1414 |
+ * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the |
| 1415 |
+ * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding |
| 1416 |
+ * frames. |
| 1417 |
+ * |
| 1418 |
+ * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be |
| 1419 |
+ * equal. |
| 1420 |
+ */ |
| 1421 |
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) |
| 1422 |
+/** |
| 1423 |
+ * Subtitle codec is bitmap based |
| 1424 |
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. |
| 1425 |
+ */ |
| 1426 |
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) |
| 1427 |
+/** |
| 1428 |
+ * Subtitle codec is text based. |
| 1429 |
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. |
| 1430 |
+ */ |
| 1431 |
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) |
| 1432 |
+ |
| 1433 |
+/** |
| 1434 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding |
| 1435 |
+ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. |
| 1436 |
+ * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read |
| 1437 |
+ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br> |
| 1438 |
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged |
| 1439 |
+ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. |
| 1440 |
+ */ |
| 1441 |
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64 |
| 1442 |
+ |
| 1443 |
+/** |
| 1444 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding |
| 1445 |
+ * minimum encoding buffer size |
| 1446 |
+ * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. |
| 1447 |
+ */ |
| 1448 |
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 |
| 1449 |
+ |
| 1450 |
+/** |
| 1451 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding |
| 1452 |
+ */ |
| 1453 |
+enum AVDiscard{ |
| 1454 |
+ /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some |
| 1455 |
+ * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ |
| 1456 |
+ AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing |
| 1457 |
+ AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi |
| 1458 |
+ AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference |
| 1459 |
+ AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames |
| 1460 |
+ AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames |
| 1461 |
+ AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes |
| 1462 |
+ AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all |
| 1463 |
+}; |
| 1464 |
+ |
| 1465 |
+enum AVAudioServiceType { |
| 1466 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, |
| 1467 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, |
| 1468 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, |
| 1469 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, |
| 1470 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, |
| 1471 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, |
| 1472 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, |
| 1473 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, |
| 1474 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, |
| 1475 |
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI |
| 1476 |
+}; |
| 1477 |
+ |
| 1478 |
+/** |
| 1479 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding |
| 1480 |
+ */ |
| 1481 |
+typedef struct RcOverride{ |
| 1482 |
+ int start_frame; |
| 1483 |
+ int end_frame; |
| 1484 |
+ int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. |
| 1485 |
+ float quality_factor; |
| 1486 |
+} RcOverride; |
| 1487 |
+ |
| 1488 |
+/* encoding support |
| 1489 |
+ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. |
| 1490 |
+ Note: Not everything is supported yet. |
| 1491 |
+*/ |
| 1492 |
+ |
| 1493 |
+/** |
| 1494 |
+ * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned |
| 1495 |
+ * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). |
| 1496 |
+ */ |
| 1497 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) |
| 1498 |
+/** |
| 1499 |
+ * Use fixed qscale. |
| 1500 |
+ */ |
| 1501 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) |
| 1502 |
+/** |
| 1503 |
+ * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. |
| 1504 |
+ */ |
| 1505 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) |
| 1506 |
+/** |
| 1507 |
+ * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. |
| 1508 |
+ */ |
| 1509 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) |
| 1510 |
+/** |
| 1511 |
+ * Use qpel MC. |
| 1512 |
+ */ |
| 1513 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) |
| 1514 |
+/** |
| 1515 |
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. |
| 1516 |
+ */ |
| 1517 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) |
| 1518 |
+/** |
| 1519 |
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. |
| 1520 |
+ */ |
| 1521 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) |
| 1522 |
+/** |
| 1523 |
+ * loop filter. |
| 1524 |
+ */ |
| 1525 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) |
| 1526 |
+/** |
| 1527 |
+ * Only decode/encode grayscale. |
| 1528 |
+ */ |
| 1529 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) |
| 1530 |
+/** |
| 1531 |
+ * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. |
| 1532 |
+ */ |
| 1533 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) |
| 1534 |
+/** |
| 1535 |
+ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location |
| 1536 |
+ * instead of only at frame boundaries. |
| 1537 |
+ */ |
| 1538 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16) |
| 1539 |
+/** |
| 1540 |
+ * Use interlaced DCT. |
| 1541 |
+ */ |
| 1542 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) |
| 1543 |
+/** |
| 1544 |
+ * Force low delay. |
| 1545 |
+ */ |
| 1546 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) |
| 1547 |
+/** |
| 1548 |
+ * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. |
| 1549 |
+ */ |
| 1550 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) |
| 1551 |
+/** |
| 1552 |
+ * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). |
| 1553 |
+ */ |
| 1554 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) |
| 1555 |
+/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ |
| 1556 |
+/** |
| 1557 |
+ * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction |
| 1558 |
+ */ |
| 1559 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) |
| 1560 |
+/** |
| 1561 |
+ * interlaced motion estimation |
| 1562 |
+ */ |
| 1563 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) |
| 1564 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) |
| 1565 |
+ |
| 1566 |
+/** |
| 1567 |
+ * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. |
| 1568 |
+ */ |
| 1569 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) |
| 1570 |
+/** |
| 1571 |
+ * Skip bitstream encoding. |
| 1572 |
+ */ |
| 1573 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) |
| 1574 |
+/** |
| 1575 |
+ * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. |
| 1576 |
+ */ |
| 1577 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) |
| 1578 |
+ |
| 1579 |
+/** |
| 1580 |
+ * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! |
| 1581 |
+ */ |
| 1582 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13) |
| 1583 |
+ |
| 1584 |
+/** |
| 1585 |
+ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries |
| 1586 |
+ * instead of only at frame boundaries. |
| 1587 |
+ */ |
| 1588 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) |
| 1589 |
+/** |
| 1590 |
+ * Discard cropping information from SPS. |
| 1591 |
+ */ |
| 1592 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) |
| 1593 |
+ |
| 1594 |
+/** |
| 1595 |
+ * Show all frames before the first keyframe |
| 1596 |
+ */ |
| 1597 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) |
| 1598 |
+/** |
| 1599 |
+ * Export motion vectors through frame side data |
| 1600 |
+ */ |
| 1601 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) |
| 1602 |
+/** |
| 1603 |
+ * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data |
| 1604 |
+ */ |
| 1605 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) |
| 1606 |
+/** |
| 1607 |
+ * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) |
| 1608 |
+ */ |
| 1609 |
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) |
| 1610 |
+ |
| 1611 |
+/* Unsupported options : |
| 1612 |
+ * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) |
| 1613 |
+ * Reference Picture Selection |
| 1614 |
+ * Independent Segment Decoding */ |
| 1615 |
+/* /Fx */ |
| 1616 |
+/* codec capabilities */ |
| 1617 |
+ |
| 1618 |
+/** |
| 1619 |
+ * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. |
| 1620 |
+ */ |
| 1621 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) |
| 1622 |
+/** |
| 1623 |
+ * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. |
| 1624 |
+ * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that |
| 1625 |
+ * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. |
| 1626 |
+ */ |
| 1627 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) |
| 1628 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3) |
| 1629 |
+/** |
| 1630 |
+ * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to |
| 1631 |
+ * give the complete and correct output. |
| 1632 |
+ * |
| 1633 |
+ * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with |
| 1634 |
+ * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode |
| 1635 |
+ * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec |
| 1636 |
+ * unless this flag is set. |
| 1637 |
+ * |
| 1638 |
+ * Decoders: |
| 1639 |
+ * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, |
| 1640 |
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer |
| 1641 |
+ * returns frames. |
| 1642 |
+ * |
| 1643 |
+ * Encoders: |
| 1644 |
+ * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the |
| 1645 |
+ * encoder no longer returns data. |
| 1646 |
+ * |
| 1647 |
+ * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this |
| 1648 |
+ * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for |
| 1649 |
+ * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will |
| 1650 |
+ * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. |
| 1651 |
+ */ |
| 1652 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) |
| 1653 |
+/** |
| 1654 |
+ * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. |
| 1655 |
+ * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. |
| 1656 |
+ */ |
| 1657 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) |
| 1658 |
+ |
| 1659 |
+/** |
| 1660 |
+ * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket |
| 1661 |
+ * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do |
| 1662 |
+ * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. |
| 1663 |
+ * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a |
| 1664 |
+ * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming |
| 1665 |
+ * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus |
| 1666 |
+ * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like |
| 1667 |
+ * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered |
| 1668 |
+ * as a last resort. |
| 1669 |
+ */ |
| 1670 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) |
| 1671 |
+/** |
| 1672 |
+ * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental |
| 1673 |
+ * encoders |
| 1674 |
+ */ |
| 1675 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) |
| 1676 |
+/** |
| 1677 |
+ * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container |
| 1678 |
+ */ |
| 1679 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) |
| 1680 |
+/** |
| 1681 |
+ * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. |
| 1682 |
+ */ |
| 1683 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) |
| 1684 |
+/** |
| 1685 |
+ * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. |
| 1686 |
+ */ |
| 1687 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) |
| 1688 |
+/** |
| 1689 |
+ * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. |
| 1690 |
+ */ |
| 1691 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) |
| 1692 |
+/** |
| 1693 |
+ * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). |
| 1694 |
+ */ |
| 1695 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 15) |
| 1696 |
+/** |
| 1697 |
+ * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. |
| 1698 |
+ */ |
| 1699 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) |
| 1700 |
+/** |
| 1701 |
+ * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. |
| 1702 |
+ * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. |
| 1703 |
+ * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, |
| 1704 |
+ * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about |
| 1705 |
+ * the stream. |
| 1706 |
+ * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort |
| 1707 |
+ * choice for probing. |
| 1708 |
+ */ |
| 1709 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) |
| 1710 |
+/** |
| 1711 |
+ * Codec is intra only. |
| 1712 |
+ */ |
| 1713 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 |
| 1714 |
+/** |
| 1715 |
+ * Codec is lossless. |
| 1716 |
+ */ |
| 1717 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 |
| 1718 |
+ |
| 1719 |
+/** |
| 1720 |
+ * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to |
| 1721 |
+ * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use |
| 1722 |
+ * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. |
| 1723 |
+ */ |
| 1724 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18) |
| 1725 |
+ |
| 1726 |
+/** |
| 1727 |
+ * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not |
| 1728 |
+ * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the |
| 1729 |
+ * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. |
| 1730 |
+ */ |
| 1731 |
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19) |
| 1732 |
+ |
| 1733 |
+/** |
| 1734 |
+ * Pan Scan area. |
| 1735 |
+ * This specifies the area which should be displayed. |
| 1736 |
+ * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. |
| 1737 |
+ */ |
| 1738 |
+typedef struct AVPanScan { |
| 1739 |
+ /** |
| 1740 |
+ * id |
| 1741 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 1742 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 1743 |
+ */ |
| 1744 |
+ int id; |
| 1745 |
+ |
| 1746 |
+ /** |
| 1747 |
+ * width and height in 1/16 pel |
| 1748 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 1749 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 1750 |
+ */ |
| 1751 |
+ int width; |
| 1752 |
+ int height; |
| 1753 |
+ |
| 1754 |
+ /** |
| 1755 |
+ * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames |
| 1756 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 1757 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 1758 |
+ */ |
| 1759 |
+ int16_t position[3][2]; |
| 1760 |
+} AVPanScan; |
| 1761 |
+ |
| 1762 |
+/** |
| 1763 |
+ * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It |
| 1764 |
+ * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD |
| 1765 |
+ * parameters for H.264/HEVC. |
| 1766 |
+ */ |
| 1767 |
+typedef struct AVCPBProperties { |
| 1768 |
+ /** |
| 1769 |
+ * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. |
| 1770 |
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified. |
| 1771 |
+ */ |
| 1772 |
+ int max_bitrate; |
| 1773 |
+ /** |
| 1774 |
+ * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. |
| 1775 |
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified. |
| 1776 |
+ */ |
| 1777 |
+ int min_bitrate; |
| 1778 |
+ /** |
| 1779 |
+ * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. |
| 1780 |
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified. |
| 1781 |
+ */ |
| 1782 |
+ int avg_bitrate; |
| 1783 |
+ |
| 1784 |
+ /** |
| 1785 |
+ * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. |
| 1786 |
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified. |
| 1787 |
+ */ |
| 1788 |
+ int buffer_size; |
| 1789 |
+ |
| 1790 |
+ /** |
| 1791 |
+ * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with |
| 1792 |
+ * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz |
| 1793 |
+ * clock. |
| 1794 |
+ * |
| 1795 |
+ * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. |
| 1796 |
+ */ |
| 1797 |
+ uint64_t vbv_delay; |
| 1798 |
+} AVCPBProperties; |
| 1799 |
+ |
| 1800 |
+/** |
| 1801 |
+ * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. |
| 1802 |
+ */ |
| 1803 |
+#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) |
| 1804 |
+ |
| 1805 |
+/** |
| 1806 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket |
| 1807 |
+ * |
| 1808 |
+ * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. |
| 1809 |
+ * @{ |
| 1810 |
+ */ |
| 1811 |
+enum AVPacketSideDataType { |
| 1812 |
+ /** |
| 1813 |
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE |
| 1814 |
+ * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is |
| 1815 |
+ * present. |
| 1816 |
+ */ |
| 1817 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, |
| 1818 |
+ |
| 1819 |
+ /** |
| 1820 |
+ * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format |
| 1821 |
+ * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should |
| 1822 |
+ * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side |
| 1823 |
+ * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current |
| 1824 |
+ * frame or packet. |
| 1825 |
+ */ |
| 1826 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, |
| 1827 |
+ |
| 1828 |
+ /** |
| 1829 |
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: |
| 1830 |
+ * @code |
| 1831 |
+ * u32le param_flags |
| 1832 |
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) |
| 1833 |
+ * s32le channel_count |
| 1834 |
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) |
| 1835 |
+ * u64le channel_layout |
| 1836 |
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) |
| 1837 |
+ * s32le sample_rate |
| 1838 |
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) |
| 1839 |
+ * s32le width |
| 1840 |
+ * s32le height |
| 1841 |
+ * @endcode |
| 1842 |
+ */ |
| 1843 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, |
| 1844 |
+ |
| 1845 |
+ /** |
| 1846 |
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of |
| 1847 |
+ * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the |
| 1848 |
+ * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). |
| 1849 |
+ * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, |
| 1850 |
+ * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller |
| 1851 |
+ * than the target payload size. |
| 1852 |
+ * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: |
| 1853 |
+ * @code |
| 1854 |
+ * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet |
| 1855 |
+ * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock |
| 1856 |
+ * u8 GOB number |
| 1857 |
+ * u16le macroblock address within the GOB |
| 1858 |
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor |
| 1859 |
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor |
| 1860 |
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 |
| 1861 |
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 |
| 1862 |
+ * @endcode |
| 1863 |
+ */ |
| 1864 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, |
| 1865 |
+ |
| 1866 |
+ /** |
| 1867 |
+ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains |
| 1868 |
+ * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. |
| 1869 |
+ */ |
| 1870 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, |
| 1871 |
+ |
| 1872 |
+ /** |
| 1873 |
+ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine |
| 1874 |
+ * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for |
| 1875 |
+ * correct presentation. |
| 1876 |
+ * |
| 1877 |
+ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. |
| 1878 |
+ */ |
| 1879 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, |
| 1880 |
+ |
| 1881 |
+ /** |
| 1882 |
+ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains |
| 1883 |
+ * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. |
| 1884 |
+ */ |
| 1885 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, |
| 1886 |
+ |
| 1887 |
+ /** |
| 1888 |
+ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds |
| 1889 |
+ * to enum AVAudioServiceType. |
| 1890 |
+ */ |
| 1891 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, |
| 1892 |
+ |
| 1893 |
+ /** |
| 1894 |
+ * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. |
| 1895 |
+ * @code |
| 1896 |
+ * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). |
| 1897 |
+ * u8 picture type |
| 1898 |
+ * u8 error count |
| 1899 |
+ * u16 reserved |
| 1900 |
+ * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output |
| 1901 |
+ * @endcode |
| 1902 |
+ */ |
| 1903 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, |
| 1904 |
+ |
| 1905 |
+ /** |
| 1906 |
+ * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index |
| 1907 |
+ * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate |
| 1908 |
+ * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. |
| 1909 |
+ * e.g. no decoder available for codec. |
| 1910 |
+ */ |
| 1911 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, |
| 1912 |
+ |
| 1913 |
+ /** |
| 1914 |
+ * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. |
| 1915 |
+ */ |
| 1916 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, |
| 1917 |
+ |
| 1918 |
+ /** |
| 1919 |
+ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples |
| 1920 |
+ * @code |
| 1921 |
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet |
| 1922 |
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet |
| 1923 |
+ * u8 reason for start skip |
| 1924 |
+ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) |
| 1925 |
+ * @endcode |
| 1926 |
+ */ |
| 1927 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, |
| 1928 |
+ |
| 1929 |
+ /** |
| 1930 |
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that |
| 1931 |
+ * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV |
| 1932 |
+ * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. |
| 1933 |
+ * @code |
| 1934 |
+ * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) |
| 1935 |
+ * @endcode |
| 1936 |
+ */ |
| 1937 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, |
| 1938 |
+ |
| 1939 |
+ /** |
| 1940 |
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for |
| 1941 |
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. |
| 1942 |
+ */ |
| 1943 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, |
| 1944 |
+ |
| 1945 |
+ /** |
| 1946 |
+ * Subtitle event position |
| 1947 |
+ * @code |
| 1948 |
+ * u32le x1 |
| 1949 |
+ * u32le y1 |
| 1950 |
+ * u32le x2 |
| 1951 |
+ * u32le y2 |
| 1952 |
+ * @endcode |
| 1953 |
+ */ |
| 1954 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, |
| 1955 |
+ |
| 1956 |
+ /** |
| 1957 |
+ * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is |
| 1958 |
+ * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data |
| 1959 |
+ * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed |
| 1960 |
+ * by data. |
| 1961 |
+ */ |
| 1962 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, |
| 1963 |
+ |
| 1964 |
+ /** |
| 1965 |
+ * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. |
| 1966 |
+ */ |
| 1967 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, |
| 1968 |
+ |
| 1969 |
+ /** |
| 1970 |
+ * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately |
| 1971 |
+ * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. |
| 1972 |
+ */ |
| 1973 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, |
| 1974 |
+ |
| 1975 |
+ /** |
| 1976 |
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for |
| 1977 |
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This |
| 1978 |
+ * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. |
| 1979 |
+ */ |
| 1980 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, |
| 1981 |
+ |
| 1982 |
+ /** |
| 1983 |
+ * MPEGTS stream ID, this is required to pass the stream ID |
| 1984 |
+ * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. |
| 1985 |
+ */ |
| 1986 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, |
| 1987 |
+ |
| 1988 |
+ /** |
| 1989 |
+ * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata |
| 1990 |
+ * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form |
| 1991 |
+ * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. |
| 1992 |
+ */ |
| 1993 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, |
| 1994 |
+ |
| 1995 |
+ /** |
| 1996 |
+ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds |
| 1997 |
+ * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. |
| 1998 |
+ */ |
| 1999 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, |
| 2000 |
+ |
| 2001 |
+ /** |
| 2002 |
+ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be |
| 2003 |
+ * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the |
| 2004 |
+ * AVContentLightMetadata struct. |
| 2005 |
+ */ |
| 2006 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, |
| 2007 |
+ |
| 2008 |
+ /** |
| 2009 |
+ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with |
| 2010 |
+ * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. |
| 2011 |
+ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. |
| 2012 |
+ */ |
| 2013 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, |
| 2014 |
+ |
| 2015 |
+ /** |
| 2016 |
+ * This side data is encryption initialization data. |
| 2017 |
+ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to |
| 2018 |
+ * access. |
| 2019 |
+ */ |
| 2020 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, |
| 2021 |
+ |
| 2022 |
+ /** |
| 2023 |
+ * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. |
| 2024 |
+ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. |
| 2025 |
+ */ |
| 2026 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, |
| 2027 |
+ |
| 2028 |
+ /** |
| 2029 |
+ * The number of side data types. |
| 2030 |
+ * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may |
| 2031 |
+ * change when new side data types are added. |
| 2032 |
+ * This must stay the last enum value. |
| 2033 |
+ * If its value becomes huge, some code using it |
| 2034 |
+ * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. |
| 2035 |
+ */ |
| 2036 |
+ AV_PKT_DATA_NB |
| 2037 |
+}; |
| 2038 |
+ |
| 2039 |
+#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED |
| 2040 |
+ |
| 2041 |
+typedef struct AVPacketSideData { |
| 2042 |
+ uint8_t *data; |
| 2043 |
+ int size; |
| 2044 |
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type; |
| 2045 |
+} AVPacketSideData; |
| 2046 |
+ |
| 2047 |
+/** |
| 2048 |
+ * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers |
| 2049 |
+ * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and |
| 2050 |
+ * then passed to muxers. |
| 2051 |
+ * |
| 2052 |
+ * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may |
| 2053 |
+ * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty |
| 2054 |
+ * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data |
| 2055 |
+ * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). |
| 2056 |
+ * |
| 2057 |
+ * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public |
| 2058 |
+ * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it |
| 2059 |
+ * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. |
| 2060 |
+ * |
| 2061 |
+ * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. |
| 2062 |
+ * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is |
| 2063 |
+ * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the |
| 2064 |
+ * reference count to 0. |
| 2065 |
+ * |
| 2066 |
+ * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead |
| 2067 |
+ * of increasing the reference count. |
| 2068 |
+ * |
| 2069 |
+ * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by |
| 2070 |
+ * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). |
| 2071 |
+ * |
| 2072 |
+ * @see av_packet_ref |
| 2073 |
+ * @see av_packet_unref |
| 2074 |
+ */ |
| 2075 |
+typedef struct AVPacket { |
| 2076 |
+ /** |
| 2077 |
+ * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is |
| 2078 |
+ * stored. |
| 2079 |
+ * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. |
| 2080 |
+ */ |
| 2081 |
+ AVBufferRef *buf; |
| 2082 |
+ /** |
| 2083 |
+ * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which |
| 2084 |
+ * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. |
| 2085 |
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. |
| 2086 |
+ * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before |
| 2087 |
+ * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse |
| 2088 |
+ * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps |
| 2089 |
+ * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. |
| 2090 |
+ */ |
| 2091 |
+ int64_t pts; |
| 2092 |
+ /** |
| 2093 |
+ * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which |
| 2094 |
+ * the packet is decompressed. |
| 2095 |
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. |
| 2096 |
+ */ |
| 2097 |
+ int64_t dts; |
| 2098 |
+ uint8_t *data; |
| 2099 |
+ int size; |
| 2100 |
+ int stream_index; |
| 2101 |
+ /** |
| 2102 |
+ * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values |
| 2103 |
+ */ |
| 2104 |
+ int flags; |
| 2105 |
+ /** |
| 2106 |
+ * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. |
| 2107 |
+ * Packet can contain several types of side information. |
| 2108 |
+ */ |
| 2109 |
+ AVPacketSideData *side_data; |
| 2110 |
+ int side_data_elems; |
| 2111 |
+ |
| 2112 |
+ /** |
| 2113 |
+ * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. |
| 2114 |
+ * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. |
| 2115 |
+ */ |
| 2116 |
+ int64_t duration; |
| 2117 |
+ |
| 2118 |
+ int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown |
| 2119 |
+ |
| 2120 |
+#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION |
| 2121 |
+ /** |
| 2122 |
+ * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required |
| 2123 |
+ * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the |
| 2124 |
+ * duration field was still an int. |
| 2125 |
+ */ |
| 2126 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2127 |
+ int64_t convergence_duration; |
| 2128 |
+#endif |
| 2129 |
+} AVPacket; |
| 2130 |
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe |
| 2131 |
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted |
| 2132 |
+/** |
| 2133 |
+ * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid |
| 2134 |
+ * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped |
| 2135 |
+ * after decoding. |
| 2136 |
+ **/ |
| 2137 |
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 |
| 2138 |
+/** |
| 2139 |
+ * The packet comes from a trusted source. |
| 2140 |
+ * |
| 2141 |
+ * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data |
| 2142 |
+ * outside the packet may be followed. |
| 2143 |
+ */ |
| 2144 |
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 |
| 2145 |
+/** |
| 2146 |
+ * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can |
| 2147 |
+ * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. |
| 2148 |
+ */ |
| 2149 |
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010 |
| 2150 |
+ |
| 2151 |
+ |
| 2152 |
+enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { |
| 2153 |
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, |
| 2154 |
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, |
| 2155 |
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, |
| 2156 |
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, |
| 2157 |
+}; |
| 2158 |
+/** |
| 2159 |
+ * @} |
| 2160 |
+ */ |
| 2161 |
+ |
| 2162 |
+struct AVCodecInternal; |
| 2163 |
+ |
| 2164 |
+enum AVFieldOrder { |
| 2165 |
+ AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, |
| 2166 |
+ AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, |
| 2167 |
+ AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first |
| 2168 |
+ AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first |
| 2169 |
+ AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first |
| 2170 |
+ AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first |
| 2171 |
+}; |
| 2172 |
+ |
| 2173 |
+/** |
| 2174 |
+ * main external API structure. |
| 2175 |
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. |
| 2176 |
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major |
| 2177 |
+ * version bump. |
| 2178 |
+ * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user |
| 2179 |
+ * applications. |
| 2180 |
+ * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line |
| 2181 |
+ * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h |
| 2182 |
+ * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C |
| 2183 |
+ * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. |
| 2184 |
+ * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. |
| 2185 |
+ */ |
| 2186 |
+typedef struct AVCodecContext { |
| 2187 |
+ /** |
| 2188 |
+ * information on struct for av_log |
| 2189 |
+ * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 |
| 2190 |
+ */ |
| 2191 |
+ const AVClass *av_class; |
| 2192 |
+ int log_level_offset; |
| 2193 |
+ |
| 2194 |
+ enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ |
| 2195 |
+ const struct AVCodec *codec; |
| 2196 |
+ enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ |
| 2197 |
+ |
| 2198 |
+ /** |
| 2199 |
+ * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). |
| 2200 |
+ * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. |
| 2201 |
+ * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. |
| 2202 |
+ * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one |
| 2203 |
+ * which maximizes the information about the used codec. |
| 2204 |
+ * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should |
| 2205 |
+ * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new |
| 2206 |
+ * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated |
| 2207 |
+ * first. |
| 2208 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. |
| 2209 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. |
| 2210 |
+ */ |
| 2211 |
+ unsigned int codec_tag; |
| 2212 |
+ |
| 2213 |
+ void *priv_data; |
| 2214 |
+ |
| 2215 |
+ /** |
| 2216 |
+ * Private context used for internal data. |
| 2217 |
+ * |
| 2218 |
+ * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general |
| 2219 |
+ * libavcodec functions. |
| 2220 |
+ */ |
| 2221 |
+ struct AVCodecInternal *internal; |
| 2222 |
+ |
| 2223 |
+ /** |
| 2224 |
+ * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. |
| 2225 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2226 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2227 |
+ */ |
| 2228 |
+ void *opaque; |
| 2229 |
+ |
| 2230 |
+ /** |
| 2231 |
+ * the average bitrate |
| 2232 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. |
| 2233 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec |
| 2234 |
+ * if this info is available in the stream |
| 2235 |
+ */ |
| 2236 |
+ int64_t bit_rate; |
| 2237 |
+ |
| 2238 |
+ /** |
| 2239 |
+ * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. |
| 2240 |
+ * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) |
| 2241 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. |
| 2242 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2243 |
+ */ |
| 2244 |
+ int bit_rate_tolerance; |
| 2245 |
+ |
| 2246 |
+ /** |
| 2247 |
+ * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. |
| 2248 |
+ * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. |
| 2249 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2250 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2251 |
+ */ |
| 2252 |
+ int global_quality; |
| 2253 |
+ |
| 2254 |
+ /** |
| 2255 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2256 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2257 |
+ */ |
| 2258 |
+ int compression_level; |
| 2259 |
+#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 |
| 2260 |
+ |
| 2261 |
+ /** |
| 2262 |
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. |
| 2263 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2264 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2265 |
+ */ |
| 2266 |
+ int flags; |
| 2267 |
+ |
| 2268 |
+ /** |
| 2269 |
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* |
| 2270 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2271 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2272 |
+ */ |
| 2273 |
+ int flags2; |
| 2274 |
+ |
| 2275 |
+ /** |
| 2276 |
+ * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. |
| 2277 |
+ * MJPEG: Huffman tables |
| 2278 |
+ * rv10: additional flags |
| 2279 |
+ * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) |
| 2280 |
+ * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger |
| 2281 |
+ * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. |
| 2282 |
+ * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. |
| 2283 |
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. |
| 2284 |
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. |
| 2285 |
+ */ |
| 2286 |
+ uint8_t *extradata; |
| 2287 |
+ int extradata_size; |
| 2288 |
+ |
| 2289 |
+ /** |
| 2290 |
+ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms |
| 2291 |
+ * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, |
| 2292 |
+ * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be |
| 2293 |
+ * identically 1. |
| 2294 |
+ * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate |
| 2295 |
+ * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not |
| 2296 |
+ * constant. |
| 2297 |
+ * |
| 2298 |
+ * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base |
| 2299 |
+ * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. |
| 2300 |
+ * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) |
| 2301 |
+ * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate |
| 2302 |
+ * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) |
| 2303 |
+ * |
| 2304 |
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user. |
| 2305 |
+ * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated. |
| 2306 |
+ * Use framerate instead. |
| 2307 |
+ */ |
| 2308 |
+ AVRational time_base; |
| 2309 |
+ |
| 2310 |
+ /** |
| 2311 |
+ * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. |
| 2312 |
+ * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration |
| 2313 |
+ * if no telecine is used ... |
| 2314 |
+ * |
| 2315 |
+ * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. |
| 2316 |
+ */ |
| 2317 |
+ int ticks_per_frame; |
| 2318 |
+ |
| 2319 |
+ /** |
| 2320 |
+ * Codec delay. |
| 2321 |
+ * |
| 2322 |
+ * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to |
| 2323 |
+ * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) |
| 2324 |
+ * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder |
| 2325 |
+ * as specified in the spec would produce. |
| 2326 |
+ * |
| 2327 |
+ * Video: |
| 2328 |
+ * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the |
| 2329 |
+ * encoded input. |
| 2330 |
+ * |
| 2331 |
+ * Audio: |
| 2332 |
+ * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). |
| 2333 |
+ * |
| 2334 |
+ * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to |
| 2335 |
+ * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should |
| 2336 |
+ * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. |
| 2337 |
+ * |
| 2338 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2339 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2340 |
+ */ |
| 2341 |
+ int delay; |
| 2342 |
+ |
| 2343 |
+ |
| 2344 |
+ /* video only */ |
| 2345 |
+ /** |
| 2346 |
+ * picture width / height. |
| 2347 |
+ * |
| 2348 |
+ * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last |
| 2349 |
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame |
| 2350 |
+ * reordering. |
| 2351 |
+ * |
| 2352 |
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user. |
| 2353 |
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. |
| 2354 |
+ * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions |
| 2355 |
+ * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may |
| 2356 |
+ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. |
| 2357 |
+ */ |
| 2358 |
+ int width, height; |
| 2359 |
+ |
| 2360 |
+ /** |
| 2361 |
+ * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when |
| 2362 |
+ * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. |
| 2363 |
+ * |
| 2364 |
+ * @note Those field may not match the value of the last |
| 2365 |
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame |
| 2366 |
+ * reordering. |
| 2367 |
+ * |
| 2368 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 2369 |
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known |
| 2370 |
+ * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may |
| 2371 |
+ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. |
| 2372 |
+ */ |
| 2373 |
+ int coded_width, coded_height; |
| 2374 |
+ |
| 2375 |
+ /** |
| 2376 |
+ * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only |
| 2377 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2378 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2379 |
+ */ |
| 2380 |
+ int gop_size; |
| 2381 |
+ |
| 2382 |
+ /** |
| 2383 |
+ * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. |
| 2384 |
+ * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. |
| 2385 |
+ * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. |
| 2386 |
+ * |
| 2387 |
+ * @note This field may not match the value of the last |
| 2388 |
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame |
| 2389 |
+ * reordering. |
| 2390 |
+ * |
| 2391 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2392 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while |
| 2393 |
+ * parsing the data. |
| 2394 |
+ */ |
| 2395 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; |
| 2396 |
+ |
| 2397 |
+ /** |
| 2398 |
+ * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec |
| 2399 |
+ * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not |
| 2400 |
+ * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities |
| 2401 |
+ * beforehand. |
| 2402 |
+ * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads |
| 2403 |
+ * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, |
| 2404 |
+ * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn |
| 2405 |
+ * in order. |
| 2406 |
+ * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. |
| 2407 |
+ * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass |
| 2408 |
+ * the data needed for hardware render. |
| 2409 |
+ * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to |
| 2410 |
+ * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application |
| 2411 |
+ * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress |
| 2412 |
+ * or mark state. |
| 2413 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 2414 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2415 |
+ * @param height the height of the slice |
| 2416 |
+ * @param y the y position of the slice |
| 2417 |
+ * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame |
| 2418 |
+ * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read |
| 2419 |
+ */ |
| 2420 |
+ void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, |
| 2421 |
+ const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], |
| 2422 |
+ int y, int type, int height); |
| 2423 |
+ |
| 2424 |
+ /** |
| 2425 |
+ * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat |
| 2426 |
+ * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, |
| 2427 |
+ * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. |
| 2428 |
+ * The first is always the native one. |
| 2429 |
+ * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for |
| 2430 |
+ * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed. |
| 2431 |
+ * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not |
| 2432 |
+ * in the fmt list of formats. |
| 2433 |
+ * @return the chosen format |
| 2434 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 2435 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. |
| 2436 |
+ */ |
| 2437 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); |
| 2438 |
+ |
| 2439 |
+ /** |
| 2440 |
+ * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames |
| 2441 |
+ * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. |
| 2442 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2443 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2444 |
+ */ |
| 2445 |
+ int max_b_frames; |
| 2446 |
+ |
| 2447 |
+ /** |
| 2448 |
+ * qscale factor between IP and B-frames |
| 2449 |
+ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). |
| 2450 |
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). |
| 2451 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2452 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2453 |
+ */ |
| 2454 |
+ float b_quant_factor; |
| 2455 |
+ |
| 2456 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 2457 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 2458 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2459 |
+ int b_frame_strategy; |
| 2460 |
+#endif |
| 2461 |
+ |
| 2462 |
+ /** |
| 2463 |
+ * qscale offset between IP and B-frames |
| 2464 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2465 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2466 |
+ */ |
| 2467 |
+ float b_quant_offset; |
| 2468 |
+ |
| 2469 |
+ /** |
| 2470 |
+ * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. |
| 2471 |
+ * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. |
| 2472 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2473 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2474 |
+ */ |
| 2475 |
+ int has_b_frames; |
| 2476 |
+ |
| 2477 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 2478 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 2479 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2480 |
+ int mpeg_quant; |
| 2481 |
+#endif |
| 2482 |
+ |
| 2483 |
+ /** |
| 2484 |
+ * qscale factor between P- and I-frames |
| 2485 |
+ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). |
| 2486 |
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). |
| 2487 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2488 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2489 |
+ */ |
| 2490 |
+ float i_quant_factor; |
| 2491 |
+ |
| 2492 |
+ /** |
| 2493 |
+ * qscale offset between P and I-frames |
| 2494 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2495 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2496 |
+ */ |
| 2497 |
+ float i_quant_offset; |
| 2498 |
+ |
| 2499 |
+ /** |
| 2500 |
+ * luminance masking (0-> disabled) |
| 2501 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2502 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2503 |
+ */ |
| 2504 |
+ float lumi_masking; |
| 2505 |
+ |
| 2506 |
+ /** |
| 2507 |
+ * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) |
| 2508 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2509 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2510 |
+ */ |
| 2511 |
+ float temporal_cplx_masking; |
| 2512 |
+ |
| 2513 |
+ /** |
| 2514 |
+ * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) |
| 2515 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2516 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2517 |
+ */ |
| 2518 |
+ float spatial_cplx_masking; |
| 2519 |
+ |
| 2520 |
+ /** |
| 2521 |
+ * p block masking (0-> disabled) |
| 2522 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2523 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2524 |
+ */ |
| 2525 |
+ float p_masking; |
| 2526 |
+ |
| 2527 |
+ /** |
| 2528 |
+ * darkness masking (0-> disabled) |
| 2529 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2530 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2531 |
+ */ |
| 2532 |
+ float dark_masking; |
| 2533 |
+ |
| 2534 |
+ /** |
| 2535 |
+ * slice count |
| 2536 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2537 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). |
| 2538 |
+ */ |
| 2539 |
+ int slice_count; |
| 2540 |
+ |
| 2541 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 2542 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 2543 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2544 |
+ int prediction_method; |
| 2545 |
+#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0 |
| 2546 |
+#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1 |
| 2547 |
+#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2 |
| 2548 |
+#endif |
| 2549 |
+ |
| 2550 |
+ /** |
| 2551 |
+ * slice offsets in the frame in bytes |
| 2552 |
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. |
| 2553 |
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). |
| 2554 |
+ */ |
| 2555 |
+ int *slice_offset; |
| 2556 |
+ |
| 2557 |
+ /** |
| 2558 |
+ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) |
| 2559 |
+ * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. |
| 2560 |
+ * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. |
| 2561 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2562 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2563 |
+ */ |
| 2564 |
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; |
| 2565 |
+ |
| 2566 |
+ /** |
| 2567 |
+ * motion estimation comparison function |
| 2568 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2569 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2570 |
+ */ |
| 2571 |
+ int me_cmp; |
| 2572 |
+ /** |
| 2573 |
+ * subpixel motion estimation comparison function |
| 2574 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2575 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2576 |
+ */ |
| 2577 |
+ int me_sub_cmp; |
| 2578 |
+ /** |
| 2579 |
+ * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) |
| 2580 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2581 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2582 |
+ */ |
| 2583 |
+ int mb_cmp; |
| 2584 |
+ /** |
| 2585 |
+ * interlaced DCT comparison function |
| 2586 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2587 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2588 |
+ */ |
| 2589 |
+ int ildct_cmp; |
| 2590 |
+#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 |
| 2591 |
+#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 |
| 2592 |
+#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 |
| 2593 |
+#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 |
| 2594 |
+#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 |
| 2595 |
+#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 |
| 2596 |
+#define FF_CMP_RD 6 |
| 2597 |
+#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 |
| 2598 |
+#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 |
| 2599 |
+#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 |
| 2600 |
+#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 |
| 2601 |
+#define FF_CMP_W53 11 |
| 2602 |
+#define FF_CMP_W97 12 |
| 2603 |
+#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 |
| 2604 |
+#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 |
| 2605 |
+#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 |
| 2606 |
+#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 |
| 2607 |
+ |
| 2608 |
+ /** |
| 2609 |
+ * ME diamond size & shape |
| 2610 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2611 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2612 |
+ */ |
| 2613 |
+ int dia_size; |
| 2614 |
+ |
| 2615 |
+ /** |
| 2616 |
+ * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) |
| 2617 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2618 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2619 |
+ */ |
| 2620 |
+ int last_predictor_count; |
| 2621 |
+ |
| 2622 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 2623 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 2624 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2625 |
+ int pre_me; |
| 2626 |
+#endif |
| 2627 |
+ |
| 2628 |
+ /** |
| 2629 |
+ * motion estimation prepass comparison function |
| 2630 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2631 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2632 |
+ */ |
| 2633 |
+ int me_pre_cmp; |
| 2634 |
+ |
| 2635 |
+ /** |
| 2636 |
+ * ME prepass diamond size & shape |
| 2637 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2638 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2639 |
+ */ |
| 2640 |
+ int pre_dia_size; |
| 2641 |
+ |
| 2642 |
+ /** |
| 2643 |
+ * subpel ME quality |
| 2644 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2645 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2646 |
+ */ |
| 2647 |
+ int me_subpel_quality; |
| 2648 |
+ |
| 2649 |
+ /** |
| 2650 |
+ * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units |
| 2651 |
+ * If 0 then no limit. |
| 2652 |
+ * |
| 2653 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2654 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2655 |
+ */ |
| 2656 |
+ int me_range; |
| 2657 |
+ |
| 2658 |
+ /** |
| 2659 |
+ * slice flags |
| 2660 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 2661 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2662 |
+ */ |
| 2663 |
+ int slice_flags; |
| 2664 |
+#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display |
| 2665 |
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) |
| 2666 |
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) |
| 2667 |
+ |
| 2668 |
+ /** |
| 2669 |
+ * macroblock decision mode |
| 2670 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2671 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2672 |
+ */ |
| 2673 |
+ int mb_decision; |
| 2674 |
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp |
| 2675 |
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits |
| 2676 |
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion |
| 2677 |
+ |
| 2678 |
+ /** |
| 2679 |
+ * custom intra quantization matrix |
| 2680 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. |
| 2681 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2682 |
+ */ |
| 2683 |
+ uint16_t *intra_matrix; |
| 2684 |
+ |
| 2685 |
+ /** |
| 2686 |
+ * custom inter quantization matrix |
| 2687 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. |
| 2688 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2689 |
+ */ |
| 2690 |
+ uint16_t *inter_matrix; |
| 2691 |
+ |
| 2692 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 2693 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 2694 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2695 |
+ int scenechange_threshold; |
| 2696 |
+ |
| 2697 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 2698 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2699 |
+ int noise_reduction; |
| 2700 |
+#endif |
| 2701 |
+ |
| 2702 |
+ /** |
| 2703 |
+ * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 |
| 2704 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2705 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec |
| 2706 |
+ */ |
| 2707 |
+ int intra_dc_precision; |
| 2708 |
+ |
| 2709 |
+ /** |
| 2710 |
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. |
| 2711 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 2712 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2713 |
+ */ |
| 2714 |
+ int skip_top; |
| 2715 |
+ |
| 2716 |
+ /** |
| 2717 |
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. |
| 2718 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 2719 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2720 |
+ */ |
| 2721 |
+ int skip_bottom; |
| 2722 |
+ |
| 2723 |
+ /** |
| 2724 |
+ * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier |
| 2725 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2726 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2727 |
+ */ |
| 2728 |
+ int mb_lmin; |
| 2729 |
+ |
| 2730 |
+ /** |
| 2731 |
+ * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier |
| 2732 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2733 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2734 |
+ */ |
| 2735 |
+ int mb_lmax; |
| 2736 |
+ |
| 2737 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 2738 |
+ /** |
| 2739 |
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead |
| 2740 |
+ */ |
| 2741 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2742 |
+ int me_penalty_compensation; |
| 2743 |
+#endif |
| 2744 |
+ |
| 2745 |
+ /** |
| 2746 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2747 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2748 |
+ */ |
| 2749 |
+ int bidir_refine; |
| 2750 |
+ |
| 2751 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 2752 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 2753 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2754 |
+ int brd_scale; |
| 2755 |
+#endif |
| 2756 |
+ |
| 2757 |
+ /** |
| 2758 |
+ * minimum GOP size |
| 2759 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2760 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2761 |
+ */ |
| 2762 |
+ int keyint_min; |
| 2763 |
+ |
| 2764 |
+ /** |
| 2765 |
+ * number of reference frames |
| 2766 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2767 |
+ * - decoding: Set by lavc. |
| 2768 |
+ */ |
| 2769 |
+ int refs; |
| 2770 |
+ |
| 2771 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 2772 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 2773 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2774 |
+ int chromaoffset; |
| 2775 |
+#endif |
| 2776 |
+ |
| 2777 |
+ /** |
| 2778 |
+ * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. |
| 2779 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2780 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2781 |
+ */ |
| 2782 |
+ int mv0_threshold; |
| 2783 |
+ |
| 2784 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 2785 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 2786 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 2787 |
+ int b_sensitivity; |
| 2788 |
+#endif |
| 2789 |
+ |
| 2790 |
+ /** |
| 2791 |
+ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. |
| 2792 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user |
| 2793 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec |
| 2794 |
+ */ |
| 2795 |
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; |
| 2796 |
+ |
| 2797 |
+ /** |
| 2798 |
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic. |
| 2799 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user |
| 2800 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec |
| 2801 |
+ */ |
| 2802 |
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; |
| 2803 |
+ |
| 2804 |
+ /** |
| 2805 |
+ * YUV colorspace type. |
| 2806 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user |
| 2807 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec |
| 2808 |
+ */ |
| 2809 |
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace; |
| 2810 |
+ |
| 2811 |
+ /** |
| 2812 |
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. |
| 2813 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user |
| 2814 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec |
| 2815 |
+ */ |
| 2816 |
+ enum AVColorRange color_range; |
| 2817 |
+ |
| 2818 |
+ /** |
| 2819 |
+ * This defines the location of chroma samples. |
| 2820 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user |
| 2821 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec |
| 2822 |
+ */ |
| 2823 |
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; |
| 2824 |
+ |
| 2825 |
+ /** |
| 2826 |
+ * Number of slices. |
| 2827 |
+ * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized |
| 2828 |
+ * decoding. |
| 2829 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user |
| 2830 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2831 |
+ */ |
| 2832 |
+ int slices; |
| 2833 |
+ |
| 2834 |
+ /** Field order |
| 2835 |
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec |
| 2836 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2837 |
+ */ |
| 2838 |
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order; |
| 2839 |
+ |
| 2840 |
+ /* audio only */ |
| 2841 |
+ int sample_rate; ///< samples per second |
| 2842 |
+ int channels; ///< number of audio channels |
| 2843 |
+ |
| 2844 |
+ /** |
| 2845 |
+ * audio sample format |
| 2846 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2847 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2848 |
+ */ |
| 2849 |
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format |
| 2850 |
+ |
| 2851 |
+ /* The following data should not be initialized. */ |
| 2852 |
+ /** |
| 2853 |
+ * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. |
| 2854 |
+ * |
| 2855 |
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame |
| 2856 |
+ * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. |
| 2857 |
+ * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the |
| 2858 |
+ * frame size is not restricted. |
| 2859 |
+ * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size |
| 2860 |
+ */ |
| 2861 |
+ int frame_size; |
| 2862 |
+ |
| 2863 |
+ /** |
| 2864 |
+ * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. |
| 2865 |
+ * |
| 2866 |
+ * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. |
| 2867 |
+ * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. |
| 2868 |
+ * |
| 2869 |
+ * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in |
| 2870 |
+ * an error. |
| 2871 |
+ */ |
| 2872 |
+ int frame_number; |
| 2873 |
+ |
| 2874 |
+ /** |
| 2875 |
+ * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 |
| 2876 |
+ * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. |
| 2877 |
+ */ |
| 2878 |
+ int block_align; |
| 2879 |
+ |
| 2880 |
+ /** |
| 2881 |
+ * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") |
| 2882 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2883 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 2884 |
+ */ |
| 2885 |
+ int cutoff; |
| 2886 |
+ |
| 2887 |
+ /** |
| 2888 |
+ * Audio channel layout. |
| 2889 |
+ * - encoding: set by user. |
| 2890 |
+ * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. |
| 2891 |
+ */ |
| 2892 |
+ uint64_t channel_layout; |
| 2893 |
+ |
| 2894 |
+ /** |
| 2895 |
+ * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) |
| 2896 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 2897 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2898 |
+ */ |
| 2899 |
+ uint64_t request_channel_layout; |
| 2900 |
+ |
| 2901 |
+ /** |
| 2902 |
+ * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. |
| 2903 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 2904 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 2905 |
+ */ |
| 2906 |
+ enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; |
| 2907 |
+ |
| 2908 |
+ /** |
| 2909 |
+ * desired sample format |
| 2910 |
+ * - encoding: Not used. |
| 2911 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 2912 |
+ * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. |
| 2913 |
+ */ |
| 2914 |
+ enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; |
| 2915 |
+ |
| 2916 |
+ /** |
| 2917 |
+ * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data |
| 2918 |
+ * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or |
| 2919 |
+ * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What |
| 2920 |
+ * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. |
| 2921 |
+ * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description |
| 2922 |
+ * of buf[] below). |
| 2923 |
+ * |
| 2924 |
+ * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is |
| 2925 |
+ * called: |
| 2926 |
+ * - format |
| 2927 |
+ * - width, height (video only) |
| 2928 |
+ * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) |
| 2929 |
+ * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in |
| 2930 |
+ * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec |
| 2931 |
+ * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. |
| 2932 |
+ * |
| 2933 |
+ * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: |
| 2934 |
+ * - data[] |
| 2935 |
+ * - linesize[] |
| 2936 |
+ * - extended_data: |
| 2937 |
+ * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this |
| 2938 |
+ * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers |
| 2939 |
+ * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. |
| 2940 |
+ * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in |
| 2941 |
+ * av_frame_unref(). |
| 2942 |
+ * * otherwise extended_data must point to data |
| 2943 |
+ * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of |
| 2944 |
+ * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That |
| 2945 |
+ * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one |
| 2946 |
+ * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), |
| 2947 |
+ * and av_buffer_ref(). |
| 2948 |
+ * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by |
| 2949 |
+ * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more |
| 2950 |
+ * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in |
| 2951 |
+ * av_frame_unref(). |
| 2952 |
+ * |
| 2953 |
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call |
| 2954 |
+ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by |
| 2955 |
+ * some other means. |
| 2956 |
+ * |
| 2957 |
+ * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target |
| 2958 |
+ * CPU. |
| 2959 |
+ * |
| 2960 |
+ * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() |
| 2961 |
+ * |
| 2962 |
+ * Video: |
| 2963 |
+ * |
| 2964 |
+ * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused |
| 2965 |
+ * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. |
| 2966 |
+ * |
| 2967 |
+ * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and |
| 2968 |
+ * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. |
| 2969 |
+ * |
| 2970 |
+ * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. |
| 2971 |
+ * |
| 2972 |
+ * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, |
| 2973 |
+ * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more |
| 2974 |
+ * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant. |
| 2975 |
+ * |
| 2976 |
+ * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() |
| 2977 |
+ * |
| 2978 |
+ * Audio: |
| 2979 |
+ * |
| 2980 |
+ * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting |
| 2981 |
+ * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, |
| 2982 |
+ * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples |
| 2983 |
+ * to a smaller value in the output frame. |
| 2984 |
+ * |
| 2985 |
+ * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and |
| 2986 |
+ * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() |
| 2987 |
+ * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and |
| 2988 |
+ * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio |
| 2989 |
+ * since all planes must be the same size. |
| 2990 |
+ * |
| 2991 |
+ * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() |
| 2992 |
+ * |
| 2993 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 2994 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. |
| 2995 |
+ */ |
| 2996 |
+ int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); |
| 2997 |
+ |
| 2998 |
+ /** |
| 2999 |
+ * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from |
| 3000 |
+ * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted |
| 3001 |
+ * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with |
| 3002 |
+ * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore. |
| 3003 |
+ * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are |
| 3004 |
+ * only valid until the next decode call. |
| 3005 |
+ * |
| 3006 |
+ * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used. |
| 3007 |
+ * |
| 3008 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3009 |
+ * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). |
| 3010 |
+ */ |
| 3011 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3012 |
+ int refcounted_frames; |
| 3013 |
+ |
| 3014 |
+ /* - encoding parameters */ |
| 3015 |
+ float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) |
| 3016 |
+ float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) |
| 3017 |
+ |
| 3018 |
+ /** |
| 3019 |
+ * minimum quantizer |
| 3020 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3021 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3022 |
+ */ |
| 3023 |
+ int qmin; |
| 3024 |
+ |
| 3025 |
+ /** |
| 3026 |
+ * maximum quantizer |
| 3027 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3028 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3029 |
+ */ |
| 3030 |
+ int qmax; |
| 3031 |
+ |
| 3032 |
+ /** |
| 3033 |
+ * maximum quantizer difference between frames |
| 3034 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3035 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3036 |
+ */ |
| 3037 |
+ int max_qdiff; |
| 3038 |
+ |
| 3039 |
+ /** |
| 3040 |
+ * decoder bitstream buffer size |
| 3041 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3042 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3043 |
+ */ |
| 3044 |
+ int rc_buffer_size; |
| 3045 |
+ |
| 3046 |
+ /** |
| 3047 |
+ * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride |
| 3048 |
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. |
| 3049 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3050 |
+ */ |
| 3051 |
+ int rc_override_count; |
| 3052 |
+ RcOverride *rc_override; |
| 3053 |
+ |
| 3054 |
+ /** |
| 3055 |
+ * maximum bitrate |
| 3056 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3057 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. |
| 3058 |
+ */ |
| 3059 |
+ int64_t rc_max_rate; |
| 3060 |
+ |
| 3061 |
+ /** |
| 3062 |
+ * minimum bitrate |
| 3063 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3064 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3065 |
+ */ |
| 3066 |
+ int64_t rc_min_rate; |
| 3067 |
+ |
| 3068 |
+ /** |
| 3069 |
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow. |
| 3070 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3071 |
+ * - decoding: unused. |
| 3072 |
+ */ |
| 3073 |
+ float rc_max_available_vbv_use; |
| 3074 |
+ |
| 3075 |
+ /** |
| 3076 |
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. |
| 3077 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3078 |
+ * - decoding: unused. |
| 3079 |
+ */ |
| 3080 |
+ float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; |
| 3081 |
+ |
| 3082 |
+ /** |
| 3083 |
+ * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. |
| 3084 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3085 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3086 |
+ */ |
| 3087 |
+ int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; |
| 3088 |
+ |
| 3089 |
+#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE |
| 3090 |
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0 |
| 3091 |
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1 |
| 3092 |
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2 |
| 3093 |
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3 |
| 3094 |
+ /** |
| 3095 |
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead |
| 3096 |
+ */ |
| 3097 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3098 |
+ int coder_type; |
| 3099 |
+#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */ |
| 3100 |
+ |
| 3101 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 3102 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 3103 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3104 |
+ int context_model; |
| 3105 |
+#endif |
| 3106 |
+ |
| 3107 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 3108 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 3109 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3110 |
+ int frame_skip_threshold; |
| 3111 |
+ |
| 3112 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 3113 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3114 |
+ int frame_skip_factor; |
| 3115 |
+ |
| 3116 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 3117 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3118 |
+ int frame_skip_exp; |
| 3119 |
+ |
| 3120 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 3121 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3122 |
+ int frame_skip_cmp; |
| 3123 |
+#endif /* FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT */ |
| 3124 |
+ |
| 3125 |
+ /** |
| 3126 |
+ * trellis RD quantization |
| 3127 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3128 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3129 |
+ */ |
| 3130 |
+ int trellis; |
| 3131 |
+ |
| 3132 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 3133 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 3134 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3135 |
+ int min_prediction_order; |
| 3136 |
+ |
| 3137 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 3138 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3139 |
+ int max_prediction_order; |
| 3140 |
+ |
| 3141 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 3142 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3143 |
+ int64_t timecode_frame_start; |
| 3144 |
+#endif |
| 3145 |
+ |
| 3146 |
+#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK |
| 3147 |
+ /** |
| 3148 |
+ * @deprecated unused |
| 3149 |
+ */ |
| 3150 |
+ /* The RTP callback: This function is called */ |
| 3151 |
+ /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */ |
| 3152 |
+ /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */ |
| 3153 |
+ /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */ |
| 3154 |
+ /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */ |
| 3155 |
+ /* encoded in the RTP payload. */ |
| 3156 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3157 |
+ void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb); |
| 3158 |
+#endif |
| 3159 |
+ |
| 3160 |
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 3161 |
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ |
| 3162 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3163 |
+ int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */ |
| 3164 |
+ /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */ |
| 3165 |
+ /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */ |
| 3166 |
+ /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */ |
| 3167 |
+ /* This doesn't take account of any particular */ |
| 3168 |
+ /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */ |
| 3169 |
+#endif |
| 3170 |
+ |
| 3171 |
+#if FF_API_STAT_BITS |
| 3172 |
+ /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */ |
| 3173 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3174 |
+ int mv_bits; |
| 3175 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3176 |
+ int header_bits; |
| 3177 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3178 |
+ int i_tex_bits; |
| 3179 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3180 |
+ int p_tex_bits; |
| 3181 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3182 |
+ int i_count; |
| 3183 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3184 |
+ int p_count; |
| 3185 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3186 |
+ int skip_count; |
| 3187 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3188 |
+ int misc_bits; |
| 3189 |
+ |
| 3190 |
+ /** @deprecated this field is unused */ |
| 3191 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3192 |
+ int frame_bits; |
| 3193 |
+#endif |
| 3194 |
+ |
| 3195 |
+ /** |
| 3196 |
+ * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer |
| 3197 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 3198 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3199 |
+ */ |
| 3200 |
+ char *stats_out; |
| 3201 |
+ |
| 3202 |
+ /** |
| 3203 |
+ * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer |
| 3204 |
+ * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. |
| 3205 |
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. |
| 3206 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3207 |
+ */ |
| 3208 |
+ char *stats_in; |
| 3209 |
+ |
| 3210 |
+ /** |
| 3211 |
+ * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. |
| 3212 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user |
| 3213 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user |
| 3214 |
+ */ |
| 3215 |
+ int workaround_bugs; |
| 3216 |
+#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection |
| 3217 |
+#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 |
| 3218 |
+#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 |
| 3219 |
+#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 |
| 3220 |
+#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 |
| 3221 |
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 |
| 3222 |
+#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 |
| 3223 |
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 |
| 3224 |
+#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 |
| 3225 |
+#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 |
| 3226 |
+#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 |
| 3227 |
+#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 |
| 3228 |
+#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. |
| 3229 |
+#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 |
| 3230 |
+#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 |
| 3231 |
+ |
| 3232 |
+ /** |
| 3233 |
+ * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). |
| 3234 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3235 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3236 |
+ * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will |
| 3237 |
+ * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower |
| 3238 |
+ * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all |
| 3239 |
+ * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, |
| 3240 |
+ * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things |
| 3241 |
+ * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly |
| 3242 |
+ * (=strictly conform to the specs) |
| 3243 |
+ */ |
| 3244 |
+ int strict_std_compliance; |
| 3245 |
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. |
| 3246 |
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. |
| 3247 |
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 |
| 3248 |
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions |
| 3249 |
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. |
| 3250 |
+ |
| 3251 |
+ /** |
| 3252 |
+ * error concealment flags |
| 3253 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3254 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3255 |
+ */ |
| 3256 |
+ int error_concealment; |
| 3257 |
+#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 |
| 3258 |
+#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 |
| 3259 |
+#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 |
| 3260 |
+ |
| 3261 |
+ /** |
| 3262 |
+ * debug |
| 3263 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3264 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3265 |
+ */ |
| 3266 |
+ int debug; |
| 3267 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 |
| 3268 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 |
| 3269 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 |
| 3270 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 |
| 3271 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 |
| 3272 |
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV |
| 3273 |
+/** |
| 3274 |
+ * @deprecated this option does nothing |
| 3275 |
+ */ |
| 3276 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32 |
| 3277 |
+#endif |
| 3278 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 |
| 3279 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 |
| 3280 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 |
| 3281 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 |
| 3282 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 |
| 3283 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 |
| 3284 |
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV |
| 3285 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000 |
| 3286 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000 |
| 3287 |
+#endif |
| 3288 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 |
| 3289 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 |
| 3290 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 |
| 3291 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 |
| 3292 |
+ |
| 3293 |
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV |
| 3294 |
+ /** |
| 3295 |
+ * debug |
| 3296 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3297 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3298 |
+ */ |
| 3299 |
+ int debug_mv; |
| 3300 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames |
| 3301 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames |
| 3302 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames |
| 3303 |
+#endif |
| 3304 |
+ |
| 3305 |
+ /** |
| 3306 |
+ * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. |
| 3307 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3308 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3309 |
+ */ |
| 3310 |
+ int err_recognition; |
| 3311 |
+ |
| 3312 |
+/** |
| 3313 |
+ * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or |
| 3314 |
+ * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch. |
| 3315 |
+ * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the |
| 3316 |
+ * decoder returning an error. |
| 3317 |
+ */ |
| 3318 |
+#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) |
| 3319 |
+#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations |
| 3320 |
+#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length |
| 3321 |
+#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection |
| 3322 |
+ |
| 3323 |
+#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue |
| 3324 |
+#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors |
| 3325 |
+#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors |
| 3326 |
+#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error |
| 3327 |
+ |
| 3328 |
+ |
| 3329 |
+ /** |
| 3330 |
+ * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and |
| 3331 |
+ * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque |
| 3332 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3333 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3334 |
+ */ |
| 3335 |
+ int64_t reordered_opaque; |
| 3336 |
+ |
| 3337 |
+ /** |
| 3338 |
+ * Hardware accelerator in use |
| 3339 |
+ * - encoding: unused. |
| 3340 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec |
| 3341 |
+ */ |
| 3342 |
+ const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; |
| 3343 |
+ |
| 3344 |
+ /** |
| 3345 |
+ * Hardware accelerator context. |
| 3346 |
+ * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be |
| 3347 |
+ * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent |
| 3348 |
+ * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the |
| 3349 |
+ * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this |
| 3350 |
+ * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. |
| 3351 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3352 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user |
| 3353 |
+ */ |
| 3354 |
+ void *hwaccel_context; |
| 3355 |
+ |
| 3356 |
+ /** |
| 3357 |
+ * error |
| 3358 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. |
| 3359 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3360 |
+ */ |
| 3361 |
+ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; |
| 3362 |
+ |
| 3363 |
+ /** |
| 3364 |
+ * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below |
| 3365 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3366 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3367 |
+ */ |
| 3368 |
+ int dct_algo; |
| 3369 |
+#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 |
| 3370 |
+#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 |
| 3371 |
+#define FF_DCT_INT 2 |
| 3372 |
+#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 |
| 3373 |
+#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 |
| 3374 |
+#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 |
| 3375 |
+ |
| 3376 |
+ /** |
| 3377 |
+ * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. |
| 3378 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3379 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3380 |
+ */ |
| 3381 |
+ int idct_algo; |
| 3382 |
+#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 |
| 3383 |
+#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 |
| 3384 |
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 |
| 3385 |
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 |
| 3386 |
+#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 |
| 3387 |
+#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 |
| 3388 |
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 |
| 3389 |
+#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 |
| 3390 |
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 |
| 3391 |
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 |
| 3392 |
+#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 |
| 3393 |
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 |
| 3394 |
+#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */ |
| 3395 |
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 |
| 3396 |
+ |
| 3397 |
+ /** |
| 3398 |
+ * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). |
| 3399 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 3400 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3401 |
+ */ |
| 3402 |
+ int bits_per_coded_sample; |
| 3403 |
+ |
| 3404 |
+ /** |
| 3405 |
+ * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. |
| 3406 |
+ * - encoding: set by user. |
| 3407 |
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec. |
| 3408 |
+ */ |
| 3409 |
+ int bits_per_raw_sample; |
| 3410 |
+ |
| 3411 |
+#if FF_API_LOWRES |
| 3412 |
+ /** |
| 3413 |
+ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size |
| 3414 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3415 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3416 |
+ */ |
| 3417 |
+ int lowres; |
| 3418 |
+#endif |
| 3419 |
+ |
| 3420 |
+#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME |
| 3421 |
+ /** |
| 3422 |
+ * the picture in the bitstream |
| 3423 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 3424 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3425 |
+ * |
| 3426 |
+ * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead |
| 3427 |
+ */ |
| 3428 |
+ attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame; |
| 3429 |
+#endif |
| 3430 |
+ |
| 3431 |
+ /** |
| 3432 |
+ * thread count |
| 3433 |
+ * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() |
| 3434 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3435 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3436 |
+ */ |
| 3437 |
+ int thread_count; |
| 3438 |
+ |
| 3439 |
+ /** |
| 3440 |
+ * Which multithreading methods to use. |
| 3441 |
+ * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, |
| 3442 |
+ * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. |
| 3443 |
+ * |
| 3444 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. |
| 3445 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. |
| 3446 |
+ */ |
| 3447 |
+ int thread_type; |
| 3448 |
+#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once |
| 3449 |
+#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once |
| 3450 |
+ |
| 3451 |
+ /** |
| 3452 |
+ * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. |
| 3453 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 3454 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 3455 |
+ */ |
| 3456 |
+ int active_thread_type; |
| 3457 |
+ |
| 3458 |
+ /** |
| 3459 |
+ * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called |
| 3460 |
+ * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. |
| 3461 |
+ * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. |
| 3462 |
+ * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. |
| 3463 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3464 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3465 |
+ */ |
| 3466 |
+ int thread_safe_callbacks; |
| 3467 |
+ |
| 3468 |
+ /** |
| 3469 |
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. |
| 3470 |
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks. |
| 3471 |
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, |
| 3472 |
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. |
| 3473 |
+ * @param count the number of things to execute |
| 3474 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. |
| 3475 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. |
| 3476 |
+ */ |
| 3477 |
+ int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); |
| 3478 |
+ |
| 3479 |
+ /** |
| 3480 |
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. |
| 3481 |
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks. |
| 3482 |
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, |
| 3483 |
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. |
| 3484 |
+ * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. |
| 3485 |
+ * @param c context passed also to func |
| 3486 |
+ * @param count the number of things to execute |
| 3487 |
+ * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func |
| 3488 |
+ * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. |
| 3489 |
+ * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. |
| 3490 |
+ * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no |
| 3491 |
+ * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. |
| 3492 |
+ * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func |
| 3493 |
+ * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. |
| 3494 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. |
| 3495 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. |
| 3496 |
+ */ |
| 3497 |
+ int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); |
| 3498 |
+ |
| 3499 |
+ /** |
| 3500 |
+ * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function |
| 3501 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3502 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3503 |
+ */ |
| 3504 |
+ int nsse_weight; |
| 3505 |
+ |
| 3506 |
+ /** |
| 3507 |
+ * profile |
| 3508 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3509 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 3510 |
+ */ |
| 3511 |
+ int profile; |
| 3512 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 |
| 3513 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 |
| 3514 |
+ |
| 3515 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 |
| 3516 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 |
| 3517 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 |
| 3518 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 |
| 3519 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 |
| 3520 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 |
| 3521 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 |
| 3522 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 |
| 3523 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 |
| 3524 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 |
| 3525 |
+ |
| 3526 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 |
| 3527 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 |
| 3528 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 |
| 3529 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 |
| 3530 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 |
| 3531 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 |
| 3532 |
+ |
| 3533 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 |
| 3534 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 |
| 3535 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 |
| 3536 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 |
| 3537 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 |
| 3538 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 |
| 3539 |
+ |
| 3540 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 |
| 3541 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 |
| 3542 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 |
| 3543 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 |
| 3544 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 |
| 3545 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 |
| 3546 |
+ |
| 3547 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag |
| 3548 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag |
| 3549 |
+ |
| 3550 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 |
| 3551 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) |
| 3552 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 |
| 3553 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 |
| 3554 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 |
| 3555 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 |
| 3556 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) |
| 3557 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 |
| 3558 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 |
| 3559 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) |
| 3560 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 |
| 3561 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 |
| 3562 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 |
| 3563 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) |
| 3564 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 |
| 3565 |
+ |
| 3566 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 |
| 3567 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 |
| 3568 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 |
| 3569 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 |
| 3570 |
+ |
| 3571 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 |
| 3572 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 |
| 3573 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 |
| 3574 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 |
| 3575 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 |
| 3576 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 |
| 3577 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 |
| 3578 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 |
| 3579 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 |
| 3580 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 |
| 3581 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 |
| 3582 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 |
| 3583 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 |
| 3584 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 |
| 3585 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 |
| 3586 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 |
| 3587 |
+ |
| 3588 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 |
| 3589 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 |
| 3590 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 |
| 3591 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 |
| 3592 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 |
| 3593 |
+ |
| 3594 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 |
| 3595 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 |
| 3596 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 |
| 3597 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 |
| 3598 |
+ |
| 3599 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 |
| 3600 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 |
| 3601 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 |
| 3602 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 |
| 3603 |
+ |
| 3604 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 |
| 3605 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 |
| 3606 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 |
| 3607 |
+ |
| 3608 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 |
| 3609 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 |
| 3610 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 |
| 3611 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 |
| 3612 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 |
| 3613 |
+ |
| 3614 |
+#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 |
| 3615 |
+ |
| 3616 |
+ /** |
| 3617 |
+ * level |
| 3618 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3619 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 3620 |
+ */ |
| 3621 |
+ int level; |
| 3622 |
+#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 |
| 3623 |
+ |
| 3624 |
+ /** |
| 3625 |
+ * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. |
| 3626 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3627 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3628 |
+ */ |
| 3629 |
+ enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; |
| 3630 |
+ |
| 3631 |
+ /** |
| 3632 |
+ * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. |
| 3633 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3634 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3635 |
+ */ |
| 3636 |
+ enum AVDiscard skip_idct; |
| 3637 |
+ |
| 3638 |
+ /** |
| 3639 |
+ * Skip decoding for selected frames. |
| 3640 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3641 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3642 |
+ */ |
| 3643 |
+ enum AVDiscard skip_frame; |
| 3644 |
+ |
| 3645 |
+ /** |
| 3646 |
+ * Header containing style information for text subtitles. |
| 3647 |
+ * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS |
| 3648 |
+ * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and |
| 3649 |
+ * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. |
| 3650 |
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) |
| 3651 |
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) |
| 3652 |
+ */ |
| 3653 |
+ uint8_t *subtitle_header; |
| 3654 |
+ int subtitle_header_size; |
| 3655 |
+ |
| 3656 |
+#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY |
| 3657 |
+ /** |
| 3658 |
+ * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). |
| 3659 |
+ * Used for compliant TS muxing. |
| 3660 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 3661 |
+ * - decoding: unused. |
| 3662 |
+ * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of |
| 3663 |
+ * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data |
| 3664 |
+ */ |
| 3665 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3666 |
+ uint64_t vbv_delay; |
| 3667 |
+#endif |
| 3668 |
+ |
| 3669 |
+#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT |
| 3670 |
+ /** |
| 3671 |
+ * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets |
| 3672 |
+ * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data. |
| 3673 |
+ * |
| 3674 |
+ * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream |
| 3675 |
+ * parameters at the end of encoding. |
| 3676 |
+ * |
| 3677 |
+ * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and |
| 3678 |
+ * it is kept only for compatibility. |
| 3679 |
+ */ |
| 3680 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 3681 |
+ int side_data_only_packets; |
| 3682 |
+#endif |
| 3683 |
+ |
| 3684 |
+ /** |
| 3685 |
+ * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the |
| 3686 |
+ * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading |
| 3687 |
+ * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio |
| 3688 |
+ * without leading padding. |
| 3689 |
+ * |
| 3690 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3691 |
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are |
| 3692 |
+ * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the |
| 3693 |
+ * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, |
| 3694 |
+ * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is |
| 3695 |
+ * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is |
| 3696 |
+ * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be |
| 3697 |
+ * -initial_padding. |
| 3698 |
+ */ |
| 3699 |
+ int initial_padding; |
| 3700 |
+ |
| 3701 |
+ /** |
| 3702 |
+ * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed |
| 3703 |
+ * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when |
| 3704 |
+ * unknown. |
| 3705 |
+ * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an |
| 3706 |
+ * encoder. |
| 3707 |
+ */ |
| 3708 |
+ AVRational framerate; |
| 3709 |
+ |
| 3710 |
+ /** |
| 3711 |
+ * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. |
| 3712 |
+ * - encoding: unused. |
| 3713 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() |
| 3714 |
+ */ |
| 3715 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; |
| 3716 |
+ |
| 3717 |
+ /** |
| 3718 |
+ * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. |
| 3719 |
+ * - encoding unused. |
| 3720 |
+ * - decoding set by user. |
| 3721 |
+ */ |
| 3722 |
+ AVRational pkt_timebase; |
| 3723 |
+ |
| 3724 |
+ /** |
| 3725 |
+ * AVCodecDescriptor |
| 3726 |
+ * - encoding: unused. |
| 3727 |
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec. |
| 3728 |
+ */ |
| 3729 |
+ const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; |
| 3730 |
+ |
| 3731 |
+#if !FF_API_LOWRES |
| 3732 |
+ /** |
| 3733 |
+ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size |
| 3734 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3735 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3736 |
+ */ |
| 3737 |
+ int lowres; |
| 3738 |
+#endif |
| 3739 |
+ |
| 3740 |
+ /** |
| 3741 |
+ * Current statistics for PTS correction. |
| 3742 |
+ * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps |
| 3743 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3744 |
+ */ |
| 3745 |
+ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far |
| 3746 |
+ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far |
| 3747 |
+ int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame |
| 3748 |
+ int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame |
| 3749 |
+ |
| 3750 |
+ /** |
| 3751 |
+ * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. |
| 3752 |
+ * - decoding: set by user |
| 3753 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3754 |
+ */ |
| 3755 |
+ char *sub_charenc; |
| 3756 |
+ |
| 3757 |
+ /** |
| 3758 |
+ * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting |
| 3759 |
+ * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). |
| 3760 |
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec |
| 3761 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3762 |
+ */ |
| 3763 |
+ int sub_charenc_mode; |
| 3764 |
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) |
| 3765 |
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself |
| 3766 |
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv |
| 3767 |
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 |
| 3768 |
+ |
| 3769 |
+ /** |
| 3770 |
+ * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. |
| 3771 |
+ * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, |
| 3772 |
+ * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) |
| 3773 |
+ * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. |
| 3774 |
+ * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha |
| 3775 |
+ * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently |
| 3776 |
+ * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). |
| 3777 |
+ * |
| 3778 |
+ * - decoding: set by user |
| 3779 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3780 |
+ */ |
| 3781 |
+ int skip_alpha; |
| 3782 |
+ |
| 3783 |
+ /** |
| 3784 |
+ * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity |
| 3785 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3786 |
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec |
| 3787 |
+ */ |
| 3788 |
+ int seek_preroll; |
| 3789 |
+ |
| 3790 |
+#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV |
| 3791 |
+ /** |
| 3792 |
+ * debug motion vectors |
| 3793 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3794 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3795 |
+ */ |
| 3796 |
+ int debug_mv; |
| 3797 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames |
| 3798 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames |
| 3799 |
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames |
| 3800 |
+#endif |
| 3801 |
+ |
| 3802 |
+ /** |
| 3803 |
+ * custom intra quantization matrix |
| 3804 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. |
| 3805 |
+ * - decoding: unused. |
| 3806 |
+ */ |
| 3807 |
+ uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; |
| 3808 |
+ |
| 3809 |
+ /** |
| 3810 |
+ * dump format separator. |
| 3811 |
+ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else |
| 3812 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 3813 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user. |
| 3814 |
+ */ |
| 3815 |
+ uint8_t *dump_separator; |
| 3816 |
+ |
| 3817 |
+ /** |
| 3818 |
+ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. |
| 3819 |
+ * If NULL then all are allowed |
| 3820 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3821 |
+ * - decoding: set by user |
| 3822 |
+ */ |
| 3823 |
+ char *codec_whitelist; |
| 3824 |
+ |
| 3825 |
+ /** |
| 3826 |
+ * Properties of the stream that gets decoded |
| 3827 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3828 |
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec |
| 3829 |
+ */ |
| 3830 |
+ unsigned properties; |
| 3831 |
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 |
| 3832 |
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 |
| 3833 |
+ |
| 3834 |
+ /** |
| 3835 |
+ * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. |
| 3836 |
+ * |
| 3837 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3838 |
+ * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). |
| 3839 |
+ */ |
| 3840 |
+ AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; |
| 3841 |
+ int nb_coded_side_data; |
| 3842 |
+ |
| 3843 |
+ /** |
| 3844 |
+ * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) |
| 3845 |
+ * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and |
| 3846 |
+ * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by |
| 3847 |
+ * the caller after being set. |
| 3848 |
+ * |
| 3849 |
+ * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() |
| 3850 |
+ * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be |
| 3851 |
+ * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. |
| 3852 |
+ * |
| 3853 |
+ * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel |
| 3854 |
+ * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for |
| 3855 |
+ * allocating the frame buffers. |
| 3856 |
+ * |
| 3857 |
+ * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel |
| 3858 |
+ * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference |
| 3859 |
+ * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. |
| 3860 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to |
| 3861 |
+ * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. |
| 3862 |
+ * |
| 3863 |
+ * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. |
| 3864 |
+ */ |
| 3865 |
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; |
| 3866 |
+ |
| 3867 |
+ /** |
| 3868 |
+ * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass |
| 3869 |
+ * - decoding: set by user |
| 3870 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3871 |
+ */ |
| 3872 |
+ int sub_text_format; |
| 3873 |
+#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0 |
| 3874 |
+#if FF_API_ASS_TIMING |
| 3875 |
+#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS 1 |
| 3876 |
+#endif |
| 3877 |
+ |
| 3878 |
+ /** |
| 3879 |
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to |
| 3880 |
+ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be |
| 3881 |
+ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original |
| 3882 |
+ * audio without any trailing padding. |
| 3883 |
+ * |
| 3884 |
+ * - decoding: unused |
| 3885 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3886 |
+ */ |
| 3887 |
+ int trailing_padding; |
| 3888 |
+ |
| 3889 |
+ /** |
| 3890 |
+ * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. |
| 3891 |
+ * |
| 3892 |
+ * - decoding: set by user |
| 3893 |
+ * - encoding: set by user |
| 3894 |
+ */ |
| 3895 |
+ int64_t max_pixels; |
| 3896 |
+ |
| 3897 |
+ /** |
| 3898 |
+ * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will |
| 3899 |
+ * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the |
| 3900 |
+ * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. |
| 3901 |
+ * |
| 3902 |
+ * This should be used if either the codec device does not require |
| 3903 |
+ * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by |
| 3904 |
+ * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as |
| 3905 |
+ * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used |
| 3906 |
+ * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this |
| 3907 |
+ * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but |
| 3908 |
+ * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. |
| 3909 |
+ * |
| 3910 |
+ * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before |
| 3911 |
+ * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. |
| 3912 |
+ * |
| 3913 |
+ * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in |
| 3914 |
+ * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames |
| 3915 |
+ * contexts used must be created on the same device. |
| 3916 |
+ */ |
| 3917 |
+ AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; |
| 3918 |
+ |
| 3919 |
+ /** |
| 3920 |
+ * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated |
| 3921 |
+ * decoding (if active). |
| 3922 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 3923 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the |
| 3924 |
+ * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) |
| 3925 |
+ */ |
| 3926 |
+ int hwaccel_flags; |
| 3927 |
+ |
| 3928 |
+ /** |
| 3929 |
+ * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that |
| 3930 |
+ * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This |
| 3931 |
+ * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. |
| 3932 |
+ * |
| 3933 |
+ * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. |
| 3934 |
+ * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the |
| 3935 |
+ * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or |
| 3936 |
+ * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that |
| 3937 |
+ * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The |
| 3938 |
+ * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. |
| 3939 |
+ * |
| 3940 |
+ * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set |
| 3941 |
+ * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping |
| 3942 |
+ * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. |
| 3943 |
+ * |
| 3944 |
+ * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, |
| 3945 |
+ * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. |
| 3946 |
+ * |
| 3947 |
+ * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the |
| 3948 |
+ * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec |
| 3949 |
+ * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in |
| 3950 |
+ * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions |
| 3951 |
+ * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). |
| 3952 |
+ */ |
| 3953 |
+ int apply_cropping; |
| 3954 |
+ |
| 3955 |
+ /* |
| 3956 |
+ * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which |
| 3957 |
+ * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set |
| 3958 |
+ * before avcodec_open2() is called. |
| 3959 |
+ * |
| 3960 |
+ * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for |
| 3961 |
+ * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such |
| 3962 |
+ * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. |
| 3963 |
+ * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder |
| 3964 |
+ * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames |
| 3965 |
+ * used as reference pictures). |
| 3966 |
+ */ |
| 3967 |
+ int extra_hw_frames; |
| 3968 |
+} AVCodecContext; |
| 3969 |
+ |
| 3970 |
+#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET |
| 3971 |
+/** |
| 3972 |
+ * Accessors for some AVCodecContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI |
| 3973 |
+ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. |
| 3974 |
+ */ |
| 3975 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 3976 |
+AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 3977 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 3978 |
+void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val); |
| 3979 |
+ |
| 3980 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 3981 |
+const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 3982 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 3983 |
+void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc); |
| 3984 |
+ |
| 3985 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 3986 |
+unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 3987 |
+ |
| 3988 |
+#if FF_API_LOWRES |
| 3989 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 3990 |
+int av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 3991 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 3992 |
+void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); |
| 3993 |
+#endif |
| 3994 |
+ |
| 3995 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 3996 |
+int av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 3997 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 3998 |
+void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); |
| 3999 |
+ |
| 4000 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 4001 |
+uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 4002 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 4003 |
+void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val); |
| 4004 |
+#endif |
| 4005 |
+ |
| 4006 |
+/** |
| 4007 |
+ * AVProfile. |
| 4008 |
+ */ |
| 4009 |
+typedef struct AVProfile { |
| 4010 |
+ int profile; |
| 4011 |
+ const char *name; ///< short name for the profile |
| 4012 |
+} AVProfile; |
| 4013 |
+ |
| 4014 |
+enum { |
| 4015 |
+ /** |
| 4016 |
+ * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface. |
| 4017 |
+ * |
| 4018 |
+ * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should |
| 4019 |
+ * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling |
| 4020 |
+ * avcodec_open2(). |
| 4021 |
+ */ |
| 4022 |
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01, |
| 4023 |
+ /** |
| 4024 |
+ * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface. |
| 4025 |
+ * |
| 4026 |
+ * When selecting this format for a decoder, |
| 4027 |
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames |
| 4028 |
+ * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context |
| 4029 |
+ * must have been created on a device of the specified type. |
| 4030 |
+ */ |
| 4031 |
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02, |
| 4032 |
+ /** |
| 4033 |
+ * The codec supports this format by some internal method. |
| 4034 |
+ * |
| 4035 |
+ * This format can be selected without any additional configuration - |
| 4036 |
+ * no device or frames context is required. |
| 4037 |
+ */ |
| 4038 |
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04, |
| 4039 |
+ /** |
| 4040 |
+ * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method. |
| 4041 |
+ * |
| 4042 |
+ * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the |
| 4043 |
+ * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring |
| 4044 |
+ * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be |
| 4045 |
+ * used in preference.) |
| 4046 |
+ */ |
| 4047 |
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08, |
| 4048 |
+}; |
| 4049 |
+ |
| 4050 |
+typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig { |
| 4051 |
+ /** |
| 4052 |
+ * A hardware pixel format which the codec can use. |
| 4053 |
+ */ |
| 4054 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; |
| 4055 |
+ /** |
| 4056 |
+ * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible |
| 4057 |
+ * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. |
| 4058 |
+ */ |
| 4059 |
+ int methods; |
| 4060 |
+ /** |
| 4061 |
+ * The device type associated with the configuration. |
| 4062 |
+ * |
| 4063 |
+ * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and |
| 4064 |
+ * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. |
| 4065 |
+ */ |
| 4066 |
+ enum AVHWDeviceType device_type; |
| 4067 |
+} AVCodecHWConfig; |
| 4068 |
+ |
| 4069 |
+typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; |
| 4070 |
+ |
| 4071 |
+struct AVSubtitle; |
| 4072 |
+ |
| 4073 |
+/** |
| 4074 |
+ * AVCodec. |
| 4075 |
+ */ |
| 4076 |
+typedef struct AVCodec { |
| 4077 |
+ /** |
| 4078 |
+ * Name of the codec implementation. |
| 4079 |
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an |
| 4080 |
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). |
| 4081 |
+ * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. |
| 4082 |
+ */ |
| 4083 |
+ const char *name; |
| 4084 |
+ /** |
| 4085 |
+ * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. |
| 4086 |
+ * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. |
| 4087 |
+ */ |
| 4088 |
+ const char *long_name; |
| 4089 |
+ enum AVMediaType type; |
| 4090 |
+ enum AVCodecID id; |
| 4091 |
+ /** |
| 4092 |
+ * Codec capabilities. |
| 4093 |
+ * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* |
| 4094 |
+ */ |
| 4095 |
+ int capabilities; |
| 4096 |
+ const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} |
| 4097 |
+ const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 |
| 4098 |
+ const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 |
| 4099 |
+ const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 |
| 4100 |
+ const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 |
| 4101 |
+ uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder |
| 4102 |
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context |
| 4103 |
+ const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} |
| 4104 |
+ |
| 4105 |
+ /** |
| 4106 |
+ * Group name of the codec implementation. |
| 4107 |
+ * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A |
| 4108 |
+ * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such |
| 4109 |
+ * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or |
| 4110 |
+ * the hardware. |
| 4111 |
+ * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. |
| 4112 |
+ * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases |
| 4113 |
+ * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>"). |
| 4114 |
+ */ |
| 4115 |
+ const char *wrapper_name; |
| 4116 |
+ |
| 4117 |
+ /***************************************************************** |
| 4118 |
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They |
| 4119 |
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and |
| 4120 |
+ * removed at will. |
| 4121 |
+ * New public fields should be added right above. |
| 4122 |
+ ***************************************************************** |
| 4123 |
+ */ |
| 4124 |
+ int priv_data_size; |
| 4125 |
+ struct AVCodec *next; |
| 4126 |
+ /** |
| 4127 |
+ * @name Frame-level threading support functions |
| 4128 |
+ * @{ |
| 4129 |
+ */ |
| 4130 |
+ /** |
| 4131 |
+ * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. |
| 4132 |
+ * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. |
| 4133 |
+ * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. |
| 4134 |
+ */ |
| 4135 |
+ int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *); |
| 4136 |
+ /** |
| 4137 |
+ * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. |
| 4138 |
+ * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec |
| 4139 |
+ * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). |
| 4140 |
+ * |
| 4141 |
+ * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. |
| 4142 |
+ */ |
| 4143 |
+ int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src); |
| 4144 |
+ /** @} */ |
| 4145 |
+ |
| 4146 |
+ /** |
| 4147 |
+ * Private codec-specific defaults. |
| 4148 |
+ */ |
| 4149 |
+ const AVCodecDefault *defaults; |
| 4150 |
+ |
| 4151 |
+ /** |
| 4152 |
+ * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). |
| 4153 |
+ * |
| 4154 |
+ * This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is |
| 4155 |
+ * run for every codec regardless of that codec being used. |
| 4156 |
+ */ |
| 4157 |
+ void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec); |
| 4158 |
+ |
| 4159 |
+ int (*init)(AVCodecContext *); |
| 4160 |
+ int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, |
| 4161 |
+ const struct AVSubtitle *sub); |
| 4162 |
+ /** |
| 4163 |
+ * Encode data to an AVPacket. |
| 4164 |
+ * |
| 4165 |
+ * @param avctx codec context |
| 4166 |
+ * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) |
| 4167 |
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded |
| 4168 |
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a |
| 4169 |
+ * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. |
| 4170 |
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure |
| 4171 |
+ */ |
| 4172 |
+ int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame, |
| 4173 |
+ int *got_packet_ptr); |
| 4174 |
+ int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt); |
| 4175 |
+ int (*close)(AVCodecContext *); |
| 4176 |
+ /** |
| 4177 |
+ * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the |
| 4178 |
+ * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except |
| 4179 |
+ * that: |
| 4180 |
+ * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type, |
| 4181 |
+ * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent, |
| 4182 |
+ * - only one drain frame is ever passed down, |
| 4183 |
+ */ |
| 4184 |
+ int (*send_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); |
| 4185 |
+ int (*receive_packet)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); |
| 4186 |
+ |
| 4187 |
+ /** |
| 4188 |
+ * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called |
| 4189 |
+ * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain |
| 4190 |
+ * input data. |
| 4191 |
+ */ |
| 4192 |
+ int (*receive_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); |
| 4193 |
+ /** |
| 4194 |
+ * Flush buffers. |
| 4195 |
+ * Will be called when seeking |
| 4196 |
+ */ |
| 4197 |
+ void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *); |
| 4198 |
+ /** |
| 4199 |
+ * Internal codec capabilities. |
| 4200 |
+ * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h |
| 4201 |
+ */ |
| 4202 |
+ int caps_internal; |
| 4203 |
+ |
| 4204 |
+ /** |
| 4205 |
+ * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to |
| 4206 |
+ * packets before decoding. |
| 4207 |
+ */ |
| 4208 |
+ const char *bsfs; |
| 4209 |
+ |
| 4210 |
+ /** |
| 4211 |
+ * Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec, |
| 4212 |
+ * or NULL if no hardware supported. The array is terminated by a NULL |
| 4213 |
+ * pointer. |
| 4214 |
+ * |
| 4215 |
+ * The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config(). |
| 4216 |
+ */ |
| 4217 |
+ const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal **hw_configs; |
| 4218 |
+} AVCodec; |
| 4219 |
+ |
| 4220 |
+#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET |
| 4221 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 4222 |
+int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec); |
| 4223 |
+#endif |
| 4224 |
+ |
| 4225 |
+struct MpegEncContext; |
| 4226 |
+ |
| 4227 |
+/** |
| 4228 |
+ * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. |
| 4229 |
+ * |
| 4230 |
+ * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration |
| 4231 |
+ * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support |
| 4232 |
+ * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. |
| 4233 |
+ */ |
| 4234 |
+const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index); |
| 4235 |
+ |
| 4236 |
+/** |
| 4237 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel |
| 4238 |
+ * |
| 4239 |
+ * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some |
| 4240 |
+ * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. |
| 4241 |
+ * |
| 4242 |
+ * @{ |
| 4243 |
+ */ |
| 4244 |
+typedef struct AVHWAccel { |
| 4245 |
+ /** |
| 4246 |
+ * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. |
| 4247 |
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an |
| 4248 |
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). |
| 4249 |
+ */ |
| 4250 |
+ const char *name; |
| 4251 |
+ |
| 4252 |
+ /** |
| 4253 |
+ * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. |
| 4254 |
+ * |
| 4255 |
+ * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx |
| 4256 |
+ */ |
| 4257 |
+ enum AVMediaType type; |
| 4258 |
+ |
| 4259 |
+ /** |
| 4260 |
+ * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. |
| 4261 |
+ * |
| 4262 |
+ * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx |
| 4263 |
+ */ |
| 4264 |
+ enum AVCodecID id; |
| 4265 |
+ |
| 4266 |
+ /** |
| 4267 |
+ * Supported pixel format. |
| 4268 |
+ * |
| 4269 |
+ * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. |
| 4270 |
+ */ |
| 4271 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; |
| 4272 |
+ |
| 4273 |
+ /** |
| 4274 |
+ * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. |
| 4275 |
+ * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* |
| 4276 |
+ */ |
| 4277 |
+ int capabilities; |
| 4278 |
+ |
| 4279 |
+ /***************************************************************** |
| 4280 |
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They |
| 4281 |
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and |
| 4282 |
+ * removed at will. |
| 4283 |
+ * New public fields should be added right above. |
| 4284 |
+ ***************************************************************** |
| 4285 |
+ */ |
| 4286 |
+ |
| 4287 |
+ /** |
| 4288 |
+ * Allocate a custom buffer |
| 4289 |
+ */ |
| 4290 |
+ int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); |
| 4291 |
+ |
| 4292 |
+ /** |
| 4293 |
+ * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. |
| 4294 |
+ * |
| 4295 |
+ * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to |
| 4296 |
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. |
| 4297 |
+ * |
| 4298 |
+ * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. |
| 4299 |
+ * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. |
| 4300 |
+ * |
| 4301 |
+ * @param avctx the codec context |
| 4302 |
+ * @param buf the frame data buffer base |
| 4303 |
+ * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes |
| 4304 |
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise |
| 4305 |
+ */ |
| 4306 |
+ int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); |
| 4307 |
+ |
| 4308 |
+ /** |
| 4309 |
+ * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc). |
| 4310 |
+ * |
| 4311 |
+ * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the |
| 4312 |
+ * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state. |
| 4313 |
+ * |
| 4314 |
+ * @param avctx the codec context |
| 4315 |
+ * @param type the nal unit type |
| 4316 |
+ * @param buf the nal unit data buffer |
| 4317 |
+ * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes |
| 4318 |
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise |
| 4319 |
+ */ |
| 4320 |
+ int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); |
| 4321 |
+ |
| 4322 |
+ /** |
| 4323 |
+ * Callback for each slice. |
| 4324 |
+ * |
| 4325 |
+ * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to |
| 4326 |
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. |
| 4327 |
+ * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level. |
| 4328 |
+ * |
| 4329 |
+ * @param avctx the codec context |
| 4330 |
+ * @param buf the slice data buffer base |
| 4331 |
+ * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes |
| 4332 |
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise |
| 4333 |
+ */ |
| 4334 |
+ int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); |
| 4335 |
+ |
| 4336 |
+ /** |
| 4337 |
+ * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. |
| 4338 |
+ * |
| 4339 |
+ * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent |
| 4340 |
+ * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. |
| 4341 |
+ * |
| 4342 |
+ * @param avctx the codec context |
| 4343 |
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise |
| 4344 |
+ */ |
| 4345 |
+ int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 4346 |
+ |
| 4347 |
+ /** |
| 4348 |
+ * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. |
| 4349 |
+ * |
| 4350 |
+ * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before |
| 4351 |
+ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after |
| 4352 |
+ * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). |
| 4353 |
+ */ |
| 4354 |
+ int frame_priv_data_size; |
| 4355 |
+ |
| 4356 |
+ /** |
| 4357 |
+ * Called for every Macroblock in a slice. |
| 4358 |
+ * |
| 4359 |
+ * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb(). |
| 4360 |
+ * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are |
| 4361 |
+ * stored in an array provided by the video driver. |
| 4362 |
+ * |
| 4363 |
+ * @param s the mpeg context |
| 4364 |
+ */ |
| 4365 |
+ void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s); |
| 4366 |
+ |
| 4367 |
+ /** |
| 4368 |
+ * Initialize the hwaccel private data. |
| 4369 |
+ * |
| 4370 |
+ * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and |
| 4371 |
+ * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal |
| 4372 |
+ * is allocated. |
| 4373 |
+ */ |
| 4374 |
+ int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 4375 |
+ |
| 4376 |
+ /** |
| 4377 |
+ * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. |
| 4378 |
+ * |
| 4379 |
+ * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel |
| 4380 |
+ * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. |
| 4381 |
+ */ |
| 4382 |
+ int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 4383 |
+ |
| 4384 |
+ /** |
| 4385 |
+ * Size of the private data to allocate in |
| 4386 |
+ * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. |
| 4387 |
+ */ |
| 4388 |
+ int priv_data_size; |
| 4389 |
+ |
| 4390 |
+ /** |
| 4391 |
+ * Internal hwaccel capabilities. |
| 4392 |
+ */ |
| 4393 |
+ int caps_internal; |
| 4394 |
+ |
| 4395 |
+ /** |
| 4396 |
+ * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called |
| 4397 |
+ * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for |
| 4398 |
+ * details. |
| 4399 |
+ * |
| 4400 |
+ * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume |
| 4401 |
+ * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid. |
| 4402 |
+ */ |
| 4403 |
+ int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx); |
| 4404 |
+} AVHWAccel; |
| 4405 |
+ |
| 4406 |
+/** |
| 4407 |
+ * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental |
| 4408 |
+ * codecs |
| 4409 |
+ */ |
| 4410 |
+#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 |
| 4411 |
+ |
| 4412 |
+/** |
| 4413 |
+ * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level |
| 4414 |
+ * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the |
| 4415 |
+ * hardware driver. |
| 4416 |
+ * |
| 4417 |
+ * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific |
| 4418 |
+ * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. |
| 4419 |
+ */ |
| 4420 |
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) |
| 4421 |
+ |
| 4422 |
+/** |
| 4423 |
+ * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma |
| 4424 |
+ * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. |
| 4425 |
+ */ |
| 4426 |
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) |
| 4427 |
+ |
| 4428 |
+/** |
| 4429 |
+ * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the |
| 4430 |
+ * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. |
| 4431 |
+ * |
| 4432 |
+ * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 |
| 4433 |
+ * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked |
| 4434 |
+ * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. |
| 4435 |
+ * |
| 4436 |
+ * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is |
| 4437 |
+ * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output |
| 4438 |
+ * while indicating success. |
| 4439 |
+ */ |
| 4440 |
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) |
| 4441 |
+ |
| 4442 |
+/** |
| 4443 |
+ * @} |
| 4444 |
+ */ |
| 4445 |
+ |
| 4446 |
+#if FF_API_AVPICTURE |
| 4447 |
+/** |
| 4448 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture |
| 4449 |
+ * |
| 4450 |
+ * Functions for working with AVPicture |
| 4451 |
+ * @{ |
| 4452 |
+ */ |
| 4453 |
+ |
| 4454 |
+/** |
| 4455 |
+ * Picture data structure. |
| 4456 |
+ * |
| 4457 |
+ * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is |
| 4458 |
+ * alpha. |
| 4459 |
+ * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead |
| 4460 |
+ */ |
| 4461 |
+typedef struct AVPicture { |
| 4462 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 4463 |
+ uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< pointers to the image data planes |
| 4464 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 4465 |
+ int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line |
| 4466 |
+} AVPicture; |
| 4467 |
+ |
| 4468 |
+/** |
| 4469 |
+ * @} |
| 4470 |
+ */ |
| 4471 |
+#endif |
| 4472 |
+ |
| 4473 |
+enum AVSubtitleType { |
| 4474 |
+ SUBTITLE_NONE, |
| 4475 |
+ |
| 4476 |
+ SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set |
| 4477 |
+ |
| 4478 |
+ /** |
| 4479 |
+ * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is |
| 4480 |
+ * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. |
| 4481 |
+ */ |
| 4482 |
+ SUBTITLE_TEXT, |
| 4483 |
+ |
| 4484 |
+ /** |
| 4485 |
+ * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is |
| 4486 |
+ * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. |
| 4487 |
+ */ |
| 4488 |
+ SUBTITLE_ASS, |
| 4489 |
+}; |
| 4490 |
+ |
| 4491 |
+#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 |
| 4492 |
+ |
| 4493 |
+typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { |
| 4494 |
+ int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set |
| 4495 |
+ int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set |
| 4496 |
+ int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set |
| 4497 |
+ int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set |
| 4498 |
+ int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set |
| 4499 |
+ |
| 4500 |
+#if FF_API_AVPICTURE |
| 4501 |
+ /** |
| 4502 |
+ * @deprecated unused |
| 4503 |
+ */ |
| 4504 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 4505 |
+ AVPicture pict; |
| 4506 |
+#endif |
| 4507 |
+ /** |
| 4508 |
+ * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. |
| 4509 |
+ * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. |
| 4510 |
+ */ |
| 4511 |
+ uint8_t *data[4]; |
| 4512 |
+ int linesize[4]; |
| 4513 |
+ |
| 4514 |
+ enum AVSubtitleType type; |
| 4515 |
+ |
| 4516 |
+ char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text |
| 4517 |
+ |
| 4518 |
+ /** |
| 4519 |
+ * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. |
| 4520 |
+ * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this |
| 4521 |
+ * struct. |
| 4522 |
+ */ |
| 4523 |
+ char *ass; |
| 4524 |
+ |
| 4525 |
+ int flags; |
| 4526 |
+} AVSubtitleRect; |
| 4527 |
+ |
| 4528 |
+typedef struct AVSubtitle { |
| 4529 |
+ uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ |
| 4530 |
+ uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ |
| 4531 |
+ uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ |
| 4532 |
+ unsigned num_rects; |
| 4533 |
+ AVSubtitleRect **rects; |
| 4534 |
+ int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE |
| 4535 |
+} AVSubtitle; |
| 4536 |
+ |
| 4537 |
+/** |
| 4538 |
+ * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. |
| 4539 |
+ * |
| 4540 |
+ * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must |
| 4541 |
+ * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with |
| 4542 |
+ * avcodec_parameters_free(). |
| 4543 |
+ */ |
| 4544 |
+typedef struct AVCodecParameters { |
| 4545 |
+ /** |
| 4546 |
+ * General type of the encoded data. |
| 4547 |
+ */ |
| 4548 |
+ enum AVMediaType codec_type; |
| 4549 |
+ /** |
| 4550 |
+ * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). |
| 4551 |
+ */ |
| 4552 |
+ enum AVCodecID codec_id; |
| 4553 |
+ /** |
| 4554 |
+ * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). |
| 4555 |
+ */ |
| 4556 |
+ uint32_t codec_tag; |
| 4557 |
+ |
| 4558 |
+ /** |
| 4559 |
+ * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. |
| 4560 |
+ * |
| 4561 |
+ * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by |
| 4562 |
+ * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at |
| 4563 |
+ * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding |
| 4564 |
+ * bytes zeroed. |
| 4565 |
+ */ |
| 4566 |
+ uint8_t *extradata; |
| 4567 |
+ /** |
| 4568 |
+ * Size of the extradata content in bytes. |
| 4569 |
+ */ |
| 4570 |
+ int extradata_size; |
| 4571 |
+ |
| 4572 |
+ /** |
| 4573 |
+ * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. |
| 4574 |
+ * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. |
| 4575 |
+ */ |
| 4576 |
+ int format; |
| 4577 |
+ |
| 4578 |
+ /** |
| 4579 |
+ * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). |
| 4580 |
+ */ |
| 4581 |
+ int64_t bit_rate; |
| 4582 |
+ |
| 4583 |
+ /** |
| 4584 |
+ * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. |
| 4585 |
+ * |
| 4586 |
+ * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of |
| 4587 |
+ * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in |
| 4588 |
+ * the actual coded bitstream. |
| 4589 |
+ * |
| 4590 |
+ * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM |
| 4591 |
+ * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample |
| 4592 |
+ * Can be 0 |
| 4593 |
+ */ |
| 4594 |
+ int bits_per_coded_sample; |
| 4595 |
+ |
| 4596 |
+ /** |
| 4597 |
+ * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the |
| 4598 |
+ * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional |
| 4599 |
+ * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample |
| 4600 |
+ * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will |
| 4601 |
+ * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. |
| 4602 |
+ * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." |
| 4603 |
+ * |
| 4604 |
+ * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar |
| 4605 |
+ * Can be 0 |
| 4606 |
+ */ |
| 4607 |
+ int bits_per_raw_sample; |
| 4608 |
+ |
| 4609 |
+ /** |
| 4610 |
+ * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. |
| 4611 |
+ */ |
| 4612 |
+ int profile; |
| 4613 |
+ int level; |
| 4614 |
+ |
| 4615 |
+ /** |
| 4616 |
+ * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. |
| 4617 |
+ */ |
| 4618 |
+ int width; |
| 4619 |
+ int height; |
| 4620 |
+ |
| 4621 |
+ /** |
| 4622 |
+ * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel |
| 4623 |
+ * should have when displayed. |
| 4624 |
+ * |
| 4625 |
+ * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be |
| 4626 |
+ * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). |
| 4627 |
+ */ |
| 4628 |
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; |
| 4629 |
+ |
| 4630 |
+ /** |
| 4631 |
+ * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. |
| 4632 |
+ */ |
| 4633 |
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order; |
| 4634 |
+ |
| 4635 |
+ /** |
| 4636 |
+ * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. |
| 4637 |
+ */ |
| 4638 |
+ enum AVColorRange color_range; |
| 4639 |
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; |
| 4640 |
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; |
| 4641 |
+ enum AVColorSpace color_space; |
| 4642 |
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; |
| 4643 |
+ |
| 4644 |
+ /** |
| 4645 |
+ * Video only. Number of delayed frames. |
| 4646 |
+ */ |
| 4647 |
+ int video_delay; |
| 4648 |
+ |
| 4649 |
+ /** |
| 4650 |
+ * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is |
| 4651 |
+ * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to |
| 4652 |
+ * the channels field. |
| 4653 |
+ */ |
| 4654 |
+ uint64_t channel_layout; |
| 4655 |
+ /** |
| 4656 |
+ * Audio only. The number of audio channels. |
| 4657 |
+ */ |
| 4658 |
+ int channels; |
| 4659 |
+ /** |
| 4660 |
+ * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. |
| 4661 |
+ */ |
| 4662 |
+ int sample_rate; |
| 4663 |
+ /** |
| 4664 |
+ * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some |
| 4665 |
+ * formats. |
| 4666 |
+ * |
| 4667 |
+ * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. |
| 4668 |
+ */ |
| 4669 |
+ int block_align; |
| 4670 |
+ /** |
| 4671 |
+ * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. |
| 4672 |
+ */ |
| 4673 |
+ int frame_size; |
| 4674 |
+ |
| 4675 |
+ /** |
| 4676 |
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at |
| 4677 |
+ * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples |
| 4678 |
+ * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading |
| 4679 |
+ * padding. |
| 4680 |
+ */ |
| 4681 |
+ int initial_padding; |
| 4682 |
+ /** |
| 4683 |
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to |
| 4684 |
+ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be |
| 4685 |
+ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original |
| 4686 |
+ * audio without any trailing padding. |
| 4687 |
+ */ |
| 4688 |
+ int trailing_padding; |
| 4689 |
+ /** |
| 4690 |
+ * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. |
| 4691 |
+ */ |
| 4692 |
+ int seek_preroll; |
| 4693 |
+} AVCodecParameters; |
| 4694 |
+ |
| 4695 |
+/** |
| 4696 |
+ * Iterate over all registered codecs. |
| 4697 |
+ * |
| 4698 |
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must |
| 4699 |
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration. |
| 4700 |
+ * |
| 4701 |
+ * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is |
| 4702 |
+ * finished |
| 4703 |
+ */ |
| 4704 |
+const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque); |
| 4705 |
+ |
| 4706 |
+#if FF_API_NEXT |
| 4707 |
+/** |
| 4708 |
+ * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, |
| 4709 |
+ * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, |
| 4710 |
+ * or NULL if c is the last one. |
| 4711 |
+ */ |
| 4712 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 4713 |
+AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c); |
| 4714 |
+#endif |
| 4715 |
+ |
| 4716 |
+/** |
| 4717 |
+ * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. |
| 4718 |
+ */ |
| 4719 |
+unsigned avcodec_version(void); |
| 4720 |
+ |
| 4721 |
+/** |
| 4722 |
+ * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. |
| 4723 |
+ */ |
| 4724 |
+const char *avcodec_configuration(void); |
| 4725 |
+ |
| 4726 |
+/** |
| 4727 |
+ * Return the libavcodec license. |
| 4728 |
+ */ |
| 4729 |
+const char *avcodec_license(void); |
| 4730 |
+ |
| 4731 |
+#if FF_API_NEXT |
| 4732 |
+/** |
| 4733 |
+ * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. |
| 4734 |
+ * |
| 4735 |
+ * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called |
| 4736 |
+ * before any other libavcodec functions. |
| 4737 |
+ * |
| 4738 |
+ * @see avcodec_register_all() |
| 4739 |
+ */ |
| 4740 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 4741 |
+void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec); |
| 4742 |
+ |
| 4743 |
+/** |
| 4744 |
+ * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at |
| 4745 |
+ * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly |
| 4746 |
+ * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration |
| 4747 |
+ * functions. |
| 4748 |
+ * |
| 4749 |
+ * @see avcodec_register |
| 4750 |
+ * @see av_register_codec_parser |
| 4751 |
+ * @see av_register_bitstream_filter |
| 4752 |
+ */ |
| 4753 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 4754 |
+void avcodec_register_all(void); |
| 4755 |
+#endif |
| 4756 |
+ |
| 4757 |
+/** |
| 4758 |
+ * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The |
| 4759 |
+ * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). |
| 4760 |
+ * |
| 4761 |
+ * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults |
| 4762 |
+ * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() |
| 4763 |
+ * with a different codec. |
| 4764 |
+ * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, |
| 4765 |
+ * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is |
| 4766 |
+ * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). |
| 4767 |
+ * |
| 4768 |
+ * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. |
| 4769 |
+ */ |
| 4770 |
+AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); |
| 4771 |
+ |
| 4772 |
+/** |
| 4773 |
+ * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to |
| 4774 |
+ * the provided pointer. |
| 4775 |
+ */ |
| 4776 |
+void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); |
| 4777 |
+ |
| 4778 |
+#if FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS |
| 4779 |
+/** |
| 4780 |
+ * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec |
| 4781 |
+ * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be |
| 4782 |
+ * allocated for each new use. |
| 4783 |
+ */ |
| 4784 |
+int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec); |
| 4785 |
+#endif |
| 4786 |
+ |
| 4787 |
+/** |
| 4788 |
+ * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with |
| 4789 |
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. |
| 4790 |
+ * |
| 4791 |
+ * @see av_opt_find(). |
| 4792 |
+ */ |
| 4793 |
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); |
| 4794 |
+ |
| 4795 |
+#if FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT |
| 4796 |
+/** |
| 4797 |
+ * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with |
| 4798 |
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. |
| 4799 |
+ * |
| 4800 |
+ * @see av_opt_find(). |
| 4801 |
+ */ |
| 4802 |
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void); |
| 4803 |
+ |
| 4804 |
+/** |
| 4805 |
+ * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with |
| 4806 |
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. |
| 4807 |
+ * |
| 4808 |
+ * @see av_opt_find(). |
| 4809 |
+ */ |
| 4810 |
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); |
| 4811 |
+ |
| 4812 |
+/** |
| 4813 |
+ * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination |
| 4814 |
+ * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be |
| 4815 |
+ * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you |
| 4816 |
+ * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. |
| 4817 |
+ * |
| 4818 |
+ * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with |
| 4819 |
+ * avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized |
| 4820 |
+ * @param src source codec context |
| 4821 |
+ * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success |
| 4822 |
+ * |
| 4823 |
+ * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not |
| 4824 |
+ * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context |
| 4825 |
+ * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the |
| 4826 |
+ * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context() |
| 4827 |
+ * functions. |
| 4828 |
+ */ |
| 4829 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 4830 |
+int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src); |
| 4831 |
+#endif |
| 4832 |
+ |
| 4833 |
+/** |
| 4834 |
+ * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values |
| 4835 |
+ * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with |
| 4836 |
+ * avcodec_parameters_free(). |
| 4837 |
+ */ |
| 4838 |
+AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); |
| 4839 |
+ |
| 4840 |
+/** |
| 4841 |
+ * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and |
| 4842 |
+ * write NULL to the supplied pointer. |
| 4843 |
+ */ |
| 4844 |
+void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par); |
| 4845 |
+ |
| 4846 |
+/** |
| 4847 |
+ * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and |
| 4848 |
+ * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. |
| 4849 |
+ * |
| 4850 |
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. |
| 4851 |
+ */ |
| 4852 |
+int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src); |
| 4853 |
+ |
| 4854 |
+/** |
| 4855 |
+ * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec |
| 4856 |
+ * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates |
| 4857 |
+ * of the corresponding fields in codec. |
| 4858 |
+ * |
| 4859 |
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure |
| 4860 |
+ */ |
| 4861 |
+int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par, |
| 4862 |
+ const AVCodecContext *codec); |
| 4863 |
+ |
| 4864 |
+/** |
| 4865 |
+ * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec |
| 4866 |
+ * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in |
| 4867 |
+ * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. |
| 4868 |
+ * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. |
| 4869 |
+ * |
| 4870 |
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. |
| 4871 |
+ */ |
| 4872 |
+int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec, |
| 4873 |
+ const AVCodecParameters *par); |
| 4874 |
+ |
| 4875 |
+/** |
| 4876 |
+ * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this |
| 4877 |
+ * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). |
| 4878 |
+ * |
| 4879 |
+ * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), |
| 4880 |
+ * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for |
| 4881 |
+ * retrieving a codec. |
| 4882 |
+ * |
| 4883 |
+ * @warning This function is not thread safe! |
| 4884 |
+ * |
| 4885 |
+ * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as |
| 4886 |
+ * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). |
| 4887 |
+ * |
| 4888 |
+ * @code |
| 4889 |
+ * avcodec_register_all(); |
| 4890 |
+ * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); |
| 4891 |
+ * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); |
| 4892 |
+ * if (!codec) |
| 4893 |
+ * exit(1); |
| 4894 |
+ * |
| 4895 |
+ * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); |
| 4896 |
+ * |
| 4897 |
+ * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) |
| 4898 |
+ * exit(1); |
| 4899 |
+ * @endcode |
| 4900 |
+ * |
| 4901 |
+ * @param avctx The context to initialize. |
| 4902 |
+ * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been |
| 4903 |
+ * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or |
| 4904 |
+ * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or |
| 4905 |
+ * equal to the previously passed codec. |
| 4906 |
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. |
| 4907 |
+ * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. |
| 4908 |
+ * |
| 4909 |
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error |
| 4910 |
+ * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), |
| 4911 |
+ * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). |
| 4912 |
+ */ |
| 4913 |
+int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); |
| 4914 |
+ |
| 4915 |
+/** |
| 4916 |
+ * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it |
| 4917 |
+ * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). |
| 4918 |
+ * |
| 4919 |
+ * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free |
| 4920 |
+ * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL |
| 4921 |
+ * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. |
| 4922 |
+ * |
| 4923 |
+ * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a |
| 4924 |
+ * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context |
| 4925 |
+ * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts |
| 4926 |
+ * instead. |
| 4927 |
+ */ |
| 4928 |
+int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 4929 |
+ |
| 4930 |
+/** |
| 4931 |
+ * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. |
| 4932 |
+ * |
| 4933 |
+ * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. |
| 4934 |
+ */ |
| 4935 |
+void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); |
| 4936 |
+ |
| 4937 |
+/** |
| 4938 |
+ * @} |
| 4939 |
+ */ |
| 4940 |
+ |
| 4941 |
+/** |
| 4942 |
+ * @addtogroup lavc_packet |
| 4943 |
+ * @{ |
| 4944 |
+ */ |
| 4945 |
+ |
| 4946 |
+/** |
| 4947 |
+ * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting |
| 4948 |
+ * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). |
| 4949 |
+ * |
| 4950 |
+ * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. |
| 4951 |
+ * |
| 4952 |
+ * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those |
| 4953 |
+ * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. |
| 4954 |
+ * |
| 4955 |
+ * @see av_new_packet |
| 4956 |
+ */ |
| 4957 |
+AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); |
| 4958 |
+ |
| 4959 |
+/** |
| 4960 |
+ * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. |
| 4961 |
+ * |
| 4962 |
+ * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). |
| 4963 |
+ * |
| 4964 |
+ * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. |
| 4965 |
+ * |
| 4966 |
+ * @see av_packet_alloc |
| 4967 |
+ * @see av_packet_ref |
| 4968 |
+ */ |
| 4969 |
+AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src); |
| 4970 |
+ |
| 4971 |
+/** |
| 4972 |
+ * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be |
| 4973 |
+ * unreferenced first. |
| 4974 |
+ * |
| 4975 |
+ * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. |
| 4976 |
+ * @note passing NULL is a no-op. |
| 4977 |
+ */ |
| 4978 |
+void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); |
| 4979 |
+ |
| 4980 |
+/** |
| 4981 |
+ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. |
| 4982 |
+ * |
| 4983 |
+ * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be |
| 4984 |
+ * initialized separately. |
| 4985 |
+ * |
| 4986 |
+ * @param pkt packet |
| 4987 |
+ */ |
| 4988 |
+void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); |
| 4989 |
+ |
| 4990 |
+/** |
| 4991 |
+ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with |
| 4992 |
+ * default values. |
| 4993 |
+ * |
| 4994 |
+ * @param pkt packet |
| 4995 |
+ * @param size wanted payload size |
| 4996 |
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise |
| 4997 |
+ */ |
| 4998 |
+int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); |
| 4999 |
+ |
| 5000 |
+/** |
| 5001 |
+ * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding |
| 5002 |
+ * |
| 5003 |
+ * @param pkt packet |
| 5004 |
+ * @param size new size |
| 5005 |
+ */ |
| 5006 |
+void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); |
| 5007 |
+ |
| 5008 |
+/** |
| 5009 |
+ * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding |
| 5010 |
+ * |
| 5011 |
+ * @param pkt packet |
| 5012 |
+ * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet |
| 5013 |
+ */ |
| 5014 |
+int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); |
| 5015 |
+ |
| 5016 |
+/** |
| 5017 |
+ * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. |
| 5018 |
+ * |
| 5019 |
+ * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, |
| 5020 |
+ * buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched. |
| 5021 |
+ * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this |
| 5022 |
+ * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. |
| 5023 |
+ * The caller may not access the data through other means. |
| 5024 |
+ * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer |
| 5025 |
+ * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. |
| 5026 |
+ * |
| 5027 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error |
| 5028 |
+ */ |
| 5029 |
+int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); |
| 5030 |
+ |
| 5031 |
+#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API |
| 5032 |
+/** |
| 5033 |
+ * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The |
| 5034 |
+ * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. |
| 5035 |
+ * |
| 5036 |
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref or av_packet_make_refcounted |
| 5037 |
+ */ |
| 5038 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5039 |
+int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt); |
| 5040 |
+/** |
| 5041 |
+ * Copy packet, including contents |
| 5042 |
+ * |
| 5043 |
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail |
| 5044 |
+ * |
| 5045 |
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref |
| 5046 |
+ */ |
| 5047 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5048 |
+int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); |
| 5049 |
+ |
| 5050 |
+/** |
| 5051 |
+ * Copy packet side data |
| 5052 |
+ * |
| 5053 |
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail |
| 5054 |
+ * |
| 5055 |
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props |
| 5056 |
+ */ |
| 5057 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5058 |
+int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); |
| 5059 |
+ |
| 5060 |
+/** |
| 5061 |
+ * Free a packet. |
| 5062 |
+ * |
| 5063 |
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref |
| 5064 |
+ * |
| 5065 |
+ * @param pkt packet to free |
| 5066 |
+ */ |
| 5067 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5068 |
+void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt); |
| 5069 |
+#endif |
| 5070 |
+/** |
| 5071 |
+ * Allocate new information of a packet. |
| 5072 |
+ * |
| 5073 |
+ * @param pkt packet |
| 5074 |
+ * @param type side information type |
| 5075 |
+ * @param size side information size |
| 5076 |
+ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise |
| 5077 |
+ */ |
| 5078 |
+uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, |
| 5079 |
+ int size); |
| 5080 |
+ |
| 5081 |
+/** |
| 5082 |
+ * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. |
| 5083 |
+ * |
| 5084 |
+ * @param pkt packet |
| 5085 |
+ * @param type side information type |
| 5086 |
+ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() |
| 5087 |
+ * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to |
| 5088 |
+ * pkt. |
| 5089 |
+ * @param size side information size |
| 5090 |
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on |
| 5091 |
+ * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains |
| 5092 |
+ * owned by the caller. |
| 5093 |
+ */ |
| 5094 |
+int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, |
| 5095 |
+ uint8_t *data, size_t size); |
| 5096 |
+ |
| 5097 |
+/** |
| 5098 |
+ * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer |
| 5099 |
+ * |
| 5100 |
+ * @param pkt packet |
| 5101 |
+ * @param type side information type |
| 5102 |
+ * @param size new side information size |
| 5103 |
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure |
| 5104 |
+ */ |
| 5105 |
+int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, |
| 5106 |
+ int size); |
| 5107 |
+ |
| 5108 |
+/** |
| 5109 |
+ * Get side information from packet. |
| 5110 |
+ * |
| 5111 |
+ * @param pkt packet |
| 5112 |
+ * @param type desired side information type |
| 5113 |
+ * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) |
| 5114 |
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise |
| 5115 |
+ */ |
| 5116 |
+uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, |
| 5117 |
+ int *size); |
| 5118 |
+ |
| 5119 |
+#if FF_API_MERGE_SD_API |
| 5120 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5121 |
+int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); |
| 5122 |
+ |
| 5123 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5124 |
+int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); |
| 5125 |
+#endif |
| 5126 |
+ |
| 5127 |
+const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); |
| 5128 |
+ |
| 5129 |
+/** |
| 5130 |
+ * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. |
| 5131 |
+ * |
| 5132 |
+ * @param dict The dictionary to pack. |
| 5133 |
+ * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data |
| 5134 |
+ * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise |
| 5135 |
+ */ |
| 5136 |
+uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size); |
| 5137 |
+/** |
| 5138 |
+ * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. |
| 5139 |
+ * |
| 5140 |
+ * @param data data from side_data |
| 5141 |
+ * @param size size of the data |
| 5142 |
+ * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary |
| 5143 |
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure |
| 5144 |
+ */ |
| 5145 |
+int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict); |
| 5146 |
+ |
| 5147 |
+ |
| 5148 |
+/** |
| 5149 |
+ * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. |
| 5150 |
+ * All the other fields stay untouched. |
| 5151 |
+ * |
| 5152 |
+ * @param pkt packet |
| 5153 |
+ */ |
| 5154 |
+void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); |
| 5155 |
+ |
| 5156 |
+/** |
| 5157 |
+ * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet |
| 5158 |
+ * |
| 5159 |
+ * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the |
| 5160 |
+ * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the |
| 5161 |
+ * data from src into it. |
| 5162 |
+ * |
| 5163 |
+ * All the other fields are copied from src. |
| 5164 |
+ * |
| 5165 |
+ * @see av_packet_unref |
| 5166 |
+ * |
| 5167 |
+ * @param dst Destination packet |
| 5168 |
+ * @param src Source packet |
| 5169 |
+ * |
| 5170 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. |
| 5171 |
+ */ |
| 5172 |
+int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); |
| 5173 |
+ |
| 5174 |
+/** |
| 5175 |
+ * Wipe the packet. |
| 5176 |
+ * |
| 5177 |
+ * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the |
| 5178 |
+ * remaining packet fields to their default values. |
| 5179 |
+ * |
| 5180 |
+ * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. |
| 5181 |
+ */ |
| 5182 |
+void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); |
| 5183 |
+ |
| 5184 |
+/** |
| 5185 |
+ * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. |
| 5186 |
+ * |
| 5187 |
+ * @see av_packet_unref |
| 5188 |
+ * |
| 5189 |
+ * @param src Source packet, will be reset |
| 5190 |
+ * @param dst Destination packet |
| 5191 |
+ */ |
| 5192 |
+void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); |
| 5193 |
+ |
| 5194 |
+/** |
| 5195 |
+ * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. |
| 5196 |
+ * |
| 5197 |
+ * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields |
| 5198 |
+ * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) |
| 5199 |
+ * |
| 5200 |
+ * @param dst Destination packet |
| 5201 |
+ * @param src Source packet |
| 5202 |
+ * |
| 5203 |
+ * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. |
| 5204 |
+ */ |
| 5205 |
+int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); |
| 5206 |
+ |
| 5207 |
+/** |
| 5208 |
+ * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. |
| 5209 |
+ * |
| 5210 |
+ * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. |
| 5211 |
+ * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. |
| 5212 |
+ * |
| 5213 |
+ * @see av_packet_ref |
| 5214 |
+ * @see av_packet_make_writable |
| 5215 |
+ * |
| 5216 |
+ * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. |
| 5217 |
+ * |
| 5218 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the |
| 5219 |
+ * packet is unchanged. |
| 5220 |
+ */ |
| 5221 |
+int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt); |
| 5222 |
+ |
| 5223 |
+/** |
| 5224 |
+ * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, |
| 5225 |
+ * avoiding data copy if possible. |
| 5226 |
+ * |
| 5227 |
+ * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. |
| 5228 |
+ * |
| 5229 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the |
| 5230 |
+ * packet is unchanged. |
| 5231 |
+ */ |
| 5232 |
+int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt); |
| 5233 |
+ |
| 5234 |
+/** |
| 5235 |
+ * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one |
| 5236 |
+ * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be |
| 5237 |
+ * ignored. |
| 5238 |
+ * |
| 5239 |
+ * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed |
| 5240 |
+ * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are |
| 5241 |
+ * expressed |
| 5242 |
+ * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be |
| 5243 |
+ * converted |
| 5244 |
+ */ |
| 5245 |
+void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); |
| 5246 |
+ |
| 5247 |
+/** |
| 5248 |
+ * @} |
| 5249 |
+ */ |
| 5250 |
+ |
| 5251 |
+/** |
| 5252 |
+ * @addtogroup lavc_decoding |
| 5253 |
+ * @{ |
| 5254 |
+ */ |
| 5255 |
+ |
| 5256 |
+/** |
| 5257 |
+ * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. |
| 5258 |
+ * |
| 5259 |
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder |
| 5260 |
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. |
| 5261 |
+ */ |
| 5262 |
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); |
| 5263 |
+ |
| 5264 |
+/** |
| 5265 |
+ * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. |
| 5266 |
+ * |
| 5267 |
+ * @param name name of the requested decoder |
| 5268 |
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. |
| 5269 |
+ */ |
| 5270 |
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); |
| 5271 |
+ |
| 5272 |
+/** |
| 5273 |
+ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so |
| 5274 |
+ * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without |
| 5275 |
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. |
| 5276 |
+ */ |
| 5277 |
+int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); |
| 5278 |
+ |
| 5279 |
+/** |
| 5280 |
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory |
| 5281 |
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal |
| 5282 |
+ * padding. |
| 5283 |
+ * |
| 5284 |
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. |
| 5285 |
+ */ |
| 5286 |
+void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); |
| 5287 |
+ |
| 5288 |
+/** |
| 5289 |
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory |
| 5290 |
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all |
| 5291 |
+ * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. |
| 5292 |
+ * |
| 5293 |
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. |
| 5294 |
+ */ |
| 5295 |
+void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, |
| 5296 |
+ int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); |
| 5297 |
+ |
| 5298 |
+/** |
| 5299 |
+ * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. |
| 5300 |
+ * |
| 5301 |
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system |
| 5302 |
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 |
| 5303 |
+ * |
| 5304 |
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position |
| 5305 |
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position |
| 5306 |
+ */ |
| 5307 |
+int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); |
| 5308 |
+ |
| 5309 |
+/** |
| 5310 |
+ * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. |
| 5311 |
+ * |
| 5312 |
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system |
| 5313 |
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 |
| 5314 |
+ * |
| 5315 |
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position |
| 5316 |
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position |
| 5317 |
+ */ |
| 5318 |
+enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); |
| 5319 |
+ |
| 5320 |
+/** |
| 5321 |
+ * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. |
| 5322 |
+ * |
| 5323 |
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such |
| 5324 |
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be |
| 5325 |
+ * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be |
| 5326 |
+ * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to |
| 5327 |
+ * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet |
| 5328 |
+ * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely |
| 5329 |
+ * consumed or an error occurs. |
| 5330 |
+ * |
| 5331 |
+ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input |
| 5332 |
+ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately |
| 5333 |
+ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get |
| 5334 |
+ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets |
| 5335 |
+ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops |
| 5336 |
+ * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not |
| 5337 |
+ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned. |
| 5338 |
+ * |
| 5339 |
+ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE |
| 5340 |
+ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream |
| 5341 |
+ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. |
| 5342 |
+ * |
| 5343 |
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() |
| 5344 |
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder. |
| 5345 |
+ * |
| 5346 |
+ * @param avctx the codec context |
| 5347 |
+ * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. |
| 5348 |
+ * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by |
| 5349 |
+ * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. |
| 5350 |
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is |
| 5351 |
+ * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the |
| 5352 |
+ * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() |
| 5353 |
+ * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write |
| 5354 |
+ * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. |
| 5355 |
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned |
| 5356 |
+ * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the |
| 5357 |
+ * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the |
| 5358 |
+ * decoder. The caller may not write to it. |
| 5359 |
+ * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is |
| 5360 |
+ * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero |
| 5361 |
+ * does not mean that an error has occurred. For |
| 5362 |
+ * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode |
| 5363 |
+ * call is guaranteed to produce a frame. |
| 5364 |
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. |
| 5365 |
+ * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some |
| 5366 |
+ * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. |
| 5367 |
+ * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during |
| 5368 |
+ * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input |
| 5369 |
+ * AVPacket is returned. |
| 5370 |
+ * |
| 5371 |
+* @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). |
| 5372 |
+ */ |
| 5373 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5374 |
+int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame, |
| 5375 |
+ int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); |
| 5376 |
+ |
| 5377 |
+/** |
| 5378 |
+ * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. |
| 5379 |
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such |
| 5380 |
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame. |
| 5381 |
+ * |
| 5382 |
+ * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than |
| 5383 |
+ * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 |
| 5384 |
+ * bits at once and could read over the end. |
| 5385 |
+ * |
| 5386 |
+ * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that |
| 5387 |
+ * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. |
| 5388 |
+ * |
| 5389 |
+ * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay |
| 5390 |
+ * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, |
| 5391 |
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. |
| 5392 |
+ * |
| 5393 |
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() |
| 5394 |
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder. |
| 5395 |
+ * |
| 5396 |
+ * @param avctx the codec context |
| 5397 |
+ * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. |
| 5398 |
+ * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will |
| 5399 |
+ * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the |
| 5400 |
+ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. |
| 5401 |
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is |
| 5402 |
+ * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the |
| 5403 |
+ * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() |
| 5404 |
+ * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write |
| 5405 |
+ * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. |
| 5406 |
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned |
| 5407 |
+ * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the |
| 5408 |
+ * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the |
| 5409 |
+ * decoder. The caller may not write to it. |
| 5410 |
+ * |
| 5411 |
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. |
| 5412 |
+ * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting |
| 5413 |
+ * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like |
| 5414 |
+ * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least |
| 5415 |
+ * fields possible. |
| 5416 |
+ * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. |
| 5417 |
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes |
| 5418 |
+ * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. |
| 5419 |
+ * |
| 5420 |
+ * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). |
| 5421 |
+ */ |
| 5422 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5423 |
+int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture, |
| 5424 |
+ int *got_picture_ptr, |
| 5425 |
+ const AVPacket *avpkt); |
| 5426 |
+ |
| 5427 |
+/** |
| 5428 |
+ * Decode a subtitle message. |
| 5429 |
+ * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. |
| 5430 |
+ * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. |
| 5431 |
+ * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. |
| 5432 |
+ * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for |
| 5433 |
+ * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible |
| 5434 |
+ * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly |
| 5435 |
+ * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. |
| 5436 |
+ * |
| 5437 |
+ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input |
| 5438 |
+ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately |
| 5439 |
+ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get |
| 5440 |
+ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets |
| 5441 |
+ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops |
| 5442 |
+ * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not |
| 5443 |
+ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. |
| 5444 |
+ * |
| 5445 |
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() |
| 5446 |
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder. |
| 5447 |
+ * |
| 5448 |
+ * @param avctx the codec context |
| 5449 |
+ * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, |
| 5450 |
+ * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. |
| 5451 |
+ * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. |
| 5452 |
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. |
| 5453 |
+ */ |
| 5454 |
+int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, |
| 5455 |
+ int *got_sub_ptr, |
| 5456 |
+ AVPacket *avpkt); |
| 5457 |
+ |
| 5458 |
+/** |
| 5459 |
+ * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. |
| 5460 |
+ * |
| 5461 |
+ * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can |
| 5462 |
+ * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually |
| 5463 |
+ * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the |
| 5464 |
+ * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) |
| 5465 |
+ * |
| 5466 |
+ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE |
| 5467 |
+ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream |
| 5468 |
+ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. |
| 5469 |
+ * |
| 5470 |
+ * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2()) |
| 5471 |
+ * on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now |
| 5472 |
+ * or in future libavcodec versions. |
| 5473 |
+ * |
| 5474 |
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() |
| 5475 |
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder. |
| 5476 |
+ * |
| 5477 |
+ * @param avctx codec context |
| 5478 |
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video |
| 5479 |
+ * frame, or several complete audio frames. |
| 5480 |
+ * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the |
| 5481 |
+ * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create |
| 5482 |
+ * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is |
| 5483 |
+ * not reference-counted). |
| 5484 |
+ * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, |
| 5485 |
+ * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), |
| 5486 |
+ * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple |
| 5487 |
+ * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. |
| 5488 |
+ * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and |
| 5489 |
+ * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush |
| 5490 |
+ * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the |
| 5491 |
+ * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are |
| 5492 |
+ * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder |
| 5493 |
+ * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending |
| 5494 |
+ * a flush packet. |
| 5495 |
+ * |
| 5496 |
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: |
| 5497 |
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user |
| 5498 |
+ * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once |
| 5499 |
+ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and |
| 5500 |
+ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). |
| 5501 |
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can |
| 5502 |
+ * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush |
| 5503 |
+ * packet is sent) |
| 5504 |
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush |
| 5505 |
+ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar |
| 5506 |
+ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors |
| 5507 |
+ */ |
| 5508 |
+int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt); |
| 5509 |
+ |
| 5510 |
+/** |
| 5511 |
+ * Return decoded output data from a decoder. |
| 5512 |
+ * |
| 5513 |
+ * @param avctx codec context |
| 5514 |
+ * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio |
| 5515 |
+ * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the |
| 5516 |
+ * decoder. Note that the function will always call |
| 5517 |
+ * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. |
| 5518 |
+ * |
| 5519 |
+ * @return |
| 5520 |
+ * 0: success, a frame was returned |
| 5521 |
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try |
| 5522 |
+ * to send new input |
| 5523 |
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be |
| 5524 |
+ * no more output frames |
| 5525 |
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder |
| 5526 |
+ * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors |
| 5527 |
+ */ |
| 5528 |
+int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); |
| 5529 |
+ |
| 5530 |
+/** |
| 5531 |
+ * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() |
| 5532 |
+ * to retrieve buffered output packets. |
| 5533 |
+ * |
| 5534 |
+ * @param avctx codec context |
| 5535 |
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. |
| 5536 |
+ * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the |
| 5537 |
+ * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create |
| 5538 |
+ * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is |
| 5539 |
+ * not reference-counted). |
| 5540 |
+ * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush |
| 5541 |
+ * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder |
| 5542 |
+ * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this |
| 5543 |
+ * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush |
| 5544 |
+ * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return |
| 5545 |
+ * AVERROR_EOF. |
| 5546 |
+ * |
| 5547 |
+ * For audio: |
| 5548 |
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame |
| 5549 |
+ * can have any number of samples. |
| 5550 |
+ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to |
| 5551 |
+ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. |
| 5552 |
+ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. |
| 5553 |
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: |
| 5554 |
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user |
| 5555 |
+ * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once |
| 5556 |
+ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and |
| 5557 |
+ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). |
| 5558 |
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can |
| 5559 |
+ * be sent to it |
| 5560 |
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a |
| 5561 |
+ * decoder, or requires flush |
| 5562 |
+ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar |
| 5563 |
+ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors |
| 5564 |
+ */ |
| 5565 |
+int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); |
| 5566 |
+ |
| 5567 |
+/** |
| 5568 |
+ * Read encoded data from the encoder. |
| 5569 |
+ * |
| 5570 |
+ * @param avctx codec context |
| 5571 |
+ * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the |
| 5572 |
+ * encoder. Note that the function will always call |
| 5573 |
+ * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. |
| 5574 |
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: |
| 5575 |
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user |
| 5576 |
+ * must try to send input |
| 5577 |
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be |
| 5578 |
+ * no more output packets |
| 5579 |
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder |
| 5580 |
+ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors |
| 5581 |
+ */ |
| 5582 |
+int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); |
| 5583 |
+ |
| 5584 |
+/** |
| 5585 |
+ * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware |
| 5586 |
+ * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is |
| 5587 |
+ * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. |
| 5588 |
+ * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. |
| 5589 |
+ * |
| 5590 |
+ * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this |
| 5591 |
+ * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). |
| 5592 |
+ * |
| 5593 |
+ * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid |
| 5594 |
+ * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. |
| 5595 |
+ * |
| 5596 |
+ * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, |
| 5597 |
+ * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes |
| 5598 |
+ * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about |
| 5599 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. |
| 5600 |
+ * |
| 5601 |
+ * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: |
| 5602 |
+ * |
| 5603 |
+ * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was |
| 5604 |
+ * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and |
| 5605 |
+ * can trigger undefined behavior. |
| 5606 |
+ * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). |
| 5607 |
+ * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could |
| 5608 |
+ * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream |
| 5609 |
+ * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's |
| 5610 |
+ * get_format callback returns.) |
| 5611 |
+ * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the |
| 5612 |
+ * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, |
| 5613 |
+ * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. |
| 5614 |
+ * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. |
| 5615 |
+ * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to |
| 5616 |
+ * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter), |
| 5617 |
+ * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done |
| 5618 |
+ * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal |
| 5619 |
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). |
| 5620 |
+ * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is |
| 5621 |
+ * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So |
| 5622 |
+ * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every |
| 5623 |
+ * get_format call. |
| 5624 |
+ * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using |
| 5625 |
+ * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a |
| 5626 |
+ * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function |
| 5627 |
+ * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. |
| 5628 |
+ * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set |
| 5629 |
+ * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. |
| 5630 |
+ * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, |
| 5631 |
+ * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. |
| 5632 |
+ * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free |
| 5633 |
+ * callback. |
| 5634 |
+ * |
| 5635 |
+ * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext |
| 5636 |
+ * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): |
| 5637 |
+ * |
| 5638 |
+ * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). |
| 5639 |
+ * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. |
| 5640 |
+ * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An |
| 5641 |
+ * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats |
| 5642 |
+ * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) |
| 5643 |
+ * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the |
| 5644 |
+ * API-specific minimum alignment. |
| 5645 |
+ * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size |
| 5646 |
+ * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec, |
| 5647 |
+ * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference |
| 5648 |
+ * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced |
| 5649 |
+ * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the |
| 5650 |
+ * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand |
| 5651 |
+ * during decoding. |
| 5652 |
+ * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying |
| 5653 |
+ * hardware API. |
| 5654 |
+ * |
| 5655 |
+ * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but |
| 5656 |
+ * with basic frame parameters set. |
| 5657 |
+ * |
| 5658 |
+ * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the |
| 5659 |
+ * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. |
| 5660 |
+ * |
| 5661 |
+ * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which |
| 5662 |
+ * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned |
| 5663 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext properly. |
| 5664 |
+ * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device |
| 5665 |
+ * which will be used by the hardware decoder. |
| 5666 |
+ * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. |
| 5667 |
+ * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ |
| 5668 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. |
| 5669 |
+ * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. |
| 5670 |
+ * Not changed if an error is returned. |
| 5671 |
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes |
| 5672 |
+ * have special semantics: |
| 5673 |
+ * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup |
| 5674 |
+ * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not |
| 5675 |
+ * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, |
| 5676 |
+ * or it is a software format. |
| 5677 |
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for |
| 5678 |
+ * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported |
| 5679 |
+ * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. |
| 5680 |
+ */ |
| 5681 |
+int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, |
| 5682 |
+ AVBufferRef *device_ref, |
| 5683 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt, |
| 5684 |
+ AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref); |
| 5685 |
+ |
| 5686 |
+ |
| 5687 |
+ |
| 5688 |
+/** |
| 5689 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing |
| 5690 |
+ * @{ |
| 5691 |
+ */ |
| 5692 |
+ |
| 5693 |
+enum AVPictureStructure { |
| 5694 |
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown |
| 5695 |
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field |
| 5696 |
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field |
| 5697 |
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame |
| 5698 |
+}; |
| 5699 |
+ |
| 5700 |
+typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { |
| 5701 |
+ void *priv_data; |
| 5702 |
+ struct AVCodecParser *parser; |
| 5703 |
+ int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ |
| 5704 |
+ int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset |
| 5705 |
+ (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ |
| 5706 |
+ int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ |
| 5707 |
+ /* video info */ |
| 5708 |
+ int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ |
| 5709 |
+ /** |
| 5710 |
+ * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. |
| 5711 |
+ * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame |
| 5712 |
+ * is compared to normal frame duration. |
| 5713 |
+ * |
| 5714 |
+ * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base |
| 5715 |
+ * |
| 5716 |
+ * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. |
| 5717 |
+ */ |
| 5718 |
+ int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ |
| 5719 |
+ int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ |
| 5720 |
+ int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ |
| 5721 |
+ |
| 5722 |
+ /* private data */ |
| 5723 |
+ int64_t last_pts; |
| 5724 |
+ int64_t last_dts; |
| 5725 |
+ int fetch_timestamp; |
| 5726 |
+ |
| 5727 |
+#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 |
| 5728 |
+ int cur_frame_start_index; |
| 5729 |
+ int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; |
| 5730 |
+ int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; |
| 5731 |
+ int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; |
| 5732 |
+ |
| 5733 |
+ int flags; |
| 5734 |
+#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 |
| 5735 |
+#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 |
| 5736 |
+/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset |
| 5737 |
+#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 |
| 5738 |
+#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 |
| 5739 |
+ |
| 5740 |
+ int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start |
| 5741 |
+ int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; |
| 5742 |
+ |
| 5743 |
+ /** |
| 5744 |
+ * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. |
| 5745 |
+ * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, |
| 5746 |
+ * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames |
| 5747 |
+ * will be used. |
| 5748 |
+ */ |
| 5749 |
+ int key_frame; |
| 5750 |
+ |
| 5751 |
+#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION |
| 5752 |
+ /** |
| 5753 |
+ * @deprecated unused |
| 5754 |
+ */ |
| 5755 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 5756 |
+ int64_t convergence_duration; |
| 5757 |
+#endif |
| 5758 |
+ |
| 5759 |
+ // Timestamp generation support: |
| 5760 |
+ /** |
| 5761 |
+ * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. |
| 5762 |
+ * |
| 5763 |
+ * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined |
| 5764 |
+ * (default). |
| 5765 |
+ * |
| 5766 |
+ * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period |
| 5767 |
+ * SEI message. |
| 5768 |
+ */ |
| 5769 |
+ int dts_sync_point; |
| 5770 |
+ |
| 5771 |
+ /** |
| 5772 |
+ * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in |
| 5773 |
+ * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. |
| 5774 |
+ * |
| 5775 |
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must |
| 5776 |
+ * contain a valid timestamp offset. |
| 5777 |
+ * |
| 5778 |
+ * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero |
| 5779 |
+ * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of |
| 5780 |
+ * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. |
| 5781 |
+ * |
| 5782 |
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. |
| 5783 |
+ */ |
| 5784 |
+ int dts_ref_dts_delta; |
| 5785 |
+ |
| 5786 |
+ /** |
| 5787 |
+ * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. |
| 5788 |
+ * |
| 5789 |
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must |
| 5790 |
+ * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame |
| 5791 |
+ * must not lie in the past). |
| 5792 |
+ * |
| 5793 |
+ * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation |
| 5794 |
+ * time of the frame. |
| 5795 |
+ * |
| 5796 |
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. |
| 5797 |
+ */ |
| 5798 |
+ int pts_dts_delta; |
| 5799 |
+ |
| 5800 |
+ /** |
| 5801 |
+ * Position of the packet in file. |
| 5802 |
+ * |
| 5803 |
+ * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts |
| 5804 |
+ */ |
| 5805 |
+ int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; |
| 5806 |
+ |
| 5807 |
+ /** |
| 5808 |
+ * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. |
| 5809 |
+ */ |
| 5810 |
+ int64_t pos; |
| 5811 |
+ |
| 5812 |
+ /** |
| 5813 |
+ * Previous frame byte position. |
| 5814 |
+ */ |
| 5815 |
+ int64_t last_pos; |
| 5816 |
+ |
| 5817 |
+ /** |
| 5818 |
+ * Duration of the current frame. |
| 5819 |
+ * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. |
| 5820 |
+ * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. |
| 5821 |
+ */ |
| 5822 |
+ int duration; |
| 5823 |
+ |
| 5824 |
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order; |
| 5825 |
+ |
| 5826 |
+ /** |
| 5827 |
+ * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. |
| 5828 |
+ * |
| 5829 |
+ * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to |
| 5830 |
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag |
| 5831 |
+ * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to |
| 5832 |
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. |
| 5833 |
+ */ |
| 5834 |
+ enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; |
| 5835 |
+ |
| 5836 |
+ /** |
| 5837 |
+ * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. |
| 5838 |
+ * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. |
| 5839 |
+ * |
| 5840 |
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. |
| 5841 |
+ */ |
| 5842 |
+ int output_picture_number; |
| 5843 |
+ |
| 5844 |
+ /** |
| 5845 |
+ * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. |
| 5846 |
+ */ |
| 5847 |
+ int width; |
| 5848 |
+ int height; |
| 5849 |
+ |
| 5850 |
+ /** |
| 5851 |
+ * Dimensions of the coded video. |
| 5852 |
+ */ |
| 5853 |
+ int coded_width; |
| 5854 |
+ int coded_height; |
| 5855 |
+ |
| 5856 |
+ /** |
| 5857 |
+ * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video |
| 5858 |
+ * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. |
| 5859 |
+ * |
| 5860 |
+ * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it |
| 5861 |
+ * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the |
| 5862 |
+ * one returned by a decoder. |
| 5863 |
+ */ |
| 5864 |
+ int format; |
| 5865 |
+} AVCodecParserContext; |
| 5866 |
+ |
| 5867 |
+typedef struct AVCodecParser { |
| 5868 |
+ int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ |
| 5869 |
+ int priv_data_size; |
| 5870 |
+ int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); |
| 5871 |
+ /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that |
| 5872 |
+ * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ |
| 5873 |
+ int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, |
| 5874 |
+ AVCodecContext *avctx, |
| 5875 |
+ const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, |
| 5876 |
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); |
| 5877 |
+ void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); |
| 5878 |
+ int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); |
| 5879 |
+ struct AVCodecParser *next; |
| 5880 |
+} AVCodecParser; |
| 5881 |
+ |
| 5882 |
+/** |
| 5883 |
+ * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. |
| 5884 |
+ * |
| 5885 |
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must |
| 5886 |
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration. |
| 5887 |
+ * |
| 5888 |
+ * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is |
| 5889 |
+ * finished |
| 5890 |
+ */ |
| 5891 |
+const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque); |
| 5892 |
+ |
| 5893 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5894 |
+AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c); |
| 5895 |
+ |
| 5896 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 5897 |
+void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser); |
| 5898 |
+AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); |
| 5899 |
+ |
| 5900 |
+/** |
| 5901 |
+ * Parse a packet. |
| 5902 |
+ * |
| 5903 |
+ * @param s parser context. |
| 5904 |
+ * @param avctx codec context. |
| 5905 |
+ * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. |
| 5906 |
+ * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. |
| 5907 |
+ * @param buf input buffer. |
| 5908 |
+ * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer |
| 5909 |
+ size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. |
| 5910 |
+ To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame |
| 5911 |
+ can be output). |
| 5912 |
+ * @param pts input presentation timestamp. |
| 5913 |
+ * @param dts input decoding timestamp. |
| 5914 |
+ * @param pos input byte position in stream. |
| 5915 |
+ * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. |
| 5916 |
+ * |
| 5917 |
+ * Example: |
| 5918 |
+ * @code |
| 5919 |
+ * while(in_len){ |
| 5920 |
+ * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, |
| 5921 |
+ * in_data, in_len, |
| 5922 |
+ * pts, dts, pos); |
| 5923 |
+ * in_data += len; |
| 5924 |
+ * in_len -= len; |
| 5925 |
+ * |
| 5926 |
+ * if(size) |
| 5927 |
+ * decode_frame(data, size); |
| 5928 |
+ * } |
| 5929 |
+ * @endcode |
| 5930 |
+ */ |
| 5931 |
+int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, |
| 5932 |
+ AVCodecContext *avctx, |
| 5933 |
+ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, |
| 5934 |
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, |
| 5935 |
+ int64_t pts, int64_t dts, |
| 5936 |
+ int64_t pos); |
| 5937 |
+ |
| 5938 |
+/** |
| 5939 |
+ * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed |
| 5940 |
+ * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter |
| 5941 |
+ */ |
| 5942 |
+int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s, |
| 5943 |
+ AVCodecContext *avctx, |
| 5944 |
+ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, |
| 5945 |
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); |
| 5946 |
+void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); |
| 5947 |
+ |
| 5948 |
+/** |
| 5949 |
+ * @} |
| 5950 |
+ * @} |
| 5951 |
+ */ |
| 5952 |
+ |
| 5953 |
+/** |
| 5954 |
+ * @addtogroup lavc_encoding |
| 5955 |
+ * @{ |
| 5956 |
+ */ |
| 5957 |
+ |
| 5958 |
+/** |
| 5959 |
+ * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. |
| 5960 |
+ * |
| 5961 |
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder |
| 5962 |
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. |
| 5963 |
+ */ |
| 5964 |
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); |
| 5965 |
+ |
| 5966 |
+/** |
| 5967 |
+ * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. |
| 5968 |
+ * |
| 5969 |
+ * @param name name of the requested encoder |
| 5970 |
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. |
| 5971 |
+ */ |
| 5972 |
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); |
| 5973 |
+ |
| 5974 |
+/** |
| 5975 |
+ * Encode a frame of audio. |
| 5976 |
+ * |
| 5977 |
+ * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if |
| 5978 |
+ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for |
| 5979 |
+ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames |
| 5980 |
+ * internally as needed. |
| 5981 |
+ * |
| 5982 |
+ * @param avctx codec context |
| 5983 |
+ * @param avpkt output AVPacket. |
| 5984 |
+ * The user can supply an output buffer by setting |
| 5985 |
+ * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the |
| 5986 |
+ * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not |
| 5987 |
+ * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and |
| 5988 |
+ * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All |
| 5989 |
+ * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using |
| 5990 |
+ * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will |
| 5991 |
+ * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size |
| 5992 |
+ * of the output packet. |
| 5993 |
+ * |
| 5994 |
+ * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be |
| 5995 |
+ * freed using av_packet_unref(). |
| 5996 |
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. |
| 5997 |
+ * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the |
| 5998 |
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. |
| 5999 |
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame |
| 6000 |
+ * can have any number of samples. |
| 6001 |
+ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to |
| 6002 |
+ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. |
| 6003 |
+ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. |
| 6004 |
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the |
| 6005 |
+ * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is |
| 6006 |
+ * empty. If the function returns an error, the |
| 6007 |
+ * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the |
| 6008 |
+ * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should |
| 6009 |
+ * not be used. |
| 6010 |
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure |
| 6011 |
+ * |
| 6012 |
+ * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead |
| 6013 |
+ */ |
| 6014 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6015 |
+int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, |
| 6016 |
+ const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); |
| 6017 |
+ |
| 6018 |
+/** |
| 6019 |
+ * Encode a frame of video. |
| 6020 |
+ * |
| 6021 |
+ * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if |
| 6022 |
+ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for |
| 6023 |
+ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames |
| 6024 |
+ * internally as needed. |
| 6025 |
+ * |
| 6026 |
+ * @param avctx codec context |
| 6027 |
+ * @param avpkt output AVPacket. |
| 6028 |
+ * The user can supply an output buffer by setting |
| 6029 |
+ * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the |
| 6030 |
+ * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not |
| 6031 |
+ * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields |
| 6032 |
+ * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If |
| 6033 |
+ * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. |
| 6034 |
+ * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the |
| 6035 |
+ * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the |
| 6036 |
+ * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. |
| 6037 |
+ * |
| 6038 |
+ * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be |
| 6039 |
+ * freed using av_packet_unref(). |
| 6040 |
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. |
| 6041 |
+ * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the |
| 6042 |
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. |
| 6043 |
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the |
| 6044 |
+ * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is |
| 6045 |
+ * empty. If the function returns an error, the |
| 6046 |
+ * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the |
| 6047 |
+ * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should |
| 6048 |
+ * not be used. |
| 6049 |
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure |
| 6050 |
+ * |
| 6051 |
+ * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead |
| 6052 |
+ */ |
| 6053 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6054 |
+int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, |
| 6055 |
+ const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); |
| 6056 |
+ |
| 6057 |
+int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, |
| 6058 |
+ const AVSubtitle *sub); |
| 6059 |
+ |
| 6060 |
+ |
| 6061 |
+/** |
| 6062 |
+ * @} |
| 6063 |
+ */ |
| 6064 |
+ |
| 6065 |
+#if FF_API_AVPICTURE |
| 6066 |
+/** |
| 6067 |
+ * @addtogroup lavc_picture |
| 6068 |
+ * @{ |
| 6069 |
+ */ |
| 6070 |
+ |
| 6071 |
+/** |
| 6072 |
+ * @deprecated unused |
| 6073 |
+ */ |
| 6074 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6075 |
+int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); |
| 6076 |
+ |
| 6077 |
+/** |
| 6078 |
+ * @deprecated unused |
| 6079 |
+ */ |
| 6080 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6081 |
+void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture); |
| 6082 |
+ |
| 6083 |
+/** |
| 6084 |
+ * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead. |
| 6085 |
+ */ |
| 6086 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6087 |
+int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr, |
| 6088 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); |
| 6089 |
+ |
| 6090 |
+/** |
| 6091 |
+ * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead. |
| 6092 |
+ */ |
| 6093 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6094 |
+int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, |
| 6095 |
+ int width, int height, |
| 6096 |
+ unsigned char *dest, int dest_size); |
| 6097 |
+ |
| 6098 |
+/** |
| 6099 |
+ * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead. |
| 6100 |
+ */ |
| 6101 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6102 |
+int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); |
| 6103 |
+ |
| 6104 |
+/** |
| 6105 |
+ * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead. |
| 6106 |
+ */ |
| 6107 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6108 |
+void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, |
| 6109 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); |
| 6110 |
+ |
| 6111 |
+/** |
| 6112 |
+ * @deprecated unused |
| 6113 |
+ */ |
| 6114 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6115 |
+int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, |
| 6116 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band); |
| 6117 |
+ |
| 6118 |
+/** |
| 6119 |
+ * @deprecated unused |
| 6120 |
+ */ |
| 6121 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6122 |
+int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, |
| 6123 |
+ int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color); |
| 6124 |
+ |
| 6125 |
+/** |
| 6126 |
+ * @} |
| 6127 |
+ */ |
| 6128 |
+#endif |
| 6129 |
+ |
| 6130 |
+/** |
| 6131 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions |
| 6132 |
+ * @ingroup libavc |
| 6133 |
+ * |
| 6134 |
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding |
| 6135 |
+ * (or neither). |
| 6136 |
+ * @{ |
| 6137 |
+ */ |
| 6138 |
+ |
| 6139 |
+/** |
| 6140 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats |
| 6141 |
+ * |
| 6142 |
+ * Functions for working with pixel formats. |
| 6143 |
+ * @{ |
| 6144 |
+ */ |
| 6145 |
+ |
| 6146 |
+#if FF_API_GETCHROMA |
| 6147 |
+/** |
| 6148 |
+ * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample |
| 6149 |
+ */ |
| 6150 |
+ |
| 6151 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6152 |
+void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift); |
| 6153 |
+#endif |
| 6154 |
+ |
| 6155 |
+/** |
| 6156 |
+ * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the |
| 6157 |
+ * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be |
| 6158 |
+ * found. |
| 6159 |
+ */ |
| 6160 |
+unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); |
| 6161 |
+ |
| 6162 |
+/** |
| 6163 |
+ * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss() |
| 6164 |
+ */ |
| 6165 |
+int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, |
| 6166 |
+ int has_alpha); |
| 6167 |
+ |
| 6168 |
+/** |
| 6169 |
+ * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel |
| 6170 |
+ * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss |
| 6171 |
+ * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color |
| 6172 |
+ * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from |
| 6173 |
+ * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of |
| 6174 |
+ * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. |
| 6175 |
+ * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the |
| 6176 |
+ * pix_fmt_list parameter. |
| 6177 |
+ * |
| 6178 |
+ * |
| 6179 |
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from |
| 6180 |
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format |
| 6181 |
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. |
| 6182 |
+ * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. |
| 6183 |
+ * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. |
| 6184 |
+ */ |
| 6185 |
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, |
| 6186 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, |
| 6187 |
+ int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); |
| 6188 |
+ |
| 6189 |
+/** |
| 6190 |
+ * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() |
| 6191 |
+ */ |
| 6192 |
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, |
| 6193 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); |
| 6194 |
+ |
| 6195 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6196 |
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, |
| 6197 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); |
| 6198 |
+ |
| 6199 |
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); |
| 6200 |
+ |
| 6201 |
+/** |
| 6202 |
+ * @} |
| 6203 |
+ */ |
| 6204 |
+ |
| 6205 |
+#if FF_API_TAG_STRING |
| 6206 |
+/** |
| 6207 |
+ * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. |
| 6208 |
+ * |
| 6209 |
+ * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in |
| 6210 |
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf |
| 6211 |
+ * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign |
| 6212 |
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if |
| 6213 |
+ * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null |
| 6214 |
+ * |
| 6215 |
+ * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str(). |
| 6216 |
+ */ |
| 6217 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6218 |
+size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag); |
| 6219 |
+#endif |
| 6220 |
+ |
| 6221 |
+void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); |
| 6222 |
+ |
| 6223 |
+/** |
| 6224 |
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. |
| 6225 |
+ * |
| 6226 |
+ * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile |
| 6227 |
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested |
| 6228 |
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. |
| 6229 |
+ */ |
| 6230 |
+const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); |
| 6231 |
+ |
| 6232 |
+/** |
| 6233 |
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. |
| 6234 |
+ * |
| 6235 |
+ * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs |
| 6236 |
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested |
| 6237 |
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. |
| 6238 |
+ * |
| 6239 |
+ * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles |
| 6240 |
+ * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this |
| 6241 |
+ * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor |
| 6242 |
+ */ |
| 6243 |
+const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); |
| 6244 |
+ |
| 6245 |
+int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); |
| 6246 |
+int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); |
| 6247 |
+//FIXME func typedef |
| 6248 |
+ |
| 6249 |
+/** |
| 6250 |
+ * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. |
| 6251 |
+ * |
| 6252 |
+ * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough |
| 6253 |
+ * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data |
| 6254 |
+ * pointers will point to this buffer. |
| 6255 |
+ * |
| 6256 |
+ * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for |
| 6257 |
+ * planar audio. |
| 6258 |
+ * |
| 6259 |
+ * @param frame the AVFrame |
| 6260 |
+ * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the |
| 6261 |
+ * function. This function fills in frame->data, |
| 6262 |
+ * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. |
| 6263 |
+ * @param nb_channels channel count |
| 6264 |
+ * @param sample_fmt sample format |
| 6265 |
+ * @param buf buffer to use for frame data |
| 6266 |
+ * @param buf_size size of buffer |
| 6267 |
+ * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) |
| 6268 |
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure |
| 6269 |
+ * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in |
| 6270 |
+ * case of success, at the next libavutil bump |
| 6271 |
+ */ |
| 6272 |
+int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, |
| 6273 |
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, |
| 6274 |
+ int buf_size, int align); |
| 6275 |
+ |
| 6276 |
+/** |
| 6277 |
+ * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called |
| 6278 |
+ * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. |
| 6279 |
+ * |
| 6280 |
+ * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0), |
| 6281 |
+ * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When |
| 6282 |
+ * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might |
| 6283 |
+ * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid. |
| 6284 |
+ */ |
| 6285 |
+void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); |
| 6286 |
+ |
| 6287 |
+/** |
| 6288 |
+ * Return codec bits per sample. |
| 6289 |
+ * |
| 6290 |
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec |
| 6291 |
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. |
| 6292 |
+ */ |
| 6293 |
+int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); |
| 6294 |
+ |
| 6295 |
+/** |
| 6296 |
+ * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. |
| 6297 |
+ * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, |
| 6298 |
+ * -1 (or anything else) for native |
| 6299 |
+ * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE |
| 6300 |
+ */ |
| 6301 |
+enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); |
| 6302 |
+ |
| 6303 |
+/** |
| 6304 |
+ * Return codec bits per sample. |
| 6305 |
+ * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an |
| 6306 |
+ * approximation. |
| 6307 |
+ * |
| 6308 |
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec |
| 6309 |
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. |
| 6310 |
+ */ |
| 6311 |
+int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); |
| 6312 |
+ |
| 6313 |
+/** |
| 6314 |
+ * Return audio frame duration. |
| 6315 |
+ * |
| 6316 |
+ * @param avctx codec context |
| 6317 |
+ * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown |
| 6318 |
+ * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to |
| 6319 |
+ * determine. |
| 6320 |
+ */ |
| 6321 |
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); |
| 6322 |
+ |
| 6323 |
+/** |
| 6324 |
+ * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works |
| 6325 |
+ * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. |
| 6326 |
+ */ |
| 6327 |
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes); |
| 6328 |
+ |
| 6329 |
+#if FF_API_OLD_BSF |
| 6330 |
+typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext { |
| 6331 |
+ void *priv_data; |
| 6332 |
+ const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; |
| 6333 |
+ AVCodecParserContext *parser; |
| 6334 |
+ struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next; |
| 6335 |
+ /** |
| 6336 |
+ * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter(). |
| 6337 |
+ * Not for access by library users. |
| 6338 |
+ */ |
| 6339 |
+ char *args; |
| 6340 |
+} AVBitStreamFilterContext; |
| 6341 |
+#endif |
| 6342 |
+ |
| 6343 |
+typedef struct AVBSFInternal AVBSFInternal; |
| 6344 |
+ |
| 6345 |
+/** |
| 6346 |
+ * The bitstream filter state. |
| 6347 |
+ * |
| 6348 |
+ * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with |
| 6349 |
+ * av_bsf_free(). |
| 6350 |
+ * |
| 6351 |
+ * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the |
| 6352 |
+ * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered |
| 6353 |
+ * immutable otherwise. |
| 6354 |
+ */ |
| 6355 |
+typedef struct AVBSFContext { |
| 6356 |
+ /** |
| 6357 |
+ * A class for logging and AVOptions |
| 6358 |
+ */ |
| 6359 |
+ const AVClass *av_class; |
| 6360 |
+ |
| 6361 |
+ /** |
| 6362 |
+ * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. |
| 6363 |
+ */ |
| 6364 |
+ const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; |
| 6365 |
+ |
| 6366 |
+ /** |
| 6367 |
+ * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any |
| 6368 |
+ * way. |
| 6369 |
+ */ |
| 6370 |
+ AVBSFInternal *internal; |
| 6371 |
+ |
| 6372 |
+ /** |
| 6373 |
+ * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, |
| 6374 |
+ * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. |
| 6375 |
+ */ |
| 6376 |
+ void *priv_data; |
| 6377 |
+ |
| 6378 |
+ /** |
| 6379 |
+ * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in |
| 6380 |
+ * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before |
| 6381 |
+ * av_bsf_init(). |
| 6382 |
+ */ |
| 6383 |
+ AVCodecParameters *par_in; |
| 6384 |
+ |
| 6385 |
+ /** |
| 6386 |
+ * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in |
| 6387 |
+ * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). |
| 6388 |
+ */ |
| 6389 |
+ AVCodecParameters *par_out; |
| 6390 |
+ |
| 6391 |
+ /** |
| 6392 |
+ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the |
| 6393 |
+ * caller before av_bsf_init(). |
| 6394 |
+ */ |
| 6395 |
+ AVRational time_base_in; |
| 6396 |
+ |
| 6397 |
+ /** |
| 6398 |
+ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the |
| 6399 |
+ * filter in av_bsf_init(). |
| 6400 |
+ */ |
| 6401 |
+ AVRational time_base_out; |
| 6402 |
+} AVBSFContext; |
| 6403 |
+ |
| 6404 |
+typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { |
| 6405 |
+ const char *name; |
| 6406 |
+ |
| 6407 |
+ /** |
| 6408 |
+ * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by |
| 6409 |
+ * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. |
| 6410 |
+ * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. |
| 6411 |
+ */ |
| 6412 |
+ const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids; |
| 6413 |
+ |
| 6414 |
+ /** |
| 6415 |
+ * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private |
| 6416 |
+ * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare |
| 6417 |
+ * any options. |
| 6418 |
+ * |
| 6419 |
+ * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data |
| 6420 |
+ * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic |
| 6421 |
+ * code to this class. |
| 6422 |
+ */ |
| 6423 |
+ const AVClass *priv_class; |
| 6424 |
+ |
| 6425 |
+ /***************************************************************** |
| 6426 |
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They |
| 6427 |
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and |
| 6428 |
+ * removed at will. |
| 6429 |
+ * New public fields should be added right above. |
| 6430 |
+ ***************************************************************** |
| 6431 |
+ */ |
| 6432 |
+ |
| 6433 |
+ int priv_data_size; |
| 6434 |
+ int (*init)(AVBSFContext *ctx); |
| 6435 |
+ int (*filter)(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); |
| 6436 |
+ void (*close)(AVBSFContext *ctx); |
| 6437 |
+} AVBitStreamFilter; |
| 6438 |
+ |
| 6439 |
+#if FF_API_OLD_BSF |
| 6440 |
+/** |
| 6441 |
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) |
| 6442 |
+ * is deprecated. Use the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). |
| 6443 |
+ */ |
| 6444 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6445 |
+void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf); |
| 6446 |
+/** |
| 6447 |
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) |
| 6448 |
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_get_by_name(), av_bsf_alloc(), and av_bsf_init() |
| 6449 |
+ * from the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). |
| 6450 |
+ */ |
| 6451 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6452 |
+AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name); |
| 6453 |
+/** |
| 6454 |
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) |
| 6455 |
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_send_packet() and av_bsf_receive_packet() from the |
| 6456 |
+ * new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). |
| 6457 |
+ */ |
| 6458 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6459 |
+int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, |
| 6460 |
+ AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, |
| 6461 |
+ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, |
| 6462 |
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); |
| 6463 |
+/** |
| 6464 |
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) |
| 6465 |
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_free() from the new bitstream filtering API (using |
| 6466 |
+ * AVBSFContext). |
| 6467 |
+ */ |
| 6468 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6469 |
+void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf); |
| 6470 |
+/** |
| 6471 |
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) |
| 6472 |
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_iterate() from the new bitstream filtering API (using |
| 6473 |
+ * AVBSFContext). |
| 6474 |
+ */ |
| 6475 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6476 |
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f); |
| 6477 |
+#endif |
| 6478 |
+ |
| 6479 |
+/** |
| 6480 |
+ * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such |
| 6481 |
+ * bitstream filter exists. |
| 6482 |
+ */ |
| 6483 |
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name); |
| 6484 |
+ |
| 6485 |
+/** |
| 6486 |
+ * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. |
| 6487 |
+ * |
| 6488 |
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must |
| 6489 |
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration. |
| 6490 |
+ * |
| 6491 |
+ * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is |
| 6492 |
+ * finished |
| 6493 |
+ */ |
| 6494 |
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque); |
| 6495 |
+#if FF_API_NEXT |
| 6496 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6497 |
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_next(void **opaque); |
| 6498 |
+#endif |
| 6499 |
+ |
| 6500 |
+/** |
| 6501 |
+ * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the |
| 6502 |
+ * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call |
| 6503 |
+ * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. |
| 6504 |
+ * |
| 6505 |
+ * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. |
| 6506 |
+ * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context |
| 6507 |
+ * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the |
| 6508 |
+ * filtering is done. |
| 6509 |
+ * |
| 6510 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure |
| 6511 |
+ */ |
| 6512 |
+int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx); |
| 6513 |
+ |
| 6514 |
+/** |
| 6515 |
+ * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been |
| 6516 |
+ * set. |
| 6517 |
+ */ |
| 6518 |
+int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx); |
| 6519 |
+ |
| 6520 |
+/** |
| 6521 |
+ * Submit a packet for filtering. |
| 6522 |
+ * |
| 6523 |
+ * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling |
| 6524 |
+ * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or |
| 6525 |
+ * AVERROR_EOF. |
| 6526 |
+ * |
| 6527 |
+ * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of |
| 6528 |
+ * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. |
| 6529 |
+ * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more |
| 6530 |
+ * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it |
| 6531 |
+ * may have buffered internally. |
| 6532 |
+ * |
| 6533 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. |
| 6534 |
+ */ |
| 6535 |
+int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); |
| 6536 |
+ |
| 6537 |
+/** |
| 6538 |
+ * Retrieve a filtered packet. |
| 6539 |
+ * |
| 6540 |
+ * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered |
| 6541 |
+ * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using |
| 6542 |
+ * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. |
| 6543 |
+ * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated |
| 6544 |
+ * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) |
| 6545 |
+ * when this function is called. If this function returns |
| 6546 |
+ * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely |
| 6547 |
+ * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not |
| 6548 |
+ * touched. |
| 6549 |
+ * |
| 6550 |
+ * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the |
| 6551 |
+ * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there |
| 6552 |
+ * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if |
| 6553 |
+ * an error occurs. |
| 6554 |
+ * |
| 6555 |
+ * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending |
| 6556 |
+ * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called |
| 6557 |
+ * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to |
| 6558 |
+ * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return |
| 6559 |
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. |
| 6560 |
+ */ |
| 6561 |
+int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); |
| 6562 |
+ |
| 6563 |
+/** |
| 6564 |
+ * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL |
| 6565 |
+ * into the supplied pointer. |
| 6566 |
+ */ |
| 6567 |
+void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx); |
| 6568 |
+ |
| 6569 |
+/** |
| 6570 |
+ * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with |
| 6571 |
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. |
| 6572 |
+ * |
| 6573 |
+ * @see av_opt_find(). |
| 6574 |
+ */ |
| 6575 |
+const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void); |
| 6576 |
+ |
| 6577 |
+/** |
| 6578 |
+ * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. |
| 6579 |
+ * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). |
| 6580 |
+ */ |
| 6581 |
+typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; |
| 6582 |
+ |
| 6583 |
+/** |
| 6584 |
+ * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. |
| 6585 |
+ * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() |
| 6586 |
+ * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). |
| 6587 |
+ * |
| 6588 |
+ * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure |
| 6589 |
+ */ |
| 6590 |
+AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void); |
| 6591 |
+ |
| 6592 |
+/** |
| 6593 |
+ * Free list of bitstream filters. |
| 6594 |
+ * |
| 6595 |
+ * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() |
| 6596 |
+ */ |
| 6597 |
+void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst); |
| 6598 |
+ |
| 6599 |
+/** |
| 6600 |
+ * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. |
| 6601 |
+ * |
| 6602 |
+ * @param lst List to append to |
| 6603 |
+ * @param bsf Filter context to be appended |
| 6604 |
+ * |
| 6605 |
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure |
| 6606 |
+ */ |
| 6607 |
+int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf); |
| 6608 |
+ |
| 6609 |
+/** |
| 6610 |
+ * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options |
| 6611 |
+ * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. |
| 6612 |
+ * |
| 6613 |
+ * @param lst List to append to |
| 6614 |
+ * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter |
| 6615 |
+ * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL |
| 6616 |
+ * |
| 6617 |
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure |
| 6618 |
+ */ |
| 6619 |
+int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options); |
| 6620 |
+/** |
| 6621 |
+ * Finalize list of bitstream filters. |
| 6622 |
+ * |
| 6623 |
+ * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, |
| 6624 |
+ * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter |
| 6625 |
+ * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). |
| 6626 |
+ * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst |
| 6627 |
+ * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for |
| 6628 |
+ * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() |
| 6629 |
+ * |
| 6630 |
+ * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed |
| 6631 |
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure |
| 6632 |
+ * representing the chain of bitstream filters |
| 6633 |
+ * |
| 6634 |
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure |
| 6635 |
+ */ |
| 6636 |
+int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf); |
| 6637 |
+ |
| 6638 |
+/** |
| 6639 |
+ * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single |
| 6640 |
+ * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. |
| 6641 |
+ * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly |
| 6642 |
+ * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). |
| 6643 |
+ * |
| 6644 |
+ * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format |
| 6645 |
+ * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` |
| 6646 |
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure |
| 6647 |
+ * representing the chain of bitstream filters |
| 6648 |
+ * |
| 6649 |
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure |
| 6650 |
+ */ |
| 6651 |
+int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf); |
| 6652 |
+ |
| 6653 |
+/** |
| 6654 |
+ * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. |
| 6655 |
+ * |
| 6656 |
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter |
| 6657 |
+ * |
| 6658 |
+ * @return |
| 6659 |
+ */ |
| 6660 |
+int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf); |
| 6661 |
+ |
| 6662 |
+/* memory */ |
| 6663 |
+ |
| 6664 |
+/** |
| 6665 |
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional |
| 6666 |
+ * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. |
| 6667 |
+ * |
| 6668 |
+ * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes |
| 6669 |
+ * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. |
| 6670 |
+ */ |
| 6671 |
+void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); |
| 6672 |
+ |
| 6673 |
+/** |
| 6674 |
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always |
| 6675 |
+ * be 0-initialized after call. |
| 6676 |
+ */ |
| 6677 |
+void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); |
| 6678 |
+ |
| 6679 |
+/** |
| 6680 |
+ * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. |
| 6681 |
+ * |
| 6682 |
+ * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long |
| 6683 |
+ * @param v size of extradata in bytes |
| 6684 |
+ * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. |
| 6685 |
+ */ |
| 6686 |
+unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); |
| 6687 |
+ |
| 6688 |
+#if FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL |
| 6689 |
+/** |
| 6690 |
+ * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. |
| 6691 |
+ * |
| 6692 |
+ * @deprecated This function doesn't do anything. |
| 6693 |
+ */ |
| 6694 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6695 |
+void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); |
| 6696 |
+ |
| 6697 |
+/** |
| 6698 |
+ * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, |
| 6699 |
+ * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator |
| 6700 |
+ * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. |
| 6701 |
+ * |
| 6702 |
+ * @deprecated AVHWaccel structures contain no user-serviceable parts, so |
| 6703 |
+ * this function should not be used. |
| 6704 |
+ */ |
| 6705 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6706 |
+AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel); |
| 6707 |
+#endif |
| 6708 |
+ |
| 6709 |
+#if FF_API_LOCKMGR |
| 6710 |
+/** |
| 6711 |
+ * Lock operation used by lockmgr |
| 6712 |
+ * |
| 6713 |
+ * @deprecated Deprecated together with av_lockmgr_register(). |
| 6714 |
+ */ |
| 6715 |
+enum AVLockOp { |
| 6716 |
+ AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex |
| 6717 |
+ AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex |
| 6718 |
+ AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex |
| 6719 |
+ AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources |
| 6720 |
+}; |
| 6721 |
+ |
| 6722 |
+/** |
| 6723 |
+ * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations |
| 6724 |
+ * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points |
| 6725 |
+ * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user |
| 6726 |
+ * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the |
| 6727 |
+ * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is |
| 6728 |
+ * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same |
| 6729 |
+ * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However, |
| 6730 |
+ * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to |
| 6731 |
+ * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds |
| 6732 |
+ * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a |
| 6733 |
+ * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks. |
| 6734 |
+ * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a |
| 6735 |
+ * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used. |
| 6736 |
+ * |
| 6737 |
+ * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls |
| 6738 |
+ * to this callback and the previously registered callback. |
| 6739 |
+ * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex |
| 6740 |
+ * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking |
| 6741 |
+ * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to |
| 6742 |
+ * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the |
| 6743 |
+ * lockmgr will be unregistered. |
| 6744 |
+ * |
| 6745 |
+ * @deprecated This function does nothing, and always returns 0. Be sure to |
| 6746 |
+ * build with thread support to get basic thread safety. |
| 6747 |
+ */ |
| 6748 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 6749 |
+int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op)); |
| 6750 |
+#endif |
| 6751 |
+ |
| 6752 |
+/** |
| 6753 |
+ * Get the type of the given codec. |
| 6754 |
+ */ |
| 6755 |
+enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); |
| 6756 |
+ |
| 6757 |
+/** |
| 6758 |
+ * Get the name of a codec. |
| 6759 |
+ * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL |
| 6760 |
+ */ |
| 6761 |
+const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); |
| 6762 |
+ |
| 6763 |
+/** |
| 6764 |
+ * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it |
| 6765 |
+ * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. |
| 6766 |
+ */ |
| 6767 |
+int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); |
| 6768 |
+ |
| 6769 |
+/** |
| 6770 |
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise |
| 6771 |
+ */ |
| 6772 |
+int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); |
| 6773 |
+ |
| 6774 |
+/** |
| 6775 |
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise |
| 6776 |
+ */ |
| 6777 |
+int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); |
| 6778 |
+ |
| 6779 |
+/** |
| 6780 |
+ * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. |
| 6781 |
+ */ |
| 6782 |
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); |
| 6783 |
+ |
| 6784 |
+/** |
| 6785 |
+ * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. |
| 6786 |
+ * |
| 6787 |
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. |
| 6788 |
+ * |
| 6789 |
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor |
| 6790 |
+ */ |
| 6791 |
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); |
| 6792 |
+ |
| 6793 |
+/** |
| 6794 |
+ * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor |
| 6795 |
+ * exists. |
| 6796 |
+ */ |
| 6797 |
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); |
| 6798 |
+ |
| 6799 |
+/** |
| 6800 |
+ * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default |
| 6801 |
+ * values. |
| 6802 |
+ * |
| 6803 |
+ * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written |
| 6804 |
+ * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. |
| 6805 |
+ * |
| 6806 |
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure |
| 6807 |
+ */ |
| 6808 |
+AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); |
| 6809 |
+ |
| 6810 |
+/** |
| 6811 |
+ * @} |
| 6812 |
+ */ |
| 6813 |
+ |
| 6814 |
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ |
| 6815 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h |
| 6816 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 6817 |
index 000000000000..0c0f9b8d8dae |
| 6818 |
--- /dev/null |
| 6819 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h |
| 6820 |
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ |
| 6821 |
+/* |
| 6822 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 6823 |
+ * |
| 6824 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 6825 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 6826 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 6827 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 6828 |
+ * |
| 6829 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 6830 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 6831 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 6832 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 6833 |
+ * |
| 6834 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 6835 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 6836 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 6837 |
+ */ |
| 6838 |
+ |
| 6839 |
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H |
| 6840 |
+#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H |
| 6841 |
+ |
| 6842 |
+/** |
| 6843 |
+ * @file |
| 6844 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_fft |
| 6845 |
+ * FFT functions |
| 6846 |
+ */ |
| 6847 |
+ |
| 6848 |
+/** |
| 6849 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions |
| 6850 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_misc |
| 6851 |
+ * |
| 6852 |
+ * @{ |
| 6853 |
+ */ |
| 6854 |
+ |
| 6855 |
+typedef float FFTSample; |
| 6856 |
+ |
| 6857 |
+typedef struct FFTComplex { |
| 6858 |
+ FFTSample re, im; |
| 6859 |
+} FFTComplex; |
| 6860 |
+ |
| 6861 |
+typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; |
| 6862 |
+ |
| 6863 |
+/** |
| 6864 |
+ * Set up a complex FFT. |
| 6865 |
+ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array |
| 6866 |
+ * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse |
| 6867 |
+ */ |
| 6868 |
+FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); |
| 6869 |
+ |
| 6870 |
+/** |
| 6871 |
+ * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). |
| 6872 |
+ */ |
| 6873 |
+void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); |
| 6874 |
+ |
| 6875 |
+/** |
| 6876 |
+ * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The |
| 6877 |
+ * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. |
| 6878 |
+ */ |
| 6879 |
+void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); |
| 6880 |
+ |
| 6881 |
+void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); |
| 6882 |
+ |
| 6883 |
+FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); |
| 6884 |
+void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); |
| 6885 |
+void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); |
| 6886 |
+void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); |
| 6887 |
+void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); |
| 6888 |
+ |
| 6889 |
+/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ |
| 6890 |
+ |
| 6891 |
+enum RDFTransformType { |
| 6892 |
+ DFT_R2C, |
| 6893 |
+ IDFT_C2R, |
| 6894 |
+ IDFT_R2C, |
| 6895 |
+ DFT_C2R, |
| 6896 |
+}; |
| 6897 |
+ |
| 6898 |
+typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; |
| 6899 |
+ |
| 6900 |
+/** |
| 6901 |
+ * Set up a real FFT. |
| 6902 |
+ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array |
| 6903 |
+ * @param trans the type of transform |
| 6904 |
+ */ |
| 6905 |
+RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); |
| 6906 |
+void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); |
| 6907 |
+void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); |
| 6908 |
+ |
| 6909 |
+/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ |
| 6910 |
+ |
| 6911 |
+typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; |
| 6912 |
+ |
| 6913 |
+enum DCTTransformType { |
| 6914 |
+ DCT_II = 0, |
| 6915 |
+ DCT_III, |
| 6916 |
+ DCT_I, |
| 6917 |
+ DST_I, |
| 6918 |
+}; |
| 6919 |
+ |
| 6920 |
+/** |
| 6921 |
+ * Set up DCT. |
| 6922 |
+ * |
| 6923 |
+ * @param nbits size of the input array: |
| 6924 |
+ * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I |
| 6925 |
+ * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I |
| 6926 |
+ * @param type the type of transform |
| 6927 |
+ * |
| 6928 |
+ * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored |
| 6929 |
+ */ |
| 6930 |
+DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); |
| 6931 |
+void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); |
| 6932 |
+void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); |
| 6933 |
+ |
| 6934 |
+/** |
| 6935 |
+ * @} |
| 6936 |
+ */ |
| 6937 |
+ |
| 6938 |
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ |
| 6939 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h |
| 6940 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 6941 |
index 000000000000..2cf7da5889ab |
| 6942 |
--- /dev/null |
| 6943 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h |
| 6944 |
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ |
| 6945 |
+/* |
| 6946 |
+ * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player) |
| 6947 |
+ * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1 |
| 6948 |
+ * |
| 6949 |
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems |
| 6950 |
+ * |
| 6951 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 6952 |
+ * |
| 6953 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 6954 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 6955 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 6956 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 6957 |
+ * |
| 6958 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 6959 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 6960 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 6961 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 6962 |
+ * |
| 6963 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 6964 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 6965 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 6966 |
+ */ |
| 6967 |
+ |
| 6968 |
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H |
| 6969 |
+#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H |
| 6970 |
+ |
| 6971 |
+/** |
| 6972 |
+ * @file |
| 6973 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi |
| 6974 |
+ * Public libavcodec VA API header. |
| 6975 |
+ */ |
| 6976 |
+ |
| 6977 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 6978 |
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h" |
| 6979 |
+#include "version.h" |
| 6980 |
+ |
| 6981 |
+#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT |
| 6982 |
+ |
| 6983 |
+/** |
| 6984 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding |
| 6985 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel |
| 6986 |
+ * @{ |
| 6987 |
+ */ |
| 6988 |
+ |
| 6989 |
+/** |
| 6990 |
+ * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and |
| 6991 |
+ * the client video application. |
| 6992 |
+ * This shall be zero-allocated and available as |
| 6993 |
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once |
| 6994 |
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() |
| 6995 |
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling |
| 6996 |
+ * decoding functions. |
| 6997 |
+ * |
| 6998 |
+ * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead. |
| 6999 |
+ */ |
| 7000 |
+struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context { |
| 7001 |
+ /** |
| 7002 |
+ * Window system dependent data |
| 7003 |
+ * |
| 7004 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 7005 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user |
| 7006 |
+ */ |
| 7007 |
+ void *display; |
| 7008 |
+ |
| 7009 |
+ /** |
| 7010 |
+ * Configuration ID |
| 7011 |
+ * |
| 7012 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 7013 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user |
| 7014 |
+ */ |
| 7015 |
+ uint32_t config_id; |
| 7016 |
+ |
| 7017 |
+ /** |
| 7018 |
+ * Context ID (video decode pipeline) |
| 7019 |
+ * |
| 7020 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 7021 |
+ * - decoding: Set by user |
| 7022 |
+ */ |
| 7023 |
+ uint32_t context_id; |
| 7024 |
+}; |
| 7025 |
+ |
| 7026 |
+/* @} */ |
| 7027 |
+ |
| 7028 |
+#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */ |
| 7029 |
+ |
| 7030 |
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */ |
| 7031 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h |
| 7032 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 7033 |
index 000000000000..4d9994336911 |
| 7034 |
--- /dev/null |
| 7035 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h |
| 7036 |
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ |
| 7037 |
+/* |
| 7038 |
+ * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for |
| 7039 |
+ * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. |
| 7040 |
+ * |
| 7041 |
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA |
| 7042 |
+ * |
| 7043 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 7044 |
+ * |
| 7045 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 7046 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7047 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 7048 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 7049 |
+ * |
| 7050 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 7051 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 7052 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 7053 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 7054 |
+ * |
| 7055 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7056 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 7057 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 7058 |
+ */ |
| 7059 |
+ |
| 7060 |
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H |
| 7061 |
+#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H |
| 7062 |
+ |
| 7063 |
+/** |
| 7064 |
+ * @file |
| 7065 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau |
| 7066 |
+ * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. |
| 7067 |
+ */ |
| 7068 |
+ |
| 7069 |
+ |
| 7070 |
+/** |
| 7071 |
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer |
| 7072 |
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel |
| 7073 |
+ * |
| 7074 |
+ * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules |
| 7075 |
+ * - VDPAU decoding |
| 7076 |
+ * - VDPAU presentation |
| 7077 |
+ * |
| 7078 |
+ * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg |
| 7079 |
+ * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. |
| 7080 |
+ * |
| 7081 |
+ * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding |
| 7082 |
+ * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU |
| 7083 |
+ * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. |
| 7084 |
+ * |
| 7085 |
+ * @{ |
| 7086 |
+ */ |
| 7087 |
+ |
| 7088 |
+#include <vdpau/vdpau.h> |
| 7089 |
+ |
| 7090 |
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" |
| 7091 |
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h" |
| 7092 |
+ |
| 7093 |
+#include "avcodec.h" |
| 7094 |
+#include "version.h" |
| 7095 |
+ |
| 7096 |
+struct AVCodecContext; |
| 7097 |
+struct AVFrame; |
| 7098 |
+ |
| 7099 |
+typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, |
| 7100 |
+ const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, |
| 7101 |
+ const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); |
| 7102 |
+ |
| 7103 |
+/** |
| 7104 |
+ * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and |
| 7105 |
+ * the client video application. |
| 7106 |
+ * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel |
| 7107 |
+ * function and make it available as |
| 7108 |
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once |
| 7109 |
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() |
| 7110 |
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling |
| 7111 |
+ * decoding functions. |
| 7112 |
+ * |
| 7113 |
+ * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not |
| 7114 |
+ * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an |
| 7115 |
+ * AVVDPAUContext. |
| 7116 |
+ */ |
| 7117 |
+typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { |
| 7118 |
+ /** |
| 7119 |
+ * VDPAU decoder handle |
| 7120 |
+ * |
| 7121 |
+ * Set by user. |
| 7122 |
+ */ |
| 7123 |
+ VdpDecoder decoder; |
| 7124 |
+ |
| 7125 |
+ /** |
| 7126 |
+ * VDPAU decoder render callback |
| 7127 |
+ * |
| 7128 |
+ * Set by the user. |
| 7129 |
+ */ |
| 7130 |
+ VdpDecoderRender *render; |
| 7131 |
+ |
| 7132 |
+ AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; |
| 7133 |
+} AVVDPAUContext; |
| 7134 |
+ |
| 7135 |
+/** |
| 7136 |
+ * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext |
| 7137 |
+ * |
| 7138 |
+ * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI |
| 7139 |
+ */ |
| 7140 |
+AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); |
| 7141 |
+ |
| 7142 |
+AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); |
| 7143 |
+void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); |
| 7144 |
+ |
| 7145 |
+/** |
| 7146 |
+ * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. |
| 7147 |
+ * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, |
| 7148 |
+ * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change |
| 7149 |
+ * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent |
| 7150 |
+ * display preemption). |
| 7151 |
+ * |
| 7152 |
+ * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes |
| 7153 |
+ * successfully. |
| 7154 |
+ * |
| 7155 |
+ * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked |
| 7156 |
+ * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration |
| 7157 |
+ * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver |
| 7158 |
+ * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags |
| 7159 |
+ * |
| 7160 |
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. |
| 7161 |
+ */ |
| 7162 |
+int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, |
| 7163 |
+ VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); |
| 7164 |
+ |
| 7165 |
+/** |
| 7166 |
+ * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec |
| 7167 |
+ * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. |
| 7168 |
+ * |
| 7169 |
+ * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a |
| 7170 |
+ * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). |
| 7171 |
+ * |
| 7172 |
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream |
| 7173 |
+ * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type |
| 7174 |
+ * (or NULL to ignore) |
| 7175 |
+ * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width |
| 7176 |
+ * (or NULL to ignore) |
| 7177 |
+ * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height |
| 7178 |
+ * (or NULL to ignore) |
| 7179 |
+ * |
| 7180 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. |
| 7181 |
+ */ |
| 7182 |
+int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, |
| 7183 |
+ uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); |
| 7184 |
+ |
| 7185 |
+/** |
| 7186 |
+ * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. |
| 7187 |
+ * |
| 7188 |
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. |
| 7189 |
+ */ |
| 7190 |
+AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); |
| 7191 |
+ |
| 7192 |
+#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE |
| 7193 |
+/** |
| 7194 |
+ * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder. |
| 7195 |
+ * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback. |
| 7196 |
+ * |
| 7197 |
+ * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead. |
| 7198 |
+ * |
| 7199 |
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream |
| 7200 |
+ * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success. |
| 7201 |
+ * The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns |
| 7202 |
+ * an error. |
| 7203 |
+ * |
| 7204 |
+ * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure. |
| 7205 |
+ */ |
| 7206 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 7207 |
+int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile); |
| 7208 |
+#endif |
| 7209 |
+ |
| 7210 |
+/* @}*/ |
| 7211 |
+ |
| 7212 |
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ |
| 7213 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h |
| 7214 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 7215 |
index 000000000000..6895f1a461e3 |
| 7216 |
--- /dev/null |
| 7217 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h |
| 7218 |
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ |
| 7219 |
+/* |
| 7220 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 7221 |
+ * |
| 7222 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 7223 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7224 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 7225 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 7226 |
+ * |
| 7227 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 7228 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 7229 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 7230 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 7231 |
+ * |
| 7232 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7233 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 7234 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 7235 |
+ */ |
| 7236 |
+ |
| 7237 |
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H |
| 7238 |
+#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H |
| 7239 |
+ |
| 7240 |
+/** |
| 7241 |
+ * @file |
| 7242 |
+ * @ingroup libavc |
| 7243 |
+ * Libavcodec version macros. |
| 7244 |
+ */ |
| 7245 |
+ |
| 7246 |
+#include "libavutil/version.h" |
| 7247 |
+ |
| 7248 |
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 58 |
| 7249 |
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 18 |
| 7250 |
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 |
| 7251 |
+ |
| 7252 |
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ |
| 7253 |
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ |
| 7254 |
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) |
| 7255 |
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ |
| 7256 |
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ |
| 7257 |
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) |
| 7258 |
+#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT |
| 7259 |
+ |
| 7260 |
+#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) |
| 7261 |
+ |
| 7262 |
+/** |
| 7263 |
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be |
| 7264 |
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of |
| 7265 |
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. |
| 7266 |
+ * |
| 7267 |
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually |
| 7268 |
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all |
| 7269 |
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. |
| 7270 |
+ */ |
| 7271 |
+ |
| 7272 |
+#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES |
| 7273 |
+#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7274 |
+#endif |
| 7275 |
+#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV |
| 7276 |
+#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) |
| 7277 |
+#endif |
| 7278 |
+#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE |
| 7279 |
+#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7280 |
+#endif |
| 7281 |
+#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME |
| 7282 |
+#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7283 |
+#endif |
| 7284 |
+#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT |
| 7285 |
+#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7286 |
+#endif |
| 7287 |
+#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE |
| 7288 |
+#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7289 |
+#endif |
| 7290 |
+#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION |
| 7291 |
+#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7292 |
+#endif |
| 7293 |
+#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE |
| 7294 |
+#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7295 |
+#endif |
| 7296 |
+#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API |
| 7297 |
+#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7298 |
+#endif |
| 7299 |
+#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK |
| 7300 |
+#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7301 |
+#endif |
| 7302 |
+#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY |
| 7303 |
+#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7304 |
+#endif |
| 7305 |
+#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE |
| 7306 |
+#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7307 |
+#endif |
| 7308 |
+#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS |
| 7309 |
+#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7310 |
+#endif |
| 7311 |
+#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT |
| 7312 |
+#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7313 |
+#endif |
| 7314 |
+#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING |
| 7315 |
+#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7316 |
+#endif |
| 7317 |
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF |
| 7318 |
+#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7319 |
+#endif |
| 7320 |
+#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT |
| 7321 |
+#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7322 |
+#endif |
| 7323 |
+#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS |
| 7324 |
+#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7325 |
+#endif |
| 7326 |
+#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME |
| 7327 |
+#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7328 |
+#endif |
| 7329 |
+#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT |
| 7330 |
+#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7331 |
+#endif |
| 7332 |
+#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API |
| 7333 |
+#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7334 |
+#endif |
| 7335 |
+#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING |
| 7336 |
+#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7337 |
+#endif |
| 7338 |
+#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA |
| 7339 |
+#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7340 |
+#endif |
| 7341 |
+#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET |
| 7342 |
+#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7343 |
+#endif |
| 7344 |
+#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL |
| 7345 |
+#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7346 |
+#endif |
| 7347 |
+#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR |
| 7348 |
+#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7349 |
+#endif |
| 7350 |
+#ifndef FF_API_NEXT |
| 7351 |
+#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) |
| 7352 |
+#endif |
| 7353 |
+ |
| 7354 |
+ |
| 7355 |
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ |
| 7356 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h |
| 7357 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 7358 |
index 000000000000..ced108aa2c75 |
| 7359 |
--- /dev/null |
| 7360 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h |
| 7361 |
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ |
| 7362 |
+/* |
| 7363 |
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 7364 |
+ * |
| 7365 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 7366 |
+ * |
| 7367 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 7368 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7369 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 7370 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 7371 |
+ * |
| 7372 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 7373 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 7374 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 7375 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 7376 |
+ * |
| 7377 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7378 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 7379 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 7380 |
+ */ |
| 7381 |
+ |
| 7382 |
+/** |
| 7383 |
+ * @file |
| 7384 |
+ * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes |
| 7385 |
+ */ |
| 7386 |
+ |
| 7387 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H |
| 7388 |
+#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H |
| 7389 |
+ |
| 7390 |
+#ifdef __GNUC__ |
| 7391 |
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) |
| 7392 |
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) |
| 7393 |
+#else |
| 7394 |
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 |
| 7395 |
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 |
| 7396 |
+#endif |
| 7397 |
+ |
| 7398 |
+#ifndef av_always_inline |
| 7399 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) |
| 7400 |
+# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline |
| 7401 |
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) |
| 7402 |
+# define av_always_inline __forceinline |
| 7403 |
+#else |
| 7404 |
+# define av_always_inline inline |
| 7405 |
+#endif |
| 7406 |
+#endif |
| 7407 |
+ |
| 7408 |
+#ifndef av_extern_inline |
| 7409 |
+#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) |
| 7410 |
+# define av_extern_inline extern inline |
| 7411 |
+#else |
| 7412 |
+# define av_extern_inline inline |
| 7413 |
+#endif |
| 7414 |
+#endif |
| 7415 |
+ |
| 7416 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) |
| 7417 |
+# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) |
| 7418 |
+#else |
| 7419 |
+# define av_warn_unused_result |
| 7420 |
+#endif |
| 7421 |
+ |
| 7422 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) |
| 7423 |
+# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) |
| 7424 |
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) |
| 7425 |
+# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) |
| 7426 |
+#else |
| 7427 |
+# define av_noinline |
| 7428 |
+#endif |
| 7429 |
+ |
| 7430 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) |
| 7431 |
+# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) |
| 7432 |
+#else |
| 7433 |
+# define av_pure |
| 7434 |
+#endif |
| 7435 |
+ |
| 7436 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__) |
| 7437 |
+# define av_const __attribute__((const)) |
| 7438 |
+#else |
| 7439 |
+# define av_const |
| 7440 |
+#endif |
| 7441 |
+ |
| 7442 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__) |
| 7443 |
+# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) |
| 7444 |
+#else |
| 7445 |
+# define av_cold |
| 7446 |
+#endif |
| 7447 |
+ |
| 7448 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) |
| 7449 |
+# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) |
| 7450 |
+#else |
| 7451 |
+# define av_flatten |
| 7452 |
+#endif |
| 7453 |
+ |
| 7454 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) |
| 7455 |
+# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) |
| 7456 |
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) |
| 7457 |
+# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) |
| 7458 |
+#else |
| 7459 |
+# define attribute_deprecated |
| 7460 |
+#endif |
| 7461 |
+ |
| 7462 |
+/** |
| 7463 |
+ * Disable warnings about deprecated features |
| 7464 |
+ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and |
| 7465 |
+ * scheduled for removal. |
| 7466 |
+ */ |
| 7467 |
+#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED |
| 7468 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) |
| 7469 |
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ |
| 7470 |
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ |
| 7471 |
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ |
| 7472 |
+ code \ |
| 7473 |
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") |
| 7474 |
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) |
| 7475 |
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ |
| 7476 |
+ __pragma(warning(push)) \ |
| 7477 |
+ __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ |
| 7478 |
+ code; \ |
| 7479 |
+ __pragma(warning(pop)) |
| 7480 |
+#else |
| 7481 |
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code |
| 7482 |
+#endif |
| 7483 |
+#endif |
| 7484 |
+ |
| 7485 |
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) |
| 7486 |
+# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) |
| 7487 |
+#else |
| 7488 |
+# define av_unused |
| 7489 |
+#endif |
| 7490 |
+ |
| 7491 |
+/** |
| 7492 |
+ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it |
| 7493 |
+ * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline |
| 7494 |
+ * assembler without the compiler being aware. |
| 7495 |
+ */ |
| 7496 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) |
| 7497 |
+# define av_used __attribute__((used)) |
| 7498 |
+#else |
| 7499 |
+# define av_used |
| 7500 |
+#endif |
| 7501 |
+ |
| 7502 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__) |
| 7503 |
+# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) |
| 7504 |
+#else |
| 7505 |
+# define av_alias |
| 7506 |
+#endif |
| 7507 |
+ |
| 7508 |
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) |
| 7509 |
+# define av_uninit(x) x=x |
| 7510 |
+#else |
| 7511 |
+# define av_uninit(x) x |
| 7512 |
+#endif |
| 7513 |
+ |
| 7514 |
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) |
| 7515 |
+# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p |
| 7516 |
+# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) |
| 7517 |
+#else |
| 7518 |
+# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 |
| 7519 |
+# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) |
| 7520 |
+#endif |
| 7521 |
+ |
| 7522 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__) |
| 7523 |
+# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) |
| 7524 |
+#else |
| 7525 |
+# define av_noreturn |
| 7526 |
+#endif |
| 7527 |
+ |
| 7528 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ |
| 7529 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h |
| 7530 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 7531 |
index 000000000000..c289fbb551c1 |
| 7532 |
--- /dev/null |
| 7533 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h |
| 7534 |
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ |
| 7535 |
+/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ |
| 7536 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H |
| 7537 |
+#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H |
| 7538 |
+#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 |
| 7539 |
+#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 |
| 7540 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ |
| 7541 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h |
| 7542 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 7543 |
index 000000000000..4d633156d14d |
| 7544 |
--- /dev/null |
| 7545 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h |
| 7546 |
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ |
| 7547 |
+/* |
| 7548 |
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 7549 |
+ * |
| 7550 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 7551 |
+ * |
| 7552 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 7553 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7554 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 7555 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 7556 |
+ * |
| 7557 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 7558 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 7559 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 7560 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 7561 |
+ * |
| 7562 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7563 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 7564 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 7565 |
+ */ |
| 7566 |
+ |
| 7567 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H |
| 7568 |
+#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H |
| 7569 |
+ |
| 7570 |
+/** |
| 7571 |
+ * @file |
| 7572 |
+ * @ingroup lavu |
| 7573 |
+ * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. |
| 7574 |
+ */ |
| 7575 |
+ |
| 7576 |
+/** |
| 7577 |
+ * @mainpage |
| 7578 |
+ * |
| 7579 |
+ * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction |
| 7580 |
+ * |
| 7581 |
+ * This document describes the usage of the different libraries |
| 7582 |
+ * provided by FFmpeg. |
| 7583 |
+ * |
| 7584 |
+ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library |
| 7585 |
+ * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library |
| 7586 |
+ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library |
| 7587 |
+ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library |
| 7588 |
+ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library |
| 7589 |
+ * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing |
| 7590 |
+ * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library |
| 7591 |
+ * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library |
| 7592 |
+ * |
| 7593 |
+ * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility |
| 7594 |
+ * |
| 7595 |
+ * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a |
| 7596 |
+ * major, minor and micro version number with the |
| 7597 |
+ * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version |
| 7598 |
+ * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing |
| 7599 |
+ * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor |
| 7600 |
+ * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major |
| 7601 |
+ * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro |
| 7602 |
+ * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program |
| 7603 |
+ * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously |
| 7604 |
+ * unspecified situation. |
| 7605 |
+ * |
| 7606 |
+ * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long |
| 7607 |
+ * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols |
| 7608 |
+ * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and |
| 7609 |
+ * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were |
| 7610 |
+ * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will |
| 7611 |
+ * not change. |
| 7612 |
+ * |
| 7613 |
+ * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot |
| 7614 |
+ * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the |
| 7615 |
+ * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new |
| 7616 |
+ * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program |
| 7617 |
+ * links against. |
| 7618 |
+ * |
| 7619 |
+ * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to |
| 7620 |
+ * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in |
| 7621 |
+ * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented |
| 7622 |
+ * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied |
| 7623 |
+ * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro |
| 7624 |
+ * version number. |
| 7625 |
+ */ |
| 7626 |
+ |
| 7627 |
+/** |
| 7628 |
+ * @defgroup lavu libavutil |
| 7629 |
+ * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. |
| 7630 |
+ * |
| 7631 |
+ * @note |
| 7632 |
+ * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the |
| 7633 |
+ * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include |
| 7634 |
+ * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using |
| 7635 |
+ * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which |
| 7636 |
+ * brings in most of the "core" components. |
| 7637 |
+ * |
| 7638 |
+ * @{ |
| 7639 |
+ * |
| 7640 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing |
| 7641 |
+ * |
| 7642 |
+ * @{ |
| 7643 |
+ * @} |
| 7644 |
+ * |
| 7645 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics |
| 7646 |
+ * @{ |
| 7647 |
+ * |
| 7648 |
+ * @} |
| 7649 |
+ * |
| 7650 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation |
| 7651 |
+ * |
| 7652 |
+ * @{ |
| 7653 |
+ * |
| 7654 |
+ * @} |
| 7655 |
+ * |
| 7656 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management |
| 7657 |
+ * |
| 7658 |
+ * @{ |
| 7659 |
+ * |
| 7660 |
+ * @} |
| 7661 |
+ * |
| 7662 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures |
| 7663 |
+ * @{ |
| 7664 |
+ * |
| 7665 |
+ * @} |
| 7666 |
+ * |
| 7667 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_video Video related |
| 7668 |
+ * |
| 7669 |
+ * @{ |
| 7670 |
+ * |
| 7671 |
+ * @} |
| 7672 |
+ * |
| 7673 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related |
| 7674 |
+ * |
| 7675 |
+ * @{ |
| 7676 |
+ * |
| 7677 |
+ * @} |
| 7678 |
+ * |
| 7679 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes |
| 7680 |
+ * |
| 7681 |
+ * @{ |
| 7682 |
+ * |
| 7683 |
+ * @} |
| 7684 |
+ * |
| 7685 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility |
| 7686 |
+ * |
| 7687 |
+ * @{ |
| 7688 |
+ * |
| 7689 |
+ * @} |
| 7690 |
+ * |
| 7691 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other |
| 7692 |
+ * |
| 7693 |
+ * @{ |
| 7694 |
+ * |
| 7695 |
+ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros |
| 7696 |
+ * |
| 7697 |
+ * @{ |
| 7698 |
+ * |
| 7699 |
+ * @} |
| 7700 |
+ * |
| 7701 |
+ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros |
| 7702 |
+ * |
| 7703 |
+ * @{ |
| 7704 |
+ * |
| 7705 |
+ * @} |
| 7706 |
+ */ |
| 7707 |
+ |
| 7708 |
+ |
| 7709 |
+/** |
| 7710 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_ver |
| 7711 |
+ * @{ |
| 7712 |
+ */ |
| 7713 |
+ |
| 7714 |
+/** |
| 7715 |
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. |
| 7716 |
+ */ |
| 7717 |
+unsigned avutil_version(void); |
| 7718 |
+ |
| 7719 |
+/** |
| 7720 |
+ * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release |
| 7721 |
+ * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format |
| 7722 |
+ * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. |
| 7723 |
+ */ |
| 7724 |
+const char *av_version_info(void); |
| 7725 |
+ |
| 7726 |
+/** |
| 7727 |
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. |
| 7728 |
+ */ |
| 7729 |
+const char *avutil_configuration(void); |
| 7730 |
+ |
| 7731 |
+/** |
| 7732 |
+ * Return the libavutil license. |
| 7733 |
+ */ |
| 7734 |
+const char *avutil_license(void); |
| 7735 |
+ |
| 7736 |
+/** |
| 7737 |
+ * @} |
| 7738 |
+ */ |
| 7739 |
+ |
| 7740 |
+/** |
| 7741 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type |
| 7742 |
+ * @brief Media Type |
| 7743 |
+ */ |
| 7744 |
+ |
| 7745 |
+enum AVMediaType { |
| 7746 |
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA |
| 7747 |
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, |
| 7748 |
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, |
| 7749 |
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous |
| 7750 |
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, |
| 7751 |
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse |
| 7752 |
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB |
| 7753 |
+}; |
| 7754 |
+ |
| 7755 |
+/** |
| 7756 |
+ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type |
| 7757 |
+ * is unknown. |
| 7758 |
+ */ |
| 7759 |
+const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); |
| 7760 |
+ |
| 7761 |
+/** |
| 7762 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants |
| 7763 |
+ * @{ |
| 7764 |
+ * |
| 7765 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific |
| 7766 |
+ * |
| 7767 |
+ * @note those definition should move to avcodec |
| 7768 |
+ * @{ |
| 7769 |
+ */ |
| 7770 |
+ |
| 7771 |
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 |
| 7772 |
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT) |
| 7773 |
+#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda |
| 7774 |
+#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1) |
| 7775 |
+ |
| 7776 |
+#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove |
| 7777 |
+ |
| 7778 |
+/** |
| 7779 |
+ * @} |
| 7780 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific |
| 7781 |
+ * |
| 7782 |
+ * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions |
| 7783 |
+ * |
| 7784 |
+ * @{ |
| 7785 |
+ */ |
| 7786 |
+ |
| 7787 |
+/** |
| 7788 |
+ * @brief Undefined timestamp value |
| 7789 |
+ * |
| 7790 |
+ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide |
| 7791 |
+ * either pts or dts. |
| 7792 |
+ */ |
| 7793 |
+ |
| 7794 |
+#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000)) |
| 7795 |
+ |
| 7796 |
+/** |
| 7797 |
+ * Internal time base represented as integer |
| 7798 |
+ */ |
| 7799 |
+ |
| 7800 |
+#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000 |
| 7801 |
+ |
| 7802 |
+/** |
| 7803 |
+ * Internal time base represented as fractional value |
| 7804 |
+ */ |
| 7805 |
+ |
| 7806 |
+#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE} |
| 7807 |
+ |
| 7808 |
+/** |
| 7809 |
+ * @} |
| 7810 |
+ * @} |
| 7811 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related |
| 7812 |
+ * |
| 7813 |
+ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation. |
| 7814 |
+ * |
| 7815 |
+ * @{ |
| 7816 |
+ */ |
| 7817 |
+ |
| 7818 |
+enum AVPictureType { |
| 7819 |
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined |
| 7820 |
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra |
| 7821 |
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted |
| 7822 |
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted |
| 7823 |
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4 |
| 7824 |
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra |
| 7825 |
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted |
| 7826 |
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type |
| 7827 |
+}; |
| 7828 |
+ |
| 7829 |
+/** |
| 7830 |
+ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type |
| 7831 |
+ * pict_type. |
| 7832 |
+ * |
| 7833 |
+ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character |
| 7834 |
+ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown |
| 7835 |
+ */ |
| 7836 |
+char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type); |
| 7837 |
+ |
| 7838 |
+/** |
| 7839 |
+ * @} |
| 7840 |
+ */ |
| 7841 |
+ |
| 7842 |
+#include "common.h" |
| 7843 |
+#include "error.h" |
| 7844 |
+#include "rational.h" |
| 7845 |
+#include "version.h" |
| 7846 |
+#include "macros.h" |
| 7847 |
+#include "mathematics.h" |
| 7848 |
+#include "log.h" |
| 7849 |
+#include "pixfmt.h" |
| 7850 |
+ |
| 7851 |
+/** |
| 7852 |
+ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL. |
| 7853 |
+ */ |
| 7854 |
+static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x) |
| 7855 |
+{ |
| 7856 |
+ return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x); |
| 7857 |
+} |
| 7858 |
+ |
| 7859 |
+/** |
| 7860 |
+ * Compute the length of an integer list. |
| 7861 |
+ * |
| 7862 |
+ * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8) |
| 7863 |
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) |
| 7864 |
+ * @param list pointer to the list |
| 7865 |
+ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator |
| 7866 |
+ */ |
| 7867 |
+unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize, |
| 7868 |
+ const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure; |
| 7869 |
+ |
| 7870 |
+/** |
| 7871 |
+ * Compute the length of an integer list. |
| 7872 |
+ * |
| 7873 |
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) |
| 7874 |
+ * @param list pointer to the list |
| 7875 |
+ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator |
| 7876 |
+ */ |
| 7877 |
+#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \ |
| 7878 |
+ av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term) |
| 7879 |
+ |
| 7880 |
+/** |
| 7881 |
+ * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename. |
| 7882 |
+ * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through |
| 7883 |
+ * errno. |
| 7884 |
+ */ |
| 7885 |
+FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode); |
| 7886 |
+ |
| 7887 |
+/** |
| 7888 |
+ * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base. |
| 7889 |
+ */ |
| 7890 |
+AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void); |
| 7891 |
+ |
| 7892 |
+#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 |
| 7893 |
+ |
| 7894 |
+#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc) |
| 7895 |
+ |
| 7896 |
+/** |
| 7897 |
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character |
| 7898 |
+ * code) representation. |
| 7899 |
+ * |
| 7900 |
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE |
| 7901 |
+ * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent |
| 7902 |
+ * @return the buffer in input |
| 7903 |
+ */ |
| 7904 |
+char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc); |
| 7905 |
+ |
| 7906 |
+/** |
| 7907 |
+ * @} |
| 7908 |
+ * @} |
| 7909 |
+ */ |
| 7910 |
+ |
| 7911 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */ |
| 7912 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h |
| 7913 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 7914 |
index 000000000000..73b6bd0b148e |
| 7915 |
--- /dev/null |
| 7916 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h |
| 7917 |
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ |
| 7918 |
+/* |
| 7919 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 7920 |
+ * |
| 7921 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 7922 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7923 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 7924 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 7925 |
+ * |
| 7926 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 7927 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 7928 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 7929 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 7930 |
+ * |
| 7931 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 7932 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 7933 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 7934 |
+ */ |
| 7935 |
+ |
| 7936 |
+/** |
| 7937 |
+ * @file |
| 7938 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_buffer |
| 7939 |
+ * refcounted data buffer API |
| 7940 |
+ */ |
| 7941 |
+ |
| 7942 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H |
| 7943 |
+#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H |
| 7944 |
+ |
| 7945 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 7946 |
+ |
| 7947 |
+/** |
| 7948 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer |
| 7949 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_data |
| 7950 |
+ * |
| 7951 |
+ * @{ |
| 7952 |
+ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. |
| 7953 |
+ * |
| 7954 |
+ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer |
| 7955 |
+ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed |
| 7956 |
+ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may |
| 7957 |
+ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references |
| 7958 |
+ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single |
| 7959 |
+ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the |
| 7960 |
+ * caller directly. |
| 7961 |
+ * |
| 7962 |
+ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single |
| 7963 |
+ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and |
| 7964 |
+ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing |
| 7965 |
+ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). |
| 7966 |
+ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the |
| 7967 |
+ * data once all the references are freed). |
| 7968 |
+ * |
| 7969 |
+ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the |
| 7970 |
+ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and |
| 7971 |
+ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is |
| 7972 |
+ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will |
| 7973 |
+ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. |
| 7974 |
+ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, |
| 7975 |
+ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its |
| 7976 |
+ * control. |
| 7977 |
+ * |
| 7978 |
+ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus |
| 7979 |
+ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for |
| 7980 |
+ * additional locking. |
| 7981 |
+ * |
| 7982 |
+ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different |
| 7983 |
+ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). |
| 7984 |
+ */ |
| 7985 |
+ |
| 7986 |
+/** |
| 7987 |
+ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through |
| 7988 |
+ * references (AVBufferRef). |
| 7989 |
+ */ |
| 7990 |
+typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; |
| 7991 |
+ |
| 7992 |
+/** |
| 7993 |
+ * A reference to a data buffer. |
| 7994 |
+ * |
| 7995 |
+ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant |
| 7996 |
+ * to be allocated directly. |
| 7997 |
+ */ |
| 7998 |
+typedef struct AVBufferRef { |
| 7999 |
+ AVBuffer *buffer; |
| 8000 |
+ |
| 8001 |
+ /** |
| 8002 |
+ * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if |
| 8003 |
+ * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case |
| 8004 |
+ * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. |
| 8005 |
+ */ |
| 8006 |
+ uint8_t *data; |
| 8007 |
+ /** |
| 8008 |
+ * Size of data in bytes. |
| 8009 |
+ */ |
| 8010 |
+ int size; |
| 8011 |
+} AVBufferRef; |
| 8012 |
+ |
| 8013 |
+/** |
| 8014 |
+ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). |
| 8015 |
+ * |
| 8016 |
+ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory |
| 8017 |
+ */ |
| 8018 |
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size); |
| 8019 |
+ |
| 8020 |
+/** |
| 8021 |
+ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized |
| 8022 |
+ * to zero. |
| 8023 |
+ */ |
| 8024 |
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size); |
| 8025 |
+ |
| 8026 |
+/** |
| 8027 |
+ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one |
| 8028 |
+ * reference. |
| 8029 |
+ */ |
| 8030 |
+#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) |
| 8031 |
+ |
| 8032 |
+/** |
| 8033 |
+ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. |
| 8034 |
+ * |
| 8035 |
+ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may |
| 8036 |
+ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from |
| 8037 |
+ * it. |
| 8038 |
+ * If this function fails, data is left untouched. |
| 8039 |
+ * @param data data array |
| 8040 |
+ * @param size size of data in bytes |
| 8041 |
+ * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data |
| 8042 |
+ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free |
| 8043 |
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* |
| 8044 |
+ * |
| 8045 |
+ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. |
| 8046 |
+ */ |
| 8047 |
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size, |
| 8048 |
+ void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), |
| 8049 |
+ void *opaque, int flags); |
| 8050 |
+ |
| 8051 |
+/** |
| 8052 |
+ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. |
| 8053 |
+ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called |
| 8054 |
+ * directly. |
| 8055 |
+ */ |
| 8056 |
+void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); |
| 8057 |
+ |
| 8058 |
+/** |
| 8059 |
+ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. |
| 8060 |
+ * |
| 8061 |
+ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on |
| 8062 |
+ * failure. |
| 8063 |
+ */ |
| 8064 |
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf); |
| 8065 |
+ |
| 8066 |
+/** |
| 8067 |
+ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more |
| 8068 |
+ * references to it. |
| 8069 |
+ * |
| 8070 |
+ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. |
| 8071 |
+ */ |
| 8072 |
+void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); |
| 8073 |
+ |
| 8074 |
+/** |
| 8075 |
+ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is |
| 8076 |
+ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). |
| 8077 |
+ * Return 0 otherwise. |
| 8078 |
+ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. |
| 8079 |
+ */ |
| 8080 |
+int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); |
| 8081 |
+ |
| 8082 |
+/** |
| 8083 |
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. |
| 8084 |
+ */ |
| 8085 |
+void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); |
| 8086 |
+ |
| 8087 |
+int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); |
| 8088 |
+ |
| 8089 |
+/** |
| 8090 |
+ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy |
| 8091 |
+ * if possible. |
| 8092 |
+ * |
| 8093 |
+ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left |
| 8094 |
+ * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is |
| 8095 |
+ * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. |
| 8096 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. |
| 8097 |
+ */ |
| 8098 |
+int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); |
| 8099 |
+ |
| 8100 |
+/** |
| 8101 |
+ * Reallocate a given buffer. |
| 8102 |
+ * |
| 8103 |
+ * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be |
| 8104 |
+ * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be |
| 8105 |
+ * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf |
| 8106 |
+ * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. |
| 8107 |
+ * @param size required new buffer size. |
| 8108 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. |
| 8109 |
+ * |
| 8110 |
+ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was |
| 8111 |
+ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one |
| 8112 |
+ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases |
| 8113 |
+ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. |
| 8114 |
+ */ |
| 8115 |
+int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size); |
| 8116 |
+ |
| 8117 |
+/** |
| 8118 |
+ * @} |
| 8119 |
+ */ |
| 8120 |
+ |
| 8121 |
+/** |
| 8122 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool |
| 8123 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_data |
| 8124 |
+ * |
| 8125 |
+ * @{ |
| 8126 |
+ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. |
| 8127 |
+ * |
| 8128 |
+ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is |
| 8129 |
+ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the |
| 8130 |
+ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio |
| 8131 |
+ * frames). |
| 8132 |
+ * |
| 8133 |
+ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the |
| 8134 |
+ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to |
| 8135 |
+ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new |
| 8136 |
+ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by |
| 8137 |
+ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is |
| 8138 |
+ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be |
| 8139 |
+ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. |
| 8140 |
+ * |
| 8141 |
+ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new |
| 8142 |
+ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. |
| 8143 |
+ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. |
| 8144 |
+ * |
| 8145 |
+ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as |
| 8146 |
+ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is |
| 8147 |
+ * thread-safe. |
| 8148 |
+ */ |
| 8149 |
+ |
| 8150 |
+/** |
| 8151 |
+ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed |
| 8152 |
+ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with |
| 8153 |
+ * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). |
| 8154 |
+ */ |
| 8155 |
+typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; |
| 8156 |
+ |
| 8157 |
+/** |
| 8158 |
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. |
| 8159 |
+ * |
| 8160 |
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool |
| 8161 |
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the |
| 8162 |
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used |
| 8163 |
+ * (av_buffer_alloc()). |
| 8164 |
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. |
| 8165 |
+ */ |
| 8166 |
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size)); |
| 8167 |
+ |
| 8168 |
+/** |
| 8169 |
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. |
| 8170 |
+ * |
| 8171 |
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool |
| 8172 |
+ * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator |
| 8173 |
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the |
| 8174 |
+ * pool is empty. |
| 8175 |
+ * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool |
| 8176 |
+ * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called |
| 8177 |
+ * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool |
| 8178 |
+ * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque |
| 8179 |
+ * data. |
| 8180 |
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. |
| 8181 |
+ */ |
| 8182 |
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque, |
| 8183 |
+ AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size), |
| 8184 |
+ void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); |
| 8185 |
+ |
| 8186 |
+/** |
| 8187 |
+ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only |
| 8188 |
+ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it |
| 8189 |
+ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still |
| 8190 |
+ * in use. |
| 8191 |
+ * |
| 8192 |
+ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. |
| 8193 |
+ */ |
| 8194 |
+void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); |
| 8195 |
+ |
| 8196 |
+/** |
| 8197 |
+ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. |
| 8198 |
+ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. |
| 8199 |
+ * |
| 8200 |
+ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. |
| 8201 |
+ */ |
| 8202 |
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); |
| 8203 |
+ |
| 8204 |
+/** |
| 8205 |
+ * @} |
| 8206 |
+ */ |
| 8207 |
+ |
| 8208 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ |
| 8209 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h |
| 8210 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 8211 |
index 000000000000..50bb8f03c586 |
| 8212 |
--- /dev/null |
| 8213 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h |
| 8214 |
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ |
| 8215 |
+/* |
| 8216 |
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 8217 |
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross |
| 8218 |
+ * |
| 8219 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 8220 |
+ * |
| 8221 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 8222 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 8223 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 8224 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 8225 |
+ * |
| 8226 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 8227 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 8228 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 8229 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 8230 |
+ * |
| 8231 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 8232 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 8233 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 8234 |
+ */ |
| 8235 |
+ |
| 8236 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H |
| 8237 |
+#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H |
| 8238 |
+ |
| 8239 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 8240 |
+ |
| 8241 |
+/** |
| 8242 |
+ * @file |
| 8243 |
+ * audio channel layout utility functions |
| 8244 |
+ */ |
| 8245 |
+ |
| 8246 |
+/** |
| 8247 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio |
| 8248 |
+ * @{ |
| 8249 |
+ */ |
| 8250 |
+ |
| 8251 |
+/** |
| 8252 |
+ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks |
| 8253 |
+ * |
| 8254 |
+ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. |
| 8255 |
+ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. |
| 8256 |
+ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. |
| 8257 |
+ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels |
| 8258 |
+ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as |
| 8259 |
+ * dual-mono. |
| 8260 |
+ * |
| 8261 |
+ * @{ |
| 8262 |
+ */ |
| 8263 |
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 |
| 8264 |
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 |
| 8265 |
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 |
| 8266 |
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 |
| 8267 |
+#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 |
| 8268 |
+#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 |
| 8269 |
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 |
| 8270 |
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 |
| 8271 |
+#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 |
| 8272 |
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 |
| 8273 |
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 |
| 8274 |
+#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 |
| 8275 |
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 |
| 8276 |
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 |
| 8277 |
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 |
| 8278 |
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 |
| 8279 |
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 |
| 8280 |
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 |
| 8281 |
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. |
| 8282 |
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. |
| 8283 |
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL |
| 8284 |
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL |
| 8285 |
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL |
| 8286 |
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL |
| 8287 |
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL |
| 8288 |
+ |
| 8289 |
+/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout |
| 8290 |
+ to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output |
| 8291 |
+ to be the native codec channel order. */ |
| 8292 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL |
| 8293 |
+ |
| 8294 |
+/** |
| 8295 |
+ * @} |
| 8296 |
+ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts |
| 8297 |
+ * @{ |
| 8298 |
+ * */ |
| 8299 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) |
| 8300 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) |
| 8301 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) |
| 8302 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) |
| 8303 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) |
| 8304 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) |
| 8305 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) |
| 8306 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) |
| 8307 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) |
| 8308 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) |
| 8309 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) |
| 8310 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) |
| 8311 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) |
| 8312 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) |
| 8313 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) |
| 8314 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) |
| 8315 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) |
| 8316 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) |
| 8317 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) |
| 8318 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) |
| 8319 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) |
| 8320 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) |
| 8321 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) |
| 8322 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) |
| 8323 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) |
| 8324 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) |
| 8325 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) |
| 8326 |
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) |
| 8327 |
+ |
| 8328 |
+enum AVMatrixEncoding { |
| 8329 |
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, |
| 8330 |
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, |
| 8331 |
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, |
| 8332 |
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, |
| 8333 |
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, |
| 8334 |
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, |
| 8335 |
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, |
| 8336 |
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB |
| 8337 |
+}; |
| 8338 |
+ |
| 8339 |
+/** |
| 8340 |
+ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. |
| 8341 |
+ * |
| 8342 |
+ * name can be one or several of the following notations, |
| 8343 |
+ * separated by '+' or '|': |
| 8344 |
+ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, |
| 8345 |
+ * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); |
| 8346 |
+ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, |
| 8347 |
+ * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); |
| 8348 |
+ * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding |
| 8349 |
+ * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see |
| 8350 |
+ * av_get_default_channel_layout); |
| 8351 |
+ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the |
| 8352 |
+ * AV_CH_* macros). |
| 8353 |
+ * |
| 8354 |
+ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" |
| 8355 |
+ */ |
| 8356 |
+uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); |
| 8357 |
+ |
| 8358 |
+/** |
| 8359 |
+ * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name. |
| 8360 |
+ * |
| 8361 |
+ * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse |
| 8362 |
+ * unknown channel layout specifications. |
| 8363 |
+ * |
| 8364 |
+ * @param[in] name channel layout specification string |
| 8365 |
+ * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) |
| 8366 |
+ * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels |
| 8367 |
+ * |
| 8368 |
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. |
| 8369 |
+ */ |
| 8370 |
+int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); |
| 8371 |
+ |
| 8372 |
+/** |
| 8373 |
+ * Return a description of a channel layout. |
| 8374 |
+ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. |
| 8375 |
+ * |
| 8376 |
+ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout |
| 8377 |
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer |
| 8378 |
+ */ |
| 8379 |
+void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); |
| 8380 |
+ |
| 8381 |
+struct AVBPrint; |
| 8382 |
+/** |
| 8383 |
+ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. |
| 8384 |
+ */ |
| 8385 |
+void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); |
| 8386 |
+ |
| 8387 |
+/** |
| 8388 |
+ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. |
| 8389 |
+ */ |
| 8390 |
+int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); |
| 8391 |
+ |
| 8392 |
+/** |
| 8393 |
+ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. |
| 8394 |
+ */ |
| 8395 |
+int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); |
| 8396 |
+ |
| 8397 |
+/** |
| 8398 |
+ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. |
| 8399 |
+ * |
| 8400 |
+ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be |
| 8401 |
+ * present in channel_layout. |
| 8402 |
+ * |
| 8403 |
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR |
| 8404 |
+ * on error. |
| 8405 |
+ */ |
| 8406 |
+int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, |
| 8407 |
+ uint64_t channel); |
| 8408 |
+ |
| 8409 |
+/** |
| 8410 |
+ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. |
| 8411 |
+ */ |
| 8412 |
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); |
| 8413 |
+ |
| 8414 |
+/** |
| 8415 |
+ * Get the name of a given channel. |
| 8416 |
+ * |
| 8417 |
+ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. |
| 8418 |
+ */ |
| 8419 |
+const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); |
| 8420 |
+ |
| 8421 |
+/** |
| 8422 |
+ * Get the description of a given channel. |
| 8423 |
+ * |
| 8424 |
+ * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel |
| 8425 |
+ * @return channel description on success, NULL on error |
| 8426 |
+ */ |
| 8427 |
+const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); |
| 8428 |
+ |
| 8429 |
+/** |
| 8430 |
+ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. |
| 8431 |
+ * |
| 8432 |
+ * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 |
| 8433 |
+ * @param[out] layout channel layout mask |
| 8434 |
+ * @param[out] name name of the layout |
| 8435 |
+ * @return 0 if the layout exists, |
| 8436 |
+ * <0 if index is beyond the limits |
| 8437 |
+ */ |
| 8438 |
+int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, |
| 8439 |
+ const char **name); |
| 8440 |
+ |
| 8441 |
+/** |
| 8442 |
+ * @} |
| 8443 |
+ * @} |
| 8444 |
+ */ |
| 8445 |
+ |
| 8446 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ |
| 8447 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h |
| 8448 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 8449 |
index 000000000000..0fffa67714e8 |
| 8450 |
--- /dev/null |
| 8451 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h |
| 8452 |
@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@ |
| 8453 |
+/* |
| 8454 |
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 8455 |
+ * |
| 8456 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 8457 |
+ * |
| 8458 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 8459 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 8460 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 8461 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 8462 |
+ * |
| 8463 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 8464 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 8465 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 8466 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 8467 |
+ * |
| 8468 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 8469 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 8470 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 8471 |
+ */ |
| 8472 |
+ |
| 8473 |
+/** |
| 8474 |
+ * @file |
| 8475 |
+ * common internal and external API header |
| 8476 |
+ */ |
| 8477 |
+ |
| 8478 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H |
| 8479 |
+#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H |
| 8480 |
+ |
| 8481 |
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) |
| 8482 |
+#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS |
| 8483 |
+#endif |
| 8484 |
+ |
| 8485 |
+#include <errno.h> |
| 8486 |
+#include <inttypes.h> |
| 8487 |
+#include <limits.h> |
| 8488 |
+#include <math.h> |
| 8489 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 8490 |
+#include <stdio.h> |
| 8491 |
+#include <stdlib.h> |
| 8492 |
+#include <string.h> |
| 8493 |
+ |
| 8494 |
+#include "attributes.h" |
| 8495 |
+#include "macros.h" |
| 8496 |
+#include "version.h" |
| 8497 |
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" |
| 8498 |
+ |
| 8499 |
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN |
| 8500 |
+# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) |
| 8501 |
+#else |
| 8502 |
+# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) |
| 8503 |
+#endif |
| 8504 |
+ |
| 8505 |
+//rounded division & shift |
| 8506 |
+#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) |
| 8507 |
+/* assume b>0 */ |
| 8508 |
+#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) |
| 8509 |
+/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */ |
| 8510 |
+#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ |
| 8511 |
+ : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) |
| 8512 |
+/* Backwards compat. */ |
| 8513 |
+#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT |
| 8514 |
+ |
| 8515 |
+#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) |
| 8516 |
+#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) |
| 8517 |
+ |
| 8518 |
+/** |
| 8519 |
+ * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they |
| 8520 |
+ * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same |
| 8521 |
+ * as with *abs() |
| 8522 |
+ * @see FFNABS() |
| 8523 |
+ */ |
| 8524 |
+#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) |
| 8525 |
+#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) |
| 8526 |
+ |
| 8527 |
+/** |
| 8528 |
+ * Negative Absolute value. |
| 8529 |
+ * this works for all integers of all types. |
| 8530 |
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have |
| 8531 |
+ * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. |
| 8532 |
+ */ |
| 8533 |
+#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) |
| 8534 |
+ |
| 8535 |
+/** |
| 8536 |
+ * Comparator. |
| 8537 |
+ * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 |
| 8538 |
+ * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. |
| 8539 |
+ * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and |
| 8540 |
+ * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. |
| 8541 |
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus |
| 8542 |
+ * must not have a side-effect. |
| 8543 |
+ */ |
| 8544 |
+#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) |
| 8545 |
+ |
| 8546 |
+#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 8547 |
+#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) |
| 8548 |
+#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) |
| 8549 |
+#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) |
| 8550 |
+ |
| 8551 |
+#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) |
| 8552 |
+#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) |
| 8553 |
+ |
| 8554 |
+/* misc math functions */ |
| 8555 |
+ |
| 8556 |
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H |
| 8557 |
+# include "config.h" |
| 8558 |
+# include "intmath.h" |
| 8559 |
+#endif |
| 8560 |
+ |
| 8561 |
+/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */ |
| 8562 |
+#include "common.h" |
| 8563 |
+ |
| 8564 |
+#ifndef av_log2 |
| 8565 |
+av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); |
| 8566 |
+#endif |
| 8567 |
+ |
| 8568 |
+#ifndef av_log2_16bit |
| 8569 |
+av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); |
| 8570 |
+#endif |
| 8571 |
+ |
| 8572 |
+/** |
| 8573 |
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. |
| 8574 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8575 |
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range |
| 8576 |
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range |
| 8577 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8578 |
+ */ |
| 8579 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) |
| 8580 |
+{ |
| 8581 |
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 |
| 8582 |
+ if (amin > amax) abort(); |
| 8583 |
+#endif |
| 8584 |
+ if (a < amin) return amin; |
| 8585 |
+ else if (a > amax) return amax; |
| 8586 |
+ else return a; |
| 8587 |
+} |
| 8588 |
+ |
| 8589 |
+/** |
| 8590 |
+ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. |
| 8591 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8592 |
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range |
| 8593 |
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range |
| 8594 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8595 |
+ */ |
| 8596 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) |
| 8597 |
+{ |
| 8598 |
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 |
| 8599 |
+ if (amin > amax) abort(); |
| 8600 |
+#endif |
| 8601 |
+ if (a < amin) return amin; |
| 8602 |
+ else if (a > amax) return amax; |
| 8603 |
+ else return a; |
| 8604 |
+} |
| 8605 |
+ |
| 8606 |
+/** |
| 8607 |
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. |
| 8608 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8609 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8610 |
+ */ |
| 8611 |
+static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) |
| 8612 |
+{ |
| 8613 |
+ if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31; |
| 8614 |
+ else return a; |
| 8615 |
+} |
| 8616 |
+ |
| 8617 |
+/** |
| 8618 |
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. |
| 8619 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8620 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8621 |
+ */ |
| 8622 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) |
| 8623 |
+{ |
| 8624 |
+ if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; |
| 8625 |
+ else return a; |
| 8626 |
+} |
| 8627 |
+ |
| 8628 |
+/** |
| 8629 |
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. |
| 8630 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8631 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8632 |
+ */ |
| 8633 |
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) |
| 8634 |
+{ |
| 8635 |
+ if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31; |
| 8636 |
+ else return a; |
| 8637 |
+} |
| 8638 |
+ |
| 8639 |
+/** |
| 8640 |
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. |
| 8641 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8642 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8643 |
+ */ |
| 8644 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) |
| 8645 |
+{ |
| 8646 |
+ if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; |
| 8647 |
+ else return a; |
| 8648 |
+} |
| 8649 |
+ |
| 8650 |
+/** |
| 8651 |
+ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. |
| 8652 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8653 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8654 |
+ */ |
| 8655 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) |
| 8656 |
+{ |
| 8657 |
+ if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); |
| 8658 |
+ else return (int32_t)a; |
| 8659 |
+} |
| 8660 |
+ |
| 8661 |
+/** |
| 8662 |
+ * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. |
| 8663 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8664 |
+ * @param p bit position to clip at |
| 8665 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8666 |
+ */ |
| 8667 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) |
| 8668 |
+{ |
| 8669 |
+ if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) |
| 8670 |
+ return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); |
| 8671 |
+ else |
| 8672 |
+ return a; |
| 8673 |
+} |
| 8674 |
+ |
| 8675 |
+/** |
| 8676 |
+ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. |
| 8677 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8678 |
+ * @param p bit position to clip at |
| 8679 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8680 |
+ */ |
| 8681 |
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) |
| 8682 |
+{ |
| 8683 |
+ if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1); |
| 8684 |
+ else return a; |
| 8685 |
+} |
| 8686 |
+ |
| 8687 |
+/** |
| 8688 |
+ * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position |
| 8689 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8690 |
+ * @param p bit position to clip at |
| 8691 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8692 |
+ */ |
| 8693 |
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p) |
| 8694 |
+{ |
| 8695 |
+ return a & ((1 << p) - 1); |
| 8696 |
+} |
| 8697 |
+ |
| 8698 |
+/** |
| 8699 |
+ * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation. |
| 8700 |
+ * |
| 8701 |
+ * @param a one value |
| 8702 |
+ * @param b another value |
| 8703 |
+ * @return sum with signed saturation |
| 8704 |
+ */ |
| 8705 |
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b) |
| 8706 |
+{ |
| 8707 |
+ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b); |
| 8708 |
+} |
| 8709 |
+ |
| 8710 |
+/** |
| 8711 |
+ * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages. |
| 8712 |
+ * |
| 8713 |
+ * @param a first value |
| 8714 |
+ * @param b value doubled and added to a |
| 8715 |
+ * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation |
| 8716 |
+ */ |
| 8717 |
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b) |
| 8718 |
+{ |
| 8719 |
+ return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); |
| 8720 |
+} |
| 8721 |
+ |
| 8722 |
+/** |
| 8723 |
+ * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation. |
| 8724 |
+ * |
| 8725 |
+ * @param a one value |
| 8726 |
+ * @param b another value |
| 8727 |
+ * @return difference with signed saturation |
| 8728 |
+ */ |
| 8729 |
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b) |
| 8730 |
+{ |
| 8731 |
+ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b); |
| 8732 |
+} |
| 8733 |
+ |
| 8734 |
+/** |
| 8735 |
+ * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages. |
| 8736 |
+ * |
| 8737 |
+ * @param a first value |
| 8738 |
+ * @param b value doubled and subtracted from a |
| 8739 |
+ * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation |
| 8740 |
+ */ |
| 8741 |
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b) |
| 8742 |
+{ |
| 8743 |
+ return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); |
| 8744 |
+} |
| 8745 |
+ |
| 8746 |
+/** |
| 8747 |
+ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. |
| 8748 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8749 |
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range |
| 8750 |
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range |
| 8751 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8752 |
+ */ |
| 8753 |
+static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax) |
| 8754 |
+{ |
| 8755 |
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 |
| 8756 |
+ if (amin > amax) abort(); |
| 8757 |
+#endif |
| 8758 |
+ if (a < amin) return amin; |
| 8759 |
+ else if (a > amax) return amax; |
| 8760 |
+ else return a; |
| 8761 |
+} |
| 8762 |
+ |
| 8763 |
+/** |
| 8764 |
+ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. |
| 8765 |
+ * @param a value to clip |
| 8766 |
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range |
| 8767 |
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range |
| 8768 |
+ * @return clipped value |
| 8769 |
+ */ |
| 8770 |
+static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) |
| 8771 |
+{ |
| 8772 |
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 |
| 8773 |
+ if (amin > amax) abort(); |
| 8774 |
+#endif |
| 8775 |
+ if (a < amin) return amin; |
| 8776 |
+ else if (a > amax) return amax; |
| 8777 |
+ else return a; |
| 8778 |
+} |
| 8779 |
+ |
| 8780 |
+/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). |
| 8781 |
+ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) |
| 8782 |
+ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) |
| 8783 |
+ */ |
| 8784 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) |
| 8785 |
+{ |
| 8786 |
+ return av_log2((x - 1) << 1); |
| 8787 |
+} |
| 8788 |
+ |
| 8789 |
+/** |
| 8790 |
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x |
| 8791 |
+ * @param x value to count bits of |
| 8792 |
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x |
| 8793 |
+ */ |
| 8794 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) |
| 8795 |
+{ |
| 8796 |
+ x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; |
| 8797 |
+ x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); |
| 8798 |
+ x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; |
| 8799 |
+ x += x >> 8; |
| 8800 |
+ return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; |
| 8801 |
+} |
| 8802 |
+ |
| 8803 |
+/** |
| 8804 |
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x |
| 8805 |
+ * @param x value to count bits of |
| 8806 |
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x |
| 8807 |
+ */ |
| 8808 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) |
| 8809 |
+{ |
| 8810 |
+ return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); |
| 8811 |
+} |
| 8812 |
+ |
| 8813 |
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) |
| 8814 |
+{ |
| 8815 |
+ return av_popcount(v) & 1; |
| 8816 |
+} |
| 8817 |
+ |
| 8818 |
+#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) |
| 8819 |
+#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) |
| 8820 |
+ |
| 8821 |
+/** |
| 8822 |
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. |
| 8823 |
+ * |
| 8824 |
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. |
| 8825 |
+ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. |
| 8826 |
+ * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently |
| 8827 |
+ * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer |
| 8828 |
+ * input, this could be *ptr++. |
| 8829 |
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, |
| 8830 |
+ * typically a goto statement. |
| 8831 |
+ * |
| 8832 |
+ * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which |
| 8833 |
+ * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an |
| 8834 |
+ * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order |
| 8835 |
+ * to prevent undefined results. |
| 8836 |
+ */ |
| 8837 |
+#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ |
| 8838 |
+ val= (GET_BYTE);\ |
| 8839 |
+ {\ |
| 8840 |
+ uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ |
| 8841 |
+ if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ |
| 8842 |
+ ERROR\ |
| 8843 |
+ while (val & top) {\ |
| 8844 |
+ int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ |
| 8845 |
+ if(tmp>>6)\ |
| 8846 |
+ ERROR\ |
| 8847 |
+ val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ |
| 8848 |
+ top <<= 5;\ |
| 8849 |
+ }\ |
| 8850 |
+ val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ |
| 8851 |
+ } |
| 8852 |
+ |
| 8853 |
+/** |
| 8854 |
+ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. |
| 8855 |
+ * |
| 8856 |
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. |
| 8857 |
+ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted |
| 8858 |
+ * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. |
| 8859 |
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, |
| 8860 |
+ * typically a goto statement. |
| 8861 |
+ */ |
| 8862 |
+#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ |
| 8863 |
+ val = GET_16BIT;\ |
| 8864 |
+ {\ |
| 8865 |
+ unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ |
| 8866 |
+ if (hi < 0x800) {\ |
| 8867 |
+ val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\ |
| 8868 |
+ if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ |
| 8869 |
+ ERROR\ |
| 8870 |
+ val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ |
| 8871 |
+ }\ |
| 8872 |
+ }\ |
| 8873 |
+ |
| 8874 |
+/** |
| 8875 |
+ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) |
| 8876 |
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). |
| 8877 |
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds |
| 8878 |
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If |
| 8879 |
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once. |
| 8880 |
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It |
| 8881 |
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be |
| 8882 |
+ * output by PUT_BYTE. |
| 8883 |
+ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. |
| 8884 |
+ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. |
| 8885 |
+ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be |
| 8886 |
+ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to |
| 8887 |
+ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted |
| 8888 |
+ * Unicode character. |
| 8889 |
+ */ |
| 8890 |
+#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ |
| 8891 |
+ {\ |
| 8892 |
+ int bytes, shift;\ |
| 8893 |
+ uint32_t in = val;\ |
| 8894 |
+ if (in < 0x80) {\ |
| 8895 |
+ tmp = in;\ |
| 8896 |
+ PUT_BYTE\ |
| 8897 |
+ } else {\ |
| 8898 |
+ bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ |
| 8899 |
+ shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ |
| 8900 |
+ tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ |
| 8901 |
+ PUT_BYTE\ |
| 8902 |
+ while (shift >= 6) {\ |
| 8903 |
+ shift -= 6;\ |
| 8904 |
+ tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ |
| 8905 |
+ PUT_BYTE\ |
| 8906 |
+ }\ |
| 8907 |
+ }\ |
| 8908 |
+ } |
| 8909 |
+ |
| 8910 |
+/** |
| 8911 |
+ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) |
| 8912 |
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). |
| 8913 |
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds |
| 8914 |
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If |
| 8915 |
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once. |
| 8916 |
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It |
| 8917 |
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be |
| 8918 |
+ * output by PUT_16BIT. |
| 8919 |
+ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination |
| 8920 |
+ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp |
| 8921 |
+ * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" |
| 8922 |
+ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. |
| 8923 |
+ */ |
| 8924 |
+#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ |
| 8925 |
+ {\ |
| 8926 |
+ uint32_t in = val;\ |
| 8927 |
+ if (in < 0x10000) {\ |
| 8928 |
+ tmp = in;\ |
| 8929 |
+ PUT_16BIT\ |
| 8930 |
+ } else {\ |
| 8931 |
+ tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ |
| 8932 |
+ PUT_16BIT\ |
| 8933 |
+ tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ |
| 8934 |
+ PUT_16BIT\ |
| 8935 |
+ }\ |
| 8936 |
+ }\ |
| 8937 |
+ |
| 8938 |
+ |
| 8939 |
+ |
| 8940 |
+#include "mem.h" |
| 8941 |
+ |
| 8942 |
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H |
| 8943 |
+# include "internal.h" |
| 8944 |
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ |
| 8945 |
+ |
| 8946 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ |
| 8947 |
+ |
| 8948 |
+/* |
| 8949 |
+ * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard |
| 8950 |
+ * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h. |
| 8951 |
+ */ |
| 8952 |
+ |
| 8953 |
+#ifndef av_ceil_log2 |
| 8954 |
+# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c |
| 8955 |
+#endif |
| 8956 |
+#ifndef av_clip |
| 8957 |
+# define av_clip av_clip_c |
| 8958 |
+#endif |
| 8959 |
+#ifndef av_clip64 |
| 8960 |
+# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c |
| 8961 |
+#endif |
| 8962 |
+#ifndef av_clip_uint8 |
| 8963 |
+# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c |
| 8964 |
+#endif |
| 8965 |
+#ifndef av_clip_int8 |
| 8966 |
+# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c |
| 8967 |
+#endif |
| 8968 |
+#ifndef av_clip_uint16 |
| 8969 |
+# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c |
| 8970 |
+#endif |
| 8971 |
+#ifndef av_clip_int16 |
| 8972 |
+# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c |
| 8973 |
+#endif |
| 8974 |
+#ifndef av_clipl_int32 |
| 8975 |
+# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c |
| 8976 |
+#endif |
| 8977 |
+#ifndef av_clip_intp2 |
| 8978 |
+# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c |
| 8979 |
+#endif |
| 8980 |
+#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 |
| 8981 |
+# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c |
| 8982 |
+#endif |
| 8983 |
+#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 |
| 8984 |
+# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c |
| 8985 |
+#endif |
| 8986 |
+#ifndef av_sat_add32 |
| 8987 |
+# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c |
| 8988 |
+#endif |
| 8989 |
+#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 |
| 8990 |
+# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c |
| 8991 |
+#endif |
| 8992 |
+#ifndef av_sat_sub32 |
| 8993 |
+# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c |
| 8994 |
+#endif |
| 8995 |
+#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 |
| 8996 |
+# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c |
| 8997 |
+#endif |
| 8998 |
+#ifndef av_clipf |
| 8999 |
+# define av_clipf av_clipf_c |
| 9000 |
+#endif |
| 9001 |
+#ifndef av_clipd |
| 9002 |
+# define av_clipd av_clipd_c |
| 9003 |
+#endif |
| 9004 |
+#ifndef av_popcount |
| 9005 |
+# define av_popcount av_popcount_c |
| 9006 |
+#endif |
| 9007 |
+#ifndef av_popcount64 |
| 9008 |
+# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c |
| 9009 |
+#endif |
| 9010 |
+#ifndef av_parity |
| 9011 |
+# define av_parity av_parity_c |
| 9012 |
+#endif |
| 9013 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h |
| 9014 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 9015 |
index 000000000000..8bb9eb606bf2 |
| 9016 |
--- /dev/null |
| 9017 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h |
| 9018 |
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ |
| 9019 |
+/* |
| 9020 |
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard |
| 9021 |
+ * |
| 9022 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 9023 |
+ * |
| 9024 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 9025 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 9026 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 9027 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 9028 |
+ * |
| 9029 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 9030 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 9031 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 9032 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 9033 |
+ * |
| 9034 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 9035 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 9036 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 9037 |
+ */ |
| 9038 |
+ |
| 9039 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H |
| 9040 |
+#define AVUTIL_CPU_H |
| 9041 |
+ |
| 9042 |
+#include <stddef.h> |
| 9043 |
+ |
| 9044 |
+#include "attributes.h" |
| 9045 |
+ |
| 9046 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ |
| 9047 |
+ |
| 9048 |
+ /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ |
| 9049 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX |
| 9050 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext |
| 9051 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext |
| 9052 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW |
| 9053 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions |
| 9054 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions |
| 9055 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster |
| 9056 |
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) |
| 9057 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt |
| 9058 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions |
| 9059 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster |
| 9060 |
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) |
| 9061 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions |
| 9062 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster |
| 9063 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower |
| 9064 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions |
| 9065 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions |
| 9066 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions |
| 9067 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used |
| 9068 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) |
| 9069 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions |
| 9070 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions |
| 9071 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction |
| 9072 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used |
| 9073 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions |
| 9074 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 |
| 9075 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 |
| 9076 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used |
| 9077 |
+ |
| 9078 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard |
| 9079 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 |
| 9080 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 |
| 9081 |
+ |
| 9082 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) |
| 9083 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) |
| 9084 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) |
| 9085 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) |
| 9086 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) |
| 9087 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) |
| 9088 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) |
| 9089 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations |
| 9090 |
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) |
| 9091 |
+ |
| 9092 |
+/** |
| 9093 |
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. |
| 9094 |
+ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used |
| 9095 |
+ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to |
| 9096 |
+ * detect the enabled cpu flags. |
| 9097 |
+ */ |
| 9098 |
+int av_get_cpu_flags(void); |
| 9099 |
+ |
| 9100 |
+/** |
| 9101 |
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. |
| 9102 |
+ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. |
| 9103 |
+ */ |
| 9104 |
+void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); |
| 9105 |
+ |
| 9106 |
+/** |
| 9107 |
+ * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). |
| 9108 |
+ * This function is mainly useful for testing. |
| 9109 |
+ * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible |
| 9110 |
+ */ |
| 9111 |
+attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask); |
| 9112 |
+ |
| 9113 |
+/** |
| 9114 |
+ * Parse CPU flags from a string. |
| 9115 |
+ * |
| 9116 |
+ * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. |
| 9117 |
+ * |
| 9118 |
+ * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. |
| 9119 |
+ * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. |
| 9120 |
+ * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. |
| 9121 |
+ */ |
| 9122 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 9123 |
+int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s); |
| 9124 |
+ |
| 9125 |
+/** |
| 9126 |
+ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. |
| 9127 |
+ * |
| 9128 |
+ * @return negative on error. |
| 9129 |
+ */ |
| 9130 |
+int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); |
| 9131 |
+ |
| 9132 |
+/** |
| 9133 |
+ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. |
| 9134 |
+ */ |
| 9135 |
+int av_cpu_count(void); |
| 9136 |
+ |
| 9137 |
+/** |
| 9138 |
+ * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. |
| 9139 |
+ * |
| 9140 |
+ * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, |
| 9141 |
+ * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with |
| 9142 |
+ * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through |
| 9143 |
+ * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not |
| 9144 |
+ * present. |
| 9145 |
+ */ |
| 9146 |
+size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); |
| 9147 |
+ |
| 9148 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ |
| 9149 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h |
| 9150 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 9151 |
index 000000000000..118f1f00ed20 |
| 9152 |
--- /dev/null |
| 9153 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h |
| 9154 |
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ |
| 9155 |
+/* |
| 9156 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 9157 |
+ * |
| 9158 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 9159 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 9160 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 9161 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 9162 |
+ * |
| 9163 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 9164 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 9165 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 9166 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 9167 |
+ * |
| 9168 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 9169 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 9170 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 9171 |
+ */ |
| 9172 |
+ |
| 9173 |
+/** |
| 9174 |
+ * @file |
| 9175 |
+ * Public dictionary API. |
| 9176 |
+ * @deprecated |
| 9177 |
+ * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in |
| 9178 |
+ * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is |
| 9179 |
+ * extremely slow with large dictionaries. |
| 9180 |
+ * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h |
| 9181 |
+ * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. |
| 9182 |
+ */ |
| 9183 |
+ |
| 9184 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H |
| 9185 |
+#define AVUTIL_DICT_H |
| 9186 |
+ |
| 9187 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 9188 |
+ |
| 9189 |
+#include "version.h" |
| 9190 |
+ |
| 9191 |
+/** |
| 9192 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary |
| 9193 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_data |
| 9194 |
+ * |
| 9195 |
+ * @brief Simple key:value store |
| 9196 |
+ * |
| 9197 |
+ * @{ |
| 9198 |
+ * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create |
| 9199 |
+ * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to |
| 9200 |
+ * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever |
| 9201 |
+ * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. |
| 9202 |
+ * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all |
| 9203 |
+ * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary |
| 9204 |
+ * and all its contents. |
| 9205 |
+ * |
| 9206 |
+ @code |
| 9207 |
+ AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary |
| 9208 |
+ AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; |
| 9209 |
+ |
| 9210 |
+ av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry |
| 9211 |
+ |
| 9212 |
+ char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, |
| 9213 |
+ char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this |
| 9214 |
+ av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); |
| 9215 |
+ |
| 9216 |
+ while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { |
| 9217 |
+ <....> // iterate over all entries in d |
| 9218 |
+ } |
| 9219 |
+ av_dict_free(&d); |
| 9220 |
+ @endcode |
| 9221 |
+ */ |
| 9222 |
+ |
| 9223 |
+#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ |
| 9224 |
+#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, |
| 9225 |
+ ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ |
| 9226 |
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been |
| 9227 |
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ |
| 9228 |
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been |
| 9229 |
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ |
| 9230 |
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. |
| 9231 |
+#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no |
| 9232 |
+ delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ |
| 9233 |
+#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ |
| 9234 |
+ |
| 9235 |
+typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { |
| 9236 |
+ char *key; |
| 9237 |
+ char *value; |
| 9238 |
+} AVDictionaryEntry; |
| 9239 |
+ |
| 9240 |
+typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; |
| 9241 |
+ |
| 9242 |
+/** |
| 9243 |
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. |
| 9244 |
+ * |
| 9245 |
+ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will |
| 9246 |
+ * cause undefined behavior. |
| 9247 |
+ * |
| 9248 |
+ * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key |
| 9249 |
+ * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag. |
| 9250 |
+ * |
| 9251 |
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. |
| 9252 |
+ * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. |
| 9253 |
+ * @param key matching key |
| 9254 |
+ * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved |
| 9255 |
+ * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary |
| 9256 |
+ */ |
| 9257 |
+AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, |
| 9258 |
+ const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); |
| 9259 |
+ |
| 9260 |
+/** |
| 9261 |
+ * Get number of entries in dictionary. |
| 9262 |
+ * |
| 9263 |
+ * @param m dictionary |
| 9264 |
+ * @return number of entries in dictionary |
| 9265 |
+ */ |
| 9266 |
+int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); |
| 9267 |
+ |
| 9268 |
+/** |
| 9269 |
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. |
| 9270 |
+ * |
| 9271 |
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, |
| 9272 |
+ * these arguments will be freed on error. |
| 9273 |
+ * |
| 9274 |
+ * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries |
| 9275 |
+ * previously returned with av_dict_get. |
| 9276 |
+ * |
| 9277 |
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL |
| 9278 |
+ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. |
| 9279 |
+ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) |
| 9280 |
+ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). |
| 9281 |
+ * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. |
| 9282 |
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 |
| 9283 |
+ */ |
| 9284 |
+int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); |
| 9285 |
+ |
| 9286 |
+/** |
| 9287 |
+ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string |
| 9288 |
+ * and stores it. |
| 9289 |
+ * |
| 9290 |
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. |
| 9291 |
+ */ |
| 9292 |
+int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); |
| 9293 |
+ |
| 9294 |
+/** |
| 9295 |
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. |
| 9296 |
+ * |
| 9297 |
+ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in |
| 9298 |
+ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. |
| 9299 |
+ * |
| 9300 |
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate |
| 9301 |
+ * key from value |
| 9302 |
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate |
| 9303 |
+ * two pairs from each other |
| 9304 |
+ * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. |
| 9305 |
+ * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL |
| 9306 |
+ * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always |
| 9307 |
+ * be duplicated. |
| 9308 |
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure |
| 9309 |
+ */ |
| 9310 |
+int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, |
| 9311 |
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, |
| 9312 |
+ int flags); |
| 9313 |
+ |
| 9314 |
+/** |
| 9315 |
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. |
| 9316 |
+ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, |
| 9317 |
+ * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst |
| 9318 |
+ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct |
| 9319 |
+ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst |
| 9320 |
+ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag |
| 9321 |
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated |
| 9322 |
+ * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. |
| 9323 |
+ */ |
| 9324 |
+int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); |
| 9325 |
+ |
| 9326 |
+/** |
| 9327 |
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct |
| 9328 |
+ * and all keys and values. |
| 9329 |
+ */ |
| 9330 |
+void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); |
| 9331 |
+ |
| 9332 |
+/** |
| 9333 |
+ * Get dictionary entries as a string. |
| 9334 |
+ * |
| 9335 |
+ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. |
| 9336 |
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). |
| 9337 |
+ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). |
| 9338 |
+ * |
| 9339 |
+ * @param[in] m dictionary |
| 9340 |
+ * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. |
| 9341 |
+ * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. |
| 9342 |
+ * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value |
| 9343 |
+ * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other |
| 9344 |
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error |
| 9345 |
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. |
| 9346 |
+ */ |
| 9347 |
+int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, |
| 9348 |
+ const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); |
| 9349 |
+ |
| 9350 |
+/** |
| 9351 |
+ * @} |
| 9352 |
+ */ |
| 9353 |
+ |
| 9354 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ |
| 9355 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h |
| 9356 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 9357 |
index 000000000000..71df4da353b9 |
| 9358 |
--- /dev/null |
| 9359 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h |
| 9360 |
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ |
| 9361 |
+/* |
| 9362 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 9363 |
+ * |
| 9364 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 9365 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 9366 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 9367 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 9368 |
+ * |
| 9369 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 9370 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 9371 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 9372 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 9373 |
+ * |
| 9374 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 9375 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 9376 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 9377 |
+ */ |
| 9378 |
+ |
| 9379 |
+/** |
| 9380 |
+ * @file |
| 9381 |
+ * error code definitions |
| 9382 |
+ */ |
| 9383 |
+ |
| 9384 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H |
| 9385 |
+#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H |
| 9386 |
+ |
| 9387 |
+#include <errno.h> |
| 9388 |
+#include <stddef.h> |
| 9389 |
+ |
| 9390 |
+/** |
| 9391 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error |
| 9392 |
+ * |
| 9393 |
+ * @{ |
| 9394 |
+ */ |
| 9395 |
+ |
| 9396 |
+ |
| 9397 |
+/* error handling */ |
| 9398 |
+#if EDOM > 0 |
| 9399 |
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. |
| 9400 |
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. |
| 9401 |
+#else |
| 9402 |
+/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ |
| 9403 |
+#define AVERROR(e) (e) |
| 9404 |
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) |
| 9405 |
+#endif |
| 9406 |
+ |
| 9407 |
+#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) |
| 9408 |
+ |
| 9409 |
+#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found |
| 9410 |
+#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 |
| 9411 |
+#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small |
| 9412 |
+#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found |
| 9413 |
+#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found |
| 9414 |
+#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found |
| 9415 |
+#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file |
| 9416 |
+#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted |
| 9417 |
+#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library |
| 9418 |
+#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found |
| 9419 |
+#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input |
| 9420 |
+#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found |
| 9421 |
+#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found |
| 9422 |
+#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome |
| 9423 |
+#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found |
| 9424 |
+ |
| 9425 |
+#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found |
| 9426 |
+/** |
| 9427 |
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG |
| 9428 |
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. |
| 9429 |
+ */ |
| 9430 |
+#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') |
| 9431 |
+#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library |
| 9432 |
+#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. |
| 9433 |
+#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) |
| 9434 |
+#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) |
| 9435 |
+/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ |
| 9436 |
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') |
| 9437 |
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') |
| 9438 |
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') |
| 9439 |
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') |
| 9440 |
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') |
| 9441 |
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') |
| 9442 |
+ |
| 9443 |
+#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 |
| 9444 |
+ |
| 9445 |
+/** |
| 9446 |
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. |
| 9447 |
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the |
| 9448 |
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic |
| 9449 |
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. |
| 9450 |
+ * |
| 9451 |
+ * @param errnum error code to describe |
| 9452 |
+ * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written |
| 9453 |
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf |
| 9454 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum |
| 9455 |
+ * cannot be found |
| 9456 |
+ */ |
| 9457 |
+int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); |
| 9458 |
+ |
| 9459 |
+/** |
| 9460 |
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string |
| 9461 |
+ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. |
| 9462 |
+ * |
| 9463 |
+ * @param errbuf a buffer |
| 9464 |
+ * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf |
| 9465 |
+ * @param errnum error code to describe |
| 9466 |
+ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description |
| 9467 |
+ * @see av_strerror() |
| 9468 |
+ */ |
| 9469 |
+static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) |
| 9470 |
+{ |
| 9471 |
+ av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); |
| 9472 |
+ return errbuf; |
| 9473 |
+} |
| 9474 |
+ |
| 9475 |
+/** |
| 9476 |
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in |
| 9477 |
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone. |
| 9478 |
+ */ |
| 9479 |
+#define av_err2str(errnum) \ |
| 9480 |
+ av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) |
| 9481 |
+ |
| 9482 |
+/** |
| 9483 |
+ * @} |
| 9484 |
+ */ |
| 9485 |
+ |
| 9486 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ |
| 9487 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h |
| 9488 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 9489 |
index 000000000000..9d57d6ce66ff |
| 9490 |
--- /dev/null |
| 9491 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h |
| 9492 |
@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@ |
| 9493 |
+/* |
| 9494 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 9495 |
+ * |
| 9496 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 9497 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 9498 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 9499 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 9500 |
+ * |
| 9501 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 9502 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 9503 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 9504 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 9505 |
+ * |
| 9506 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 9507 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 9508 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 9509 |
+ */ |
| 9510 |
+ |
| 9511 |
+/** |
| 9512 |
+ * @file |
| 9513 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame |
| 9514 |
+ * reference-counted frame API |
| 9515 |
+ */ |
| 9516 |
+ |
| 9517 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H |
| 9518 |
+#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H |
| 9519 |
+ |
| 9520 |
+#include <stddef.h> |
| 9521 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 9522 |
+ |
| 9523 |
+#include "avutil.h" |
| 9524 |
+#include "buffer.h" |
| 9525 |
+#include "dict.h" |
| 9526 |
+#include "rational.h" |
| 9527 |
+#include "samplefmt.h" |
| 9528 |
+#include "pixfmt.h" |
| 9529 |
+#include "version.h" |
| 9530 |
+ |
| 9531 |
+ |
| 9532 |
+/** |
| 9533 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame |
| 9534 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_data |
| 9535 |
+ * |
| 9536 |
+ * @{ |
| 9537 |
+ * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. |
| 9538 |
+ */ |
| 9539 |
+ |
| 9540 |
+enum AVFrameSideDataType { |
| 9541 |
+ /** |
| 9542 |
+ * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. |
| 9543 |
+ */ |
| 9544 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, |
| 9545 |
+ /** |
| 9546 |
+ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. |
| 9547 |
+ * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. |
| 9548 |
+ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. |
| 9549 |
+ */ |
| 9550 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, |
| 9551 |
+ /** |
| 9552 |
+ * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. |
| 9553 |
+ * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. |
| 9554 |
+ */ |
| 9555 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, |
| 9556 |
+ /** |
| 9557 |
+ * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. |
| 9558 |
+ */ |
| 9559 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, |
| 9560 |
+ /** |
| 9561 |
+ * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. |
| 9562 |
+ * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. |
| 9563 |
+ */ |
| 9564 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, |
| 9565 |
+ /** |
| 9566 |
+ * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. |
| 9567 |
+ */ |
| 9568 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, |
| 9569 |
+ /** |
| 9570 |
+ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine |
| 9571 |
+ * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct |
| 9572 |
+ * presentation. |
| 9573 |
+ * |
| 9574 |
+ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. |
| 9575 |
+ */ |
| 9576 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, |
| 9577 |
+ /** |
| 9578 |
+ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified |
| 9579 |
+ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. |
| 9580 |
+ */ |
| 9581 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, |
| 9582 |
+ /** |
| 9583 |
+ * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs |
| 9584 |
+ * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). |
| 9585 |
+ * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in |
| 9586 |
+ * libavutil/motion_vector.h. |
| 9587 |
+ */ |
| 9588 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, |
| 9589 |
+ /** |
| 9590 |
+ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported |
| 9591 |
+ * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. |
| 9592 |
+ * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. |
| 9593 |
+ * @code |
| 9594 |
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet |
| 9595 |
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet |
| 9596 |
+ * u8 reason for start skip |
| 9597 |
+ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) |
| 9598 |
+ * @endcode |
| 9599 |
+ */ |
| 9600 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, |
| 9601 |
+ /** |
| 9602 |
+ * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to |
| 9603 |
+ * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. |
| 9604 |
+ */ |
| 9605 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, |
| 9606 |
+ /** |
| 9607 |
+ * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is |
| 9608 |
+ * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the |
| 9609 |
+ * mastering display color volume. |
| 9610 |
+ */ |
| 9611 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, |
| 9612 |
+ /** |
| 9613 |
+ * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. |
| 9614 |
+ * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. |
| 9615 |
+ */ |
| 9616 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, |
| 9617 |
+ |
| 9618 |
+ /** |
| 9619 |
+ * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in |
| 9620 |
+ * libavutil/spherical.h. |
| 9621 |
+ */ |
| 9622 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, |
| 9623 |
+ |
| 9624 |
+ /** |
| 9625 |
+ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in |
| 9626 |
+ * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. |
| 9627 |
+ */ |
| 9628 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, |
| 9629 |
+ |
| 9630 |
+ /** |
| 9631 |
+ * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the |
| 9632 |
+ * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the |
| 9633 |
+ * metadata key entry "name". |
| 9634 |
+ */ |
| 9635 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, |
| 9636 |
+ |
| 9637 |
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP |
| 9638 |
+ /** |
| 9639 |
+ * Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA. |
| 9640 |
+ * The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use |
| 9641 |
+ * av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a |
| 9642 |
+ * meaningful way instead. |
| 9643 |
+ */ |
| 9644 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES, |
| 9645 |
+ |
| 9646 |
+ /** |
| 9647 |
+ * Raw QP table data. Its format is described by |
| 9648 |
+ * AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and |
| 9649 |
+ * av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead. |
| 9650 |
+ */ |
| 9651 |
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA, |
| 9652 |
+#endif |
| 9653 |
+}; |
| 9654 |
+ |
| 9655 |
+enum AVActiveFormatDescription { |
| 9656 |
+ AV_AFD_SAME = 8, |
| 9657 |
+ AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, |
| 9658 |
+ AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, |
| 9659 |
+ AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, |
| 9660 |
+ AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, |
| 9661 |
+ AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, |
| 9662 |
+ AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, |
| 9663 |
+}; |
| 9664 |
+ |
| 9665 |
+ |
| 9666 |
+/** |
| 9667 |
+ * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. |
| 9668 |
+ * |
| 9669 |
+ * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added |
| 9670 |
+ * to the end with a minor bump. |
| 9671 |
+ */ |
| 9672 |
+typedef struct AVFrameSideData { |
| 9673 |
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type; |
| 9674 |
+ uint8_t *data; |
| 9675 |
+ int size; |
| 9676 |
+ AVDictionary *metadata; |
| 9677 |
+ AVBufferRef *buf; |
| 9678 |
+} AVFrameSideData; |
| 9679 |
+ |
| 9680 |
+/** |
| 9681 |
+ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. |
| 9682 |
+ * |
| 9683 |
+ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only |
| 9684 |
+ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed |
| 9685 |
+ * through other means (see below). |
| 9686 |
+ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). |
| 9687 |
+ * |
| 9688 |
+ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold |
| 9689 |
+ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a |
| 9690 |
+ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by |
| 9691 |
+ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it |
| 9692 |
+ * is reused again. |
| 9693 |
+ * |
| 9694 |
+ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the |
| 9695 |
+ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / |
| 9696 |
+ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at |
| 9697 |
+ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, |
| 9698 |
+ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in |
| 9699 |
+ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. |
| 9700 |
+ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for |
| 9701 |
+ * each plane, or anything in between. |
| 9702 |
+ * |
| 9703 |
+ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added |
| 9704 |
+ * to the end with a minor bump. |
| 9705 |
+ * |
| 9706 |
+ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the |
| 9707 |
+ * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass |
| 9708 |
+ * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() |
| 9709 |
+ */ |
| 9710 |
+typedef struct AVFrame { |
| 9711 |
+#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 |
| 9712 |
+ /** |
| 9713 |
+ * pointer to the picture/channel planes. |
| 9714 |
+ * This might be different from the first allocated byte |
| 9715 |
+ * |
| 9716 |
+ * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please |
| 9717 |
+ * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read |
| 9718 |
+ * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, |
| 9719 |
+ * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. |
| 9720 |
+ * |
| 9721 |
+ * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format |
| 9722 |
+ * MUST be set to NULL. |
| 9723 |
+ */ |
| 9724 |
+ uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; |
| 9725 |
+ |
| 9726 |
+ /** |
| 9727 |
+ * For video, size in bytes of each picture line. |
| 9728 |
+ * For audio, size in bytes of each plane. |
| 9729 |
+ * |
| 9730 |
+ * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel |
| 9731 |
+ * plane must be the same size. |
| 9732 |
+ * |
| 9733 |
+ * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment |
| 9734 |
+ * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. |
| 9735 |
+ * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without |
| 9736 |
+ * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. |
| 9737 |
+ * |
| 9738 |
+ * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there |
| 9739 |
+ * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. |
| 9740 |
+ */ |
| 9741 |
+ int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; |
| 9742 |
+ |
| 9743 |
+ /** |
| 9744 |
+ * pointers to the data planes/channels. |
| 9745 |
+ * |
| 9746 |
+ * For video, this should simply point to data[]. |
| 9747 |
+ * |
| 9748 |
+ * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and |
| 9749 |
+ * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. |
| 9750 |
+ * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] |
| 9751 |
+ * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. |
| 9752 |
+ * |
| 9753 |
+ * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, |
| 9754 |
+ * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, |
| 9755 |
+ * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. |
| 9756 |
+ */ |
| 9757 |
+ uint8_t **extended_data; |
| 9758 |
+ |
| 9759 |
+ /** |
| 9760 |
+ * @name Video dimensions |
| 9761 |
+ * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, |
| 9762 |
+ * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. |
| 9763 |
+ * |
| 9764 |
+ * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further |
| 9765 |
+ * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". |
| 9766 |
+ * @{ |
| 9767 |
+ */ |
| 9768 |
+ int width, height; |
| 9769 |
+ /** |
| 9770 |
+ * @} |
| 9771 |
+ */ |
| 9772 |
+ |
| 9773 |
+ /** |
| 9774 |
+ * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame |
| 9775 |
+ */ |
| 9776 |
+ int nb_samples; |
| 9777 |
+ |
| 9778 |
+ /** |
| 9779 |
+ * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset |
| 9780 |
+ * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, |
| 9781 |
+ * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) |
| 9782 |
+ */ |
| 9783 |
+ int format; |
| 9784 |
+ |
| 9785 |
+ /** |
| 9786 |
+ * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not |
| 9787 |
+ */ |
| 9788 |
+ int key_frame; |
| 9789 |
+ |
| 9790 |
+ /** |
| 9791 |
+ * Picture type of the frame. |
| 9792 |
+ */ |
| 9793 |
+ enum AVPictureType pict_type; |
| 9794 |
+ |
| 9795 |
+ /** |
| 9796 |
+ * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. |
| 9797 |
+ */ |
| 9798 |
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; |
| 9799 |
+ |
| 9800 |
+ /** |
| 9801 |
+ * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). |
| 9802 |
+ */ |
| 9803 |
+ int64_t pts; |
| 9804 |
+ |
| 9805 |
+#if FF_API_PKT_PTS |
| 9806 |
+ /** |
| 9807 |
+ * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame. |
| 9808 |
+ * @deprecated use the pts field instead |
| 9809 |
+ */ |
| 9810 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 9811 |
+ int64_t pkt_pts; |
| 9812 |
+#endif |
| 9813 |
+ |
| 9814 |
+ /** |
| 9815 |
+ * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) |
| 9816 |
+ * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from |
| 9817 |
+ * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. |
| 9818 |
+ */ |
| 9819 |
+ int64_t pkt_dts; |
| 9820 |
+ |
| 9821 |
+ /** |
| 9822 |
+ * picture number in bitstream order |
| 9823 |
+ */ |
| 9824 |
+ int coded_picture_number; |
| 9825 |
+ /** |
| 9826 |
+ * picture number in display order |
| 9827 |
+ */ |
| 9828 |
+ int display_picture_number; |
| 9829 |
+ |
| 9830 |
+ /** |
| 9831 |
+ * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) |
| 9832 |
+ */ |
| 9833 |
+ int quality; |
| 9834 |
+ |
| 9835 |
+ /** |
| 9836 |
+ * for some private data of the user |
| 9837 |
+ */ |
| 9838 |
+ void *opaque; |
| 9839 |
+ |
| 9840 |
+#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME |
| 9841 |
+ /** |
| 9842 |
+ * @deprecated unused |
| 9843 |
+ */ |
| 9844 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 9845 |
+ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; |
| 9846 |
+#endif |
| 9847 |
+ |
| 9848 |
+ /** |
| 9849 |
+ * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. |
| 9850 |
+ * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) |
| 9851 |
+ */ |
| 9852 |
+ int repeat_pict; |
| 9853 |
+ |
| 9854 |
+ /** |
| 9855 |
+ * The content of the picture is interlaced. |
| 9856 |
+ */ |
| 9857 |
+ int interlaced_frame; |
| 9858 |
+ |
| 9859 |
+ /** |
| 9860 |
+ * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. |
| 9861 |
+ */ |
| 9862 |
+ int top_field_first; |
| 9863 |
+ |
| 9864 |
+ /** |
| 9865 |
+ * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. |
| 9866 |
+ */ |
| 9867 |
+ int palette_has_changed; |
| 9868 |
+ |
| 9869 |
+ /** |
| 9870 |
+ * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float |
| 9871 |
+ * PTS but can be anything). |
| 9872 |
+ * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at |
| 9873 |
+ * that time, |
| 9874 |
+ * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque |
| 9875 |
+ * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque |
| 9876 |
+ * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts |
| 9877 |
+ */ |
| 9878 |
+ int64_t reordered_opaque; |
| 9879 |
+ |
| 9880 |
+ /** |
| 9881 |
+ * Sample rate of the audio data. |
| 9882 |
+ */ |
| 9883 |
+ int sample_rate; |
| 9884 |
+ |
| 9885 |
+ /** |
| 9886 |
+ * Channel layout of the audio data. |
| 9887 |
+ */ |
| 9888 |
+ uint64_t channel_layout; |
| 9889 |
+ |
| 9890 |
+ /** |
| 9891 |
+ * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of |
| 9892 |
+ * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array |
| 9893 |
+ * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must |
| 9894 |
+ * also be non-NULL for all j < i. |
| 9895 |
+ * |
| 9896 |
+ * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array |
| 9897 |
+ * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than |
| 9898 |
+ * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in |
| 9899 |
+ * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the |
| 9900 |
+ * extended_buf array. |
| 9901 |
+ */ |
| 9902 |
+ AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; |
| 9903 |
+ |
| 9904 |
+ /** |
| 9905 |
+ * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS |
| 9906 |
+ * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which |
| 9907 |
+ * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. |
| 9908 |
+ * |
| 9909 |
+ * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always |
| 9910 |
+ * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, |
| 9911 |
+ * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. |
| 9912 |
+ * |
| 9913 |
+ * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs |
| 9914 |
+ * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). |
| 9915 |
+ */ |
| 9916 |
+ AVBufferRef **extended_buf; |
| 9917 |
+ /** |
| 9918 |
+ * Number of elements in extended_buf. |
| 9919 |
+ */ |
| 9920 |
+ int nb_extended_buf; |
| 9921 |
+ |
| 9922 |
+ AVFrameSideData **side_data; |
| 9923 |
+ int nb_side_data; |
| 9924 |
+ |
| 9925 |
+/** |
| 9926 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS |
| 9927 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame |
| 9928 |
+ * Flags describing additional frame properties. |
| 9929 |
+ * |
| 9930 |
+ * @{ |
| 9931 |
+ */ |
| 9932 |
+ |
| 9933 |
+/** |
| 9934 |
+ * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. |
| 9935 |
+ */ |
| 9936 |
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) |
| 9937 |
+/** |
| 9938 |
+ * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. |
| 9939 |
+ */ |
| 9940 |
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) |
| 9941 |
+/** |
| 9942 |
+ * @} |
| 9943 |
+ */ |
| 9944 |
+ |
| 9945 |
+ /** |
| 9946 |
+ * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags |
| 9947 |
+ */ |
| 9948 |
+ int flags; |
| 9949 |
+ |
| 9950 |
+ /** |
| 9951 |
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. |
| 9952 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user |
| 9953 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec |
| 9954 |
+ */ |
| 9955 |
+ enum AVColorRange color_range; |
| 9956 |
+ |
| 9957 |
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; |
| 9958 |
+ |
| 9959 |
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; |
| 9960 |
+ |
| 9961 |
+ /** |
| 9962 |
+ * YUV colorspace type. |
| 9963 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user |
| 9964 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec |
| 9965 |
+ */ |
| 9966 |
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace; |
| 9967 |
+ |
| 9968 |
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; |
| 9969 |
+ |
| 9970 |
+ /** |
| 9971 |
+ * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base |
| 9972 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 9973 |
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. |
| 9974 |
+ */ |
| 9975 |
+ int64_t best_effort_timestamp; |
| 9976 |
+ |
| 9977 |
+ /** |
| 9978 |
+ * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder |
| 9979 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 9980 |
+ * - decoding: Read by user. |
| 9981 |
+ */ |
| 9982 |
+ int64_t pkt_pos; |
| 9983 |
+ |
| 9984 |
+ /** |
| 9985 |
+ * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in |
| 9986 |
+ * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. |
| 9987 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 9988 |
+ * - decoding: Read by user. |
| 9989 |
+ */ |
| 9990 |
+ int64_t pkt_duration; |
| 9991 |
+ |
| 9992 |
+ /** |
| 9993 |
+ * metadata. |
| 9994 |
+ * - encoding: Set by user. |
| 9995 |
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. |
| 9996 |
+ */ |
| 9997 |
+ AVDictionary *metadata; |
| 9998 |
+ |
| 9999 |
+ /** |
| 10000 |
+ * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of |
| 10001 |
+ * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there |
| 10002 |
+ * were errors during the decoding. |
| 10003 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 10004 |
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. |
| 10005 |
+ */ |
| 10006 |
+ int decode_error_flags; |
| 10007 |
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 |
| 10008 |
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 |
| 10009 |
+ |
| 10010 |
+ /** |
| 10011 |
+ * number of audio channels, only used for audio. |
| 10012 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 10013 |
+ * - decoding: Read by user. |
| 10014 |
+ */ |
| 10015 |
+ int channels; |
| 10016 |
+ |
| 10017 |
+ /** |
| 10018 |
+ * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed |
| 10019 |
+ * frame. |
| 10020 |
+ * It is set to a negative value if unknown. |
| 10021 |
+ * - encoding: unused |
| 10022 |
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. |
| 10023 |
+ */ |
| 10024 |
+ int pkt_size; |
| 10025 |
+ |
| 10026 |
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP |
| 10027 |
+ /** |
| 10028 |
+ * QP table |
| 10029 |
+ */ |
| 10030 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 10031 |
+ int8_t *qscale_table; |
| 10032 |
+ /** |
| 10033 |
+ * QP store stride |
| 10034 |
+ */ |
| 10035 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 10036 |
+ int qstride; |
| 10037 |
+ |
| 10038 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 10039 |
+ int qscale_type; |
| 10040 |
+ |
| 10041 |
+ attribute_deprecated |
| 10042 |
+ AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf; |
| 10043 |
+#endif |
| 10044 |
+ /** |
| 10045 |
+ * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the |
| 10046 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. |
| 10047 |
+ */ |
| 10048 |
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; |
| 10049 |
+ |
| 10050 |
+ /** |
| 10051 |
+ * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the |
| 10052 |
+ * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when |
| 10053 |
+ * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new |
| 10054 |
+ * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. |
| 10055 |
+ * |
| 10056 |
+ * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar |
| 10057 |
+ * purpose. |
| 10058 |
+ */ |
| 10059 |
+ AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; |
| 10060 |
+ |
| 10061 |
+ /** |
| 10062 |
+ * @anchor cropping |
| 10063 |
+ * @name Cropping |
| 10064 |
+ * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the |
| 10065 |
+ * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of |
| 10066 |
+ * the frame intended for presentation. |
| 10067 |
+ * @{ |
| 10068 |
+ */ |
| 10069 |
+ size_t crop_top; |
| 10070 |
+ size_t crop_bottom; |
| 10071 |
+ size_t crop_left; |
| 10072 |
+ size_t crop_right; |
| 10073 |
+ /** |
| 10074 |
+ * @} |
| 10075 |
+ */ |
| 10076 |
+ |
| 10077 |
+ /** |
| 10078 |
+ * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. |
| 10079 |
+ * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. |
| 10080 |
+ * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. |
| 10081 |
+ * |
| 10082 |
+ * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref. |
| 10083 |
+ * |
| 10084 |
+ * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. |
| 10085 |
+ * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() |
| 10086 |
+ * for the target frame's private_ref field. |
| 10087 |
+ */ |
| 10088 |
+ AVBufferRef *private_ref; |
| 10089 |
+} AVFrame; |
| 10090 |
+ |
| 10091 |
+#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET |
| 10092 |
+/** |
| 10093 |
+ * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI |
| 10094 |
+ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. |
| 10095 |
+ */ |
| 10096 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10097 |
+int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10098 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10099 |
+void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); |
| 10100 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10101 |
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10102 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10103 |
+void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); |
| 10104 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10105 |
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10106 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10107 |
+void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); |
| 10108 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10109 |
+int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10110 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10111 |
+void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); |
| 10112 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10113 |
+int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10114 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10115 |
+void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val); |
| 10116 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10117 |
+int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10118 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10119 |
+void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val); |
| 10120 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10121 |
+AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10122 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10123 |
+void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val); |
| 10124 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10125 |
+int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10126 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10127 |
+void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val); |
| 10128 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10129 |
+int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10130 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10131 |
+void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val); |
| 10132 |
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP |
| 10133 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10134 |
+int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type); |
| 10135 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10136 |
+int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type); |
| 10137 |
+#endif |
| 10138 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10139 |
+enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10140 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10141 |
+void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val); |
| 10142 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10143 |
+enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame); |
| 10144 |
+attribute_deprecated |
| 10145 |
+void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val); |
| 10146 |
+#endif |
| 10147 |
+ |
| 10148 |
+/** |
| 10149 |
+ * Get the name of a colorspace. |
| 10150 |
+ * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. |
| 10151 |
+ */ |
| 10152 |
+const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val); |
| 10153 |
+ |
| 10154 |
+/** |
| 10155 |
+ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting |
| 10156 |
+ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). |
| 10157 |
+ * |
| 10158 |
+ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. |
| 10159 |
+ * |
| 10160 |
+ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those |
| 10161 |
+ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or |
| 10162 |
+ * manually. |
| 10163 |
+ */ |
| 10164 |
+AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); |
| 10165 |
+ |
| 10166 |
+/** |
| 10167 |
+ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, |
| 10168 |
+ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be |
| 10169 |
+ * unreferenced first. |
| 10170 |
+ * |
| 10171 |
+ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. |
| 10172 |
+ */ |
| 10173 |
+void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); |
| 10174 |
+ |
| 10175 |
+/** |
| 10176 |
+ * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. |
| 10177 |
+ * |
| 10178 |
+ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each |
| 10179 |
+ * AVBufferRef from src. |
| 10180 |
+ * |
| 10181 |
+ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is |
| 10182 |
+ * copied. |
| 10183 |
+ * |
| 10184 |
+ * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), |
| 10185 |
+ * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this |
| 10186 |
+ * function, or undefined behavior will occur. |
| 10187 |
+ * |
| 10188 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error |
| 10189 |
+ */ |
| 10190 |
+int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); |
| 10191 |
+ |
| 10192 |
+/** |
| 10193 |
+ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. |
| 10194 |
+ * |
| 10195 |
+ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). |
| 10196 |
+ * |
| 10197 |
+ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. |
| 10198 |
+ */ |
| 10199 |
+AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); |
| 10200 |
+ |
| 10201 |
+/** |
| 10202 |
+ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. |
| 10203 |
+ */ |
| 10204 |
+void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); |
| 10205 |
+ |
| 10206 |
+/** |
| 10207 |
+ * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. |
| 10208 |
+ * |
| 10209 |
+ * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading |
| 10210 |
+ * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually |
| 10211 |
+ * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. |
| 10212 |
+ */ |
| 10213 |
+void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); |
| 10214 |
+ |
| 10215 |
+/** |
| 10216 |
+ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. |
| 10217 |
+ * |
| 10218 |
+ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: |
| 10219 |
+ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) |
| 10220 |
+ * - width and height for video |
| 10221 |
+ * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio |
| 10222 |
+ * |
| 10223 |
+ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if |
| 10224 |
+ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. |
| 10225 |
+ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. |
| 10226 |
+ * |
| 10227 |
+ * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will |
| 10228 |
+ * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain |
| 10229 |
+ * cases. |
| 10230 |
+ * |
| 10231 |
+ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. |
| 10232 |
+ * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be |
| 10233 |
+ * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly |
| 10234 |
+ * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. |
| 10235 |
+ * |
| 10236 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. |
| 10237 |
+ */ |
| 10238 |
+int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); |
| 10239 |
+ |
| 10240 |
+/** |
| 10241 |
+ * Check if the frame data is writable. |
| 10242 |
+ * |
| 10243 |
+ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and |
| 10244 |
+ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one |
| 10245 |
+ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. |
| 10246 |
+ * |
| 10247 |
+ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any |
| 10248 |
+ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). |
| 10249 |
+ * |
| 10250 |
+ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() |
| 10251 |
+ */ |
| 10252 |
+int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); |
| 10253 |
+ |
| 10254 |
+/** |
| 10255 |
+ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. |
| 10256 |
+ * |
| 10257 |
+ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data |
| 10258 |
+ * if it is not. |
| 10259 |
+ * |
| 10260 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. |
| 10261 |
+ * |
| 10262 |
+ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), |
| 10263 |
+ * av_buffer_make_writable() |
| 10264 |
+ */ |
| 10265 |
+int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); |
| 10266 |
+ |
| 10267 |
+/** |
| 10268 |
+ * Copy the frame data from src to dst. |
| 10269 |
+ * |
| 10270 |
+ * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and |
| 10271 |
+ * allocated with the same parameters as src. |
| 10272 |
+ * |
| 10273 |
+ * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / |
| 10274 |
+ * extended data arrays), not any other properties. |
| 10275 |
+ * |
| 10276 |
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. |
| 10277 |
+ */ |
| 10278 |
+int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); |
| 10279 |
+ |
| 10280 |
+/** |
| 10281 |
+ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. |
| 10282 |
+ * |
| 10283 |
+ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect |
| 10284 |
+ * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample |
| 10285 |
+ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. |
| 10286 |
+ * Side data is also copied. |
| 10287 |
+ */ |
| 10288 |
+int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); |
| 10289 |
+ |
| 10290 |
+/** |
| 10291 |
+ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. |
| 10292 |
+ * |
| 10293 |
+ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. |
| 10294 |
+ * |
| 10295 |
+ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input |
| 10296 |
+ * frame is not valid. |
| 10297 |
+ */ |
| 10298 |
+AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); |
| 10299 |
+ |
| 10300 |
+/** |
| 10301 |
+ * Add a new side data to a frame. |
| 10302 |
+ * |
| 10303 |
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added |
| 10304 |
+ * @param type type of the added side data |
| 10305 |
+ * @param size size of the side data |
| 10306 |
+ * |
| 10307 |
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error |
| 10308 |
+ */ |
| 10309 |
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, |
| 10310 |
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type, |
| 10311 |
+ int size); |
| 10312 |
+ |
| 10313 |
+/** |
| 10314 |
+ * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef |
| 10315 |
+ * |
| 10316 |
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added |
| 10317 |
+ * @param type the type of the added side data |
| 10318 |
+ * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of |
| 10319 |
+ * the reference is transferred to the frame. |
| 10320 |
+ * |
| 10321 |
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure |
| 10322 |
+ * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by |
| 10323 |
+ * the caller. |
| 10324 |
+ */ |
| 10325 |
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame, |
| 10326 |
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type, |
| 10327 |
+ AVBufferRef *buf); |
| 10328 |
+ |
| 10329 |
+/** |
| 10330 |
+ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there |
| 10331 |
+ * is no side data with such type in this frame. |
| 10332 |
+ */ |
| 10333 |
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, |
| 10334 |
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type); |
| 10335 |
+ |
| 10336 |
+/** |
| 10337 |
+ * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it |
| 10338 |
+ * from the frame. |
| 10339 |
+ */ |
| 10340 |
+void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); |
| 10341 |
+ |
| 10342 |
+ |
| 10343 |
+/** |
| 10344 |
+ * Flags for frame cropping. |
| 10345 |
+ */ |
| 10346 |
+enum { |
| 10347 |
+ /** |
| 10348 |
+ * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the |
| 10349 |
+ * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data |
| 10350 |
+ * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior |
| 10351 |
+ * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that |
| 10352 |
+ * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you |
| 10353 |
+ * absolutely know what you are doing. |
| 10354 |
+ */ |
| 10355 |
+ AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, |
| 10356 |
+}; |
| 10357 |
+ |
| 10358 |
+/** |
| 10359 |
+ * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ |
| 10360 |
+ * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the |
| 10361 |
+ * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. |
| 10362 |
+ * |
| 10363 |
+ * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent |
| 10364 |
+ * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel |
| 10365 |
+ * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even |
| 10366 |
+ * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. |
| 10367 |
+ * |
| 10368 |
+ * @param frame the frame which should be cropped |
| 10369 |
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. |
| 10370 |
+ * |
| 10371 |
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields |
| 10372 |
+ * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. |
| 10373 |
+ */ |
| 10374 |
+int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); |
| 10375 |
+ |
| 10376 |
+/** |
| 10377 |
+ * @return a string identifying the side data type |
| 10378 |
+ */ |
| 10379 |
+const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); |
| 10380 |
+ |
| 10381 |
+/** |
| 10382 |
+ * @} |
| 10383 |
+ */ |
| 10384 |
+ |
| 10385 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ |
| 10386 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h |
| 10387 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 10388 |
index 000000000000..f5a4b6238774 |
| 10389 |
--- /dev/null |
| 10390 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h |
| 10391 |
@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@ |
| 10392 |
+/* |
| 10393 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 10394 |
+ * |
| 10395 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 10396 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 10397 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 10398 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 10399 |
+ * |
| 10400 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 10401 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 10402 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 10403 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 10404 |
+ * |
| 10405 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 10406 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 10407 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 10408 |
+ */ |
| 10409 |
+ |
| 10410 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H |
| 10411 |
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H |
| 10412 |
+ |
| 10413 |
+#include "buffer.h" |
| 10414 |
+#include "frame.h" |
| 10415 |
+#include "log.h" |
| 10416 |
+#include "pixfmt.h" |
| 10417 |
+ |
| 10418 |
+enum AVHWDeviceType { |
| 10419 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, |
| 10420 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, |
| 10421 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, |
| 10422 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, |
| 10423 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, |
| 10424 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, |
| 10425 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, |
| 10426 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, |
| 10427 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, |
| 10428 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, |
| 10429 |
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, |
| 10430 |
+}; |
| 10431 |
+ |
| 10432 |
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; |
| 10433 |
+ |
| 10434 |
+/** |
| 10435 |
+ * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, |
| 10436 |
+ * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. |
| 10437 |
+ * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, |
| 10438 |
+ * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding |
| 10439 |
+ * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be |
| 10440 |
+ * derived. |
| 10441 |
+ * |
| 10442 |
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The |
| 10443 |
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field |
| 10444 |
+ * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from |
| 10445 |
+ * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with |
| 10446 |
+ * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the |
| 10447 |
+ * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, |
| 10448 |
+ * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware |
| 10449 |
+ * state. |
| 10450 |
+ */ |
| 10451 |
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { |
| 10452 |
+ /** |
| 10453 |
+ * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). |
| 10454 |
+ */ |
| 10455 |
+ const AVClass *av_class; |
| 10456 |
+ |
| 10457 |
+ /** |
| 10458 |
+ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any |
| 10459 |
+ * way by the caller. |
| 10460 |
+ */ |
| 10461 |
+ AVHWDeviceInternal *internal; |
| 10462 |
+ |
| 10463 |
+ /** |
| 10464 |
+ * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. |
| 10465 |
+ * |
| 10466 |
+ * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed |
| 10467 |
+ * afterwards. |
| 10468 |
+ */ |
| 10469 |
+ enum AVHWDeviceType type; |
| 10470 |
+ |
| 10471 |
+ /** |
| 10472 |
+ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with |
| 10473 |
+ * this context. |
| 10474 |
+ * |
| 10475 |
+ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the |
| 10476 |
+ * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the |
| 10477 |
+ * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). |
| 10478 |
+ * |
| 10479 |
+ * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified |
| 10480 |
+ * by the caller. |
| 10481 |
+ */ |
| 10482 |
+ void *hwctx; |
| 10483 |
+ |
| 10484 |
+ /** |
| 10485 |
+ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). |
| 10486 |
+ * |
| 10487 |
+ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to |
| 10488 |
+ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. |
| 10489 |
+ * |
| 10490 |
+ * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this |
| 10491 |
+ * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects |
| 10492 |
+ * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. |
| 10493 |
+ */ |
| 10494 |
+ void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); |
| 10495 |
+ |
| 10496 |
+ /** |
| 10497 |
+ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. |
| 10498 |
+ */ |
| 10499 |
+ void *user_opaque; |
| 10500 |
+} AVHWDeviceContext; |
| 10501 |
+ |
| 10502 |
+typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; |
| 10503 |
+ |
| 10504 |
+/** |
| 10505 |
+ * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with |
| 10506 |
+ * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are |
| 10507 |
+ * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. |
| 10508 |
+ * |
| 10509 |
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a |
| 10510 |
+ * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor |
| 10511 |
+ * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext |
| 10512 |
+ * struct. |
| 10513 |
+ */ |
| 10514 |
+typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { |
| 10515 |
+ /** |
| 10516 |
+ * A class for logging. |
| 10517 |
+ */ |
| 10518 |
+ const AVClass *av_class; |
| 10519 |
+ |
| 10520 |
+ /** |
| 10521 |
+ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any |
| 10522 |
+ * way by the caller. |
| 10523 |
+ */ |
| 10524 |
+ AVHWFramesInternal *internal; |
| 10525 |
+ |
| 10526 |
+ /** |
| 10527 |
+ * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and |
| 10528 |
+ * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive |
| 10529 |
+ * additional references from it. |
| 10530 |
+ */ |
| 10531 |
+ AVBufferRef *device_ref; |
| 10532 |
+ |
| 10533 |
+ /** |
| 10534 |
+ * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to |
| 10535 |
+ * device_ref->data provided for convenience. |
| 10536 |
+ * |
| 10537 |
+ * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). |
| 10538 |
+ */ |
| 10539 |
+ AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; |
| 10540 |
+ |
| 10541 |
+ /** |
| 10542 |
+ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with |
| 10543 |
+ * this context. |
| 10544 |
+ * |
| 10545 |
+ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the |
| 10546 |
+ * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the |
| 10547 |
+ * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). |
| 10548 |
+ * |
| 10549 |
+ * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this |
| 10550 |
+ * struct should not be modified by the caller. |
| 10551 |
+ */ |
| 10552 |
+ void *hwctx; |
| 10553 |
+ |
| 10554 |
+ /** |
| 10555 |
+ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). |
| 10556 |
+ * |
| 10557 |
+ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to |
| 10558 |
+ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. |
| 10559 |
+ */ |
| 10560 |
+ void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); |
| 10561 |
+ |
| 10562 |
+ /** |
| 10563 |
+ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. |
| 10564 |
+ */ |
| 10565 |
+ void *user_opaque; |
| 10566 |
+ |
| 10567 |
+ /** |
| 10568 |
+ * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). |
| 10569 |
+ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). |
| 10570 |
+ * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must |
| 10571 |
+ * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw |
| 10572 |
+ * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before |
| 10573 |
+ * this struct's free() callback is invoked. |
| 10574 |
+ * |
| 10575 |
+ * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool |
| 10576 |
+ * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at |
| 10577 |
+ * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a |
| 10578 |
+ * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. |
| 10579 |
+ */ |
| 10580 |
+ AVBufferPool *pool; |
| 10581 |
+ |
| 10582 |
+ /** |
| 10583 |
+ * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support |
| 10584 |
+ * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. |
| 10585 |
+ * |
| 10586 |
+ * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be |
| 10587 |
+ * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. |
| 10588 |
+ */ |
| 10589 |
+ int initial_pool_size; |
| 10590 |
+ |
| 10591 |
+ /** |
| 10592 |
+ * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. |
| 10593 |
+ * |
| 10594 |
+ * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the |
| 10595 |
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. |
| 10596 |
+ * |
| 10597 |
+ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). |
| 10598 |
+ */ |
| 10599 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat format; |
| 10600 |
+ |
| 10601 |
+ /** |
| 10602 |
+ * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware |
| 10603 |
+ * frames. |
| 10604 |
+ * |
| 10605 |
+ * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). |
| 10606 |
+ * |
| 10607 |
+ * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but |
| 10608 |
+ * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully |
| 10609 |
+ * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be |
| 10610 |
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). |
| 10611 |
+ */ |
| 10612 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; |
| 10613 |
+ |
| 10614 |
+ /** |
| 10615 |
+ * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. |
| 10616 |
+ * |
| 10617 |
+ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). |
| 10618 |
+ */ |
| 10619 |
+ int width, height; |
| 10620 |
+} AVHWFramesContext; |
| 10621 |
+ |
| 10622 |
+/** |
| 10623 |
+ * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. |
| 10624 |
+ * |
| 10625 |
+ * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). |
| 10626 |
+ * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if |
| 10627 |
+ * not found. |
| 10628 |
+ */ |
| 10629 |
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); |
| 10630 |
+ |
| 10631 |
+/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. |
| 10632 |
+ * |
| 10633 |
+ * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. |
| 10634 |
+ * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type |
| 10635 |
+ * is not valid. |
| 10636 |
+ */ |
| 10637 |
+const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); |
| 10638 |
+ |
| 10639 |
+/** |
| 10640 |
+ * Iterate over supported device types. |
| 10641 |
+ * |
| 10642 |
+ * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type |
| 10643 |
+ * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. |
| 10644 |
+ * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or |
| 10645 |
+ * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. |
| 10646 |
+ */ |
| 10647 |
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); |
| 10648 |
+ |
| 10649 |
+/** |
| 10650 |
+ * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. |
| 10651 |
+ * |
| 10652 |
+ * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. |
| 10653 |
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL |
| 10654 |
+ * on failure. |
| 10655 |
+ */ |
| 10656 |
+AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); |
| 10657 |
+ |
| 10658 |
+/** |
| 10659 |
+ * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after |
| 10660 |
+ * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is |
| 10661 |
+ * used in any way. |
| 10662 |
+ * |
| 10663 |
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext |
| 10664 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure |
| 10665 |
+ */ |
| 10666 |
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); |
| 10667 |
+ |
| 10668 |
+/** |
| 10669 |
+ * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. |
| 10670 |
+ * |
| 10671 |
+ * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers |
| 10672 |
+ * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device |
| 10673 |
+ * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using |
| 10674 |
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). |
| 10675 |
+ * |
| 10676 |
+ * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller |
| 10677 |
+ * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of |
| 10678 |
+ * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be |
| 10679 |
+ * touched by the caller. |
| 10680 |
+ * |
| 10681 |
+ * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context |
| 10682 |
+ * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller |
| 10683 |
+ * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer |
| 10684 |
+ * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. |
| 10685 |
+ * @param type The type of the device to create. |
| 10686 |
+ * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. |
| 10687 |
+ * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in |
| 10688 |
+ * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. |
| 10689 |
+ * @param flags currently unused |
| 10690 |
+ * |
| 10691 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. |
| 10692 |
+ */ |
| 10693 |
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, |
| 10694 |
+ const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); |
| 10695 |
+ |
| 10696 |
+/** |
| 10697 |
+ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. |
| 10698 |
+ * |
| 10699 |
+ * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally |
| 10700 |
+ * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate |
| 10701 |
+ * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the |
| 10702 |
+ * existing device of the same type as is requested. |
| 10703 |
+ * |
| 10704 |
+ * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source |
| 10705 |
+ * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will |
| 10706 |
+ * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in |
| 10707 |
+ * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. |
| 10708 |
+ * |
| 10709 |
+ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created |
| 10710 |
+ * AVHWDeviceContext. |
| 10711 |
+ * @param type The type of the new device to create. |
| 10712 |
+ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be |
| 10713 |
+ * used to create the new device. |
| 10714 |
+ * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. |
| 10715 |
+ * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. |
| 10716 |
+ */ |
| 10717 |
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, |
| 10718 |
+ enum AVHWDeviceType type, |
| 10719 |
+ AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); |
| 10720 |
+ |
| 10721 |
+ |
| 10722 |
+/** |
| 10723 |
+ * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. |
| 10724 |
+ * |
| 10725 |
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make |
| 10726 |
+ * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the |
| 10727 |
+ * function remains owned by the caller. |
| 10728 |
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL |
| 10729 |
+ * on failure. |
| 10730 |
+ */ |
| 10731 |
+AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); |
| 10732 |
+ |
| 10733 |
+/** |
| 10734 |
+ * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the |
| 10735 |
+ * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached |
| 10736 |
+ * to any frames. |
| 10737 |
+ * |
| 10738 |
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext |
| 10739 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure |
| 10740 |
+ */ |
| 10741 |
+int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); |
| 10742 |
+ |
| 10743 |
+/** |
| 10744 |
+ * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. |
| 10745 |
+ * |
| 10746 |
+ * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext |
| 10747 |
+ * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with |
| 10748 |
+ * newly allocated buffers. |
| 10749 |
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero |
| 10750 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure |
| 10751 |
+ */ |
| 10752 |
+int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); |
| 10753 |
+ |
| 10754 |
+/** |
| 10755 |
+ * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an |
| 10756 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext attached. |
| 10757 |
+ * |
| 10758 |
+ * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) |
| 10759 |
+ * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, |
| 10760 |
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). |
| 10761 |
+ * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one |
| 10762 |
+ * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, |
| 10763 |
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) |
| 10764 |
+ * |
| 10765 |
+ * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the |
| 10766 |
+ * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). |
| 10767 |
+ * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when |
| 10768 |
+ * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. |
| 10769 |
+ * |
| 10770 |
+ * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to |
| 10771 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support |
| 10772 |
+ * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions |
| 10773 |
+ * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but |
| 10774 |
+ * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are |
| 10775 |
+ * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the |
| 10776 |
+ * destination frame is unspecified. |
| 10777 |
+ * |
| 10778 |
+ * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. |
| 10779 |
+ * @param src the source frame. |
| 10780 |
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero |
| 10781 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. |
| 10782 |
+ */ |
| 10783 |
+int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); |
| 10784 |
+ |
| 10785 |
+enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { |
| 10786 |
+ /** |
| 10787 |
+ * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. |
| 10788 |
+ */ |
| 10789 |
+ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, |
| 10790 |
+ |
| 10791 |
+ /** |
| 10792 |
+ * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. |
| 10793 |
+ */ |
| 10794 |
+ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, |
| 10795 |
+}; |
| 10796 |
+ |
| 10797 |
+/** |
| 10798 |
+ * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in |
| 10799 |
+ * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). |
| 10800 |
+ * |
| 10801 |
+ * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for |
| 10802 |
+ * @param dir the direction of the transfer |
| 10803 |
+ * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. |
| 10804 |
+ * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed |
| 10805 |
+ * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). |
| 10806 |
+ * If this function returns successfully, the format list will |
| 10807 |
+ * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). |
| 10808 |
+ * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. |
| 10809 |
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero |
| 10810 |
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. |
| 10811 |
+ */ |
| 10812 |
+int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, |
| 10813 |
+ enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, |
| 10814 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); |
| 10815 |
+ |
| 10816 |
+ |
| 10817 |
+/** |
| 10818 |
+ * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to |
| 10819 |
+ * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned |
| 10820 |
+ * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by |
| 10821 |
+ * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. |
| 10822 |
+ */ |
| 10823 |
+typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { |
| 10824 |
+ /** |
| 10825 |
+ * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, |
| 10826 |
+ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. |
| 10827 |
+ */ |
| 10828 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; |
| 10829 |
+ |
| 10830 |
+ /** |
| 10831 |
+ * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, |
| 10832 |
+ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is |
| 10833 |
+ * not known. |
| 10834 |
+ */ |
| 10835 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; |
| 10836 |
+ |
| 10837 |
+ /** |
| 10838 |
+ * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. |
| 10839 |
+ * (Zero if not known.) |
| 10840 |
+ */ |
| 10841 |
+ int min_width; |
| 10842 |
+ int min_height; |
| 10843 |
+ |
| 10844 |
+ /** |
| 10845 |
+ * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. |
| 10846 |
+ * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) |
| 10847 |
+ */ |
| 10848 |
+ int max_width; |
| 10849 |
+ int max_height; |
| 10850 |
+} AVHWFramesConstraints; |
| 10851 |
+ |
| 10852 |
+/** |
| 10853 |
+ * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. |
| 10854 |
+ * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific |
| 10855 |
+ * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with |
| 10856 |
+ * av_free(). |
| 10857 |
+ * |
| 10858 |
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. |
| 10859 |
+ * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on |
| 10860 |
+ * success or NULL on failure. |
| 10861 |
+ */ |
| 10862 |
+void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); |
| 10863 |
+ |
| 10864 |
+/** |
| 10865 |
+ * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific |
| 10866 |
+ * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific |
| 10867 |
+ * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities |
| 10868 |
+ * of the device. |
| 10869 |
+ * |
| 10870 |
+ * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. |
| 10871 |
+ * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL |
| 10872 |
+ * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. |
| 10873 |
+ * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints |
| 10874 |
+ * on the device, or NULL if not available. |
| 10875 |
+ */ |
| 10876 |
+AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, |
| 10877 |
+ const void *hwconfig); |
| 10878 |
+ |
| 10879 |
+/** |
| 10880 |
+ * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. |
| 10881 |
+ * |
| 10882 |
+ * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. |
| 10883 |
+ */ |
| 10884 |
+void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); |
| 10885 |
+ |
| 10886 |
+ |
| 10887 |
+/** |
| 10888 |
+ * Flags to apply to frame mappings. |
| 10889 |
+ */ |
| 10890 |
+enum { |
| 10891 |
+ /** |
| 10892 |
+ * The mapping must be readable. |
| 10893 |
+ */ |
| 10894 |
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, |
| 10895 |
+ /** |
| 10896 |
+ * The mapping must be writeable. |
| 10897 |
+ */ |
| 10898 |
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, |
| 10899 |
+ /** |
| 10900 |
+ * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent |
| 10901 |
+ * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values |
| 10902 |
+ * which are not overwritten are unspecified. |
| 10903 |
+ */ |
| 10904 |
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, |
| 10905 |
+ /** |
| 10906 |
+ * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in |
| 10907 |
+ * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may |
| 10908 |
+ * be much lower than normal memory. |
| 10909 |
+ */ |
| 10910 |
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, |
| 10911 |
+}; |
| 10912 |
+ |
| 10913 |
+/** |
| 10914 |
+ * Map a hardware frame. |
| 10915 |
+ * |
| 10916 |
+ * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format |
| 10917 |
+ * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable |
| 10918 |
+ * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created |
| 10919 |
+ * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and |
| 10920 |
+ * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. |
| 10921 |
+ * |
| 10922 |
+ * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, |
| 10923 |
+ * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to |
| 10924 |
+ * the frame that src was originally mapped from. |
| 10925 |
+ * |
| 10926 |
+ * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function |
| 10927 |
+ * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and |
| 10928 |
+ * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be |
| 10929 |
+ * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - |
| 10930 |
+ * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to |
| 10931 |
+ * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. |
| 10932 |
+ * |
| 10933 |
+ * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is |
| 10934 |
+ * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. |
| 10935 |
+ * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst |
| 10936 |
+ * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is |
| 10937 |
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate |
| 10938 |
+ * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). |
| 10939 |
+ * |
| 10940 |
+ * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not |
| 10941 |
+ * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return |
| 10942 |
+ * values indicate that it failed somehow. |
| 10943 |
+ * |
| 10944 |
+ * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. |
| 10945 |
+ * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. |
| 10946 |
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. |
| 10947 |
+ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. |
| 10948 |
+ */ |
| 10949 |
+int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); |
| 10950 |
+ |
| 10951 |
+ |
| 10952 |
+/** |
| 10953 |
+ * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing |
| 10954 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. |
| 10955 |
+ * |
| 10956 |
+ * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. |
| 10957 |
+ * |
| 10958 |
+ * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created |
| 10959 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext. |
| 10960 |
+ * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new |
| 10961 |
+ * AVHWFramesContext on. |
| 10962 |
+ * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext |
| 10963 |
+ * which will be mapped to the derived context. |
| 10964 |
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the |
| 10965 |
+ * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated |
| 10966 |
+ * in the derived device. |
| 10967 |
+ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. |
| 10968 |
+ */ |
| 10969 |
+int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, |
| 10970 |
+ enum AVPixelFormat format, |
| 10971 |
+ AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, |
| 10972 |
+ AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, |
| 10973 |
+ int flags); |
| 10974 |
+ |
| 10975 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ |
| 10976 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h |
| 10977 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 10978 |
index 000000000000..fe3d7ec4a5b6 |
| 10979 |
--- /dev/null |
| 10980 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h |
| 10981 |
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ |
| 10982 |
+/* |
| 10983 |
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard |
| 10984 |
+ * |
| 10985 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 10986 |
+ * |
| 10987 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 10988 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 10989 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 10990 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 10991 |
+ * |
| 10992 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 10993 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 10994 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 10995 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 10996 |
+ * |
| 10997 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 10998 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 10999 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 11000 |
+ */ |
| 11001 |
+ |
| 11002 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H |
| 11003 |
+#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H |
| 11004 |
+ |
| 11005 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 11006 |
+#include "attributes.h" |
| 11007 |
+ |
| 11008 |
+union av_intfloat32 { |
| 11009 |
+ uint32_t i; |
| 11010 |
+ float f; |
| 11011 |
+}; |
| 11012 |
+ |
| 11013 |
+union av_intfloat64 { |
| 11014 |
+ uint64_t i; |
| 11015 |
+ double f; |
| 11016 |
+}; |
| 11017 |
+ |
| 11018 |
+/** |
| 11019 |
+ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. |
| 11020 |
+ */ |
| 11021 |
+static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) |
| 11022 |
+{ |
| 11023 |
+ union av_intfloat32 v; |
| 11024 |
+ v.i = i; |
| 11025 |
+ return v.f; |
| 11026 |
+} |
| 11027 |
+ |
| 11028 |
+/** |
| 11029 |
+ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. |
| 11030 |
+ */ |
| 11031 |
+static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) |
| 11032 |
+{ |
| 11033 |
+ union av_intfloat32 v; |
| 11034 |
+ v.f = f; |
| 11035 |
+ return v.i; |
| 11036 |
+} |
| 11037 |
+ |
| 11038 |
+/** |
| 11039 |
+ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. |
| 11040 |
+ */ |
| 11041 |
+static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) |
| 11042 |
+{ |
| 11043 |
+ union av_intfloat64 v; |
| 11044 |
+ v.i = i; |
| 11045 |
+ return v.f; |
| 11046 |
+} |
| 11047 |
+ |
| 11048 |
+/** |
| 11049 |
+ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. |
| 11050 |
+ */ |
| 11051 |
+static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) |
| 11052 |
+{ |
| 11053 |
+ union av_intfloat64 v; |
| 11054 |
+ v.f = f; |
| 11055 |
+ return v.i; |
| 11056 |
+} |
| 11057 |
+ |
| 11058 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ |
| 11059 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h |
| 11060 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 11061 |
index 000000000000..d9554e609d40 |
| 11062 |
--- /dev/null |
| 11063 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h |
| 11064 |
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ |
| 11065 |
+/* |
| 11066 |
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 11067 |
+ * |
| 11068 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 11069 |
+ * |
| 11070 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 11071 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 11072 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 11073 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 11074 |
+ * |
| 11075 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 11076 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 11077 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 11078 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 11079 |
+ * |
| 11080 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 11081 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 11082 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 11083 |
+ */ |
| 11084 |
+ |
| 11085 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H |
| 11086 |
+#define AVUTIL_LOG_H |
| 11087 |
+ |
| 11088 |
+#include <stdarg.h> |
| 11089 |
+#include "avutil.h" |
| 11090 |
+#include "attributes.h" |
| 11091 |
+#include "version.h" |
| 11092 |
+ |
| 11093 |
+typedef enum { |
| 11094 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, |
| 11095 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, |
| 11096 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, |
| 11097 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, |
| 11098 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, |
| 11099 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, |
| 11100 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, |
| 11101 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, |
| 11102 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, |
| 11103 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, |
| 11104 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, |
| 11105 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, |
| 11106 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, |
| 11107 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, |
| 11108 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, |
| 11109 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, |
| 11110 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, |
| 11111 |
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API |
| 11112 |
+}AVClassCategory; |
| 11113 |
+ |
| 11114 |
+#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ |
| 11115 |
+ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ |
| 11116 |
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ |
| 11117 |
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) |
| 11118 |
+ |
| 11119 |
+#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ |
| 11120 |
+ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ |
| 11121 |
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ |
| 11122 |
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) |
| 11123 |
+ |
| 11124 |
+struct AVOptionRanges; |
| 11125 |
+ |
| 11126 |
+/** |
| 11127 |
+ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an |
| 11128 |
+ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an |
| 11129 |
+ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). |
| 11130 |
+ */ |
| 11131 |
+typedef struct AVClass { |
| 11132 |
+ /** |
| 11133 |
+ * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the |
| 11134 |
+ * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. |
| 11135 |
+ */ |
| 11136 |
+ const char* class_name; |
| 11137 |
+ |
| 11138 |
+ /** |
| 11139 |
+ * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context |
| 11140 |
+ * instance ctx associated with the class. |
| 11141 |
+ */ |
| 11142 |
+ const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); |
| 11143 |
+ |
| 11144 |
+ /** |
| 11145 |
+ * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL |
| 11146 |
+ * |
| 11147 |
+ * @see av_set_default_options() |
| 11148 |
+ */ |
| 11149 |
+ const struct AVOption *option; |
| 11150 |
+ |
| 11151 |
+ /** |
| 11152 |
+ * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. |
| 11153 |
+ * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major |
| 11154 |
+ * version bumps everywhere. |
| 11155 |
+ */ |
| 11156 |
+ |
| 11157 |
+ int version; |
| 11158 |
+ |
| 11159 |
+ /** |
| 11160 |
+ * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. |
| 11161 |
+ * 0 means there is no such variable |
| 11162 |
+ */ |
| 11163 |
+ int log_level_offset_offset; |
| 11164 |
+ |
| 11165 |
+ /** |
| 11166 |
+ * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for |
| 11167 |
+ * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext |
| 11168 |
+ * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation |
| 11169 |
+ * could then leverage to display the parent context. |
| 11170 |
+ * The offset can be NULL. |
| 11171 |
+ */ |
| 11172 |
+ int parent_log_context_offset; |
| 11173 |
+ |
| 11174 |
+ /** |
| 11175 |
+ * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL |
| 11176 |
+ */ |
| 11177 |
+ void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); |
| 11178 |
+ |
| 11179 |
+ /** |
| 11180 |
+ * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential |
| 11181 |
+ * AVOptions-enabled child. |
| 11182 |
+ * |
| 11183 |
+ * The difference between child_next and this is that |
| 11184 |
+ * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while |
| 11185 |
+ * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. |
| 11186 |
+ */ |
| 11187 |
+ const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev); |
| 11188 |
+ |
| 11189 |
+ /** |
| 11190 |
+ * Category used for visualization (like color) |
| 11191 |
+ * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. |
| 11192 |
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) |
| 11193 |
+ */ |
| 11194 |
+ AVClassCategory category; |
| 11195 |
+ |
| 11196 |
+ /** |
| 11197 |
+ * Callback to return the category. |
| 11198 |
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) |
| 11199 |
+ */ |
| 11200 |
+ AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); |
| 11201 |
+ |
| 11202 |
+ /** |
| 11203 |
+ * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. |
| 11204 |
+ * available since version (52.12) |
| 11205 |
+ */ |
| 11206 |
+ int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); |
| 11207 |
+} AVClass; |
| 11208 |
+ |
| 11209 |
+/** |
| 11210 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_log |
| 11211 |
+ * |
| 11212 |
+ * @{ |
| 11213 |
+ * |
| 11214 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants |
| 11215 |
+ * |
| 11216 |
+ * @{ |
| 11217 |
+ */ |
| 11218 |
+ |
| 11219 |
+/** |
| 11220 |
+ * Print no output. |
| 11221 |
+ */ |
| 11222 |
+#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 |
| 11223 |
+ |
| 11224 |
+/** |
| 11225 |
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. |
| 11226 |
+ */ |
| 11227 |
+#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 |
| 11228 |
+ |
| 11229 |
+/** |
| 11230 |
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. |
| 11231 |
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends |
| 11232 |
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. |
| 11233 |
+ */ |
| 11234 |
+#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 |
| 11235 |
+ |
| 11236 |
+/** |
| 11237 |
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. |
| 11238 |
+ * However, not all future data is affected. |
| 11239 |
+ */ |
| 11240 |
+#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 |
| 11241 |
+ |
| 11242 |
+/** |
| 11243 |
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not |
| 11244 |
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. |
| 11245 |
+ */ |
| 11246 |
+#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 |
| 11247 |
+ |
| 11248 |
+/** |
| 11249 |
+ * Standard information. |
| 11250 |
+ */ |
| 11251 |
+#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 |
| 11252 |
+ |
| 11253 |
+/** |
| 11254 |
+ * Detailed information. |
| 11255 |
+ */ |
| 11256 |
+#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 |
| 11257 |
+ |
| 11258 |
+/** |
| 11259 |
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. |
| 11260 |
+ */ |
| 11261 |
+#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 |
| 11262 |
+ |
| 11263 |
+/** |
| 11264 |
+ * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. |
| 11265 |
+ */ |
| 11266 |
+#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 |
| 11267 |
+ |
| 11268 |
+#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) |
| 11269 |
+ |
| 11270 |
+/** |
| 11271 |
+ * @} |
| 11272 |
+ */ |
| 11273 |
+ |
| 11274 |
+/** |
| 11275 |
+ * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. |
| 11276 |
+ * @code |
| 11277 |
+ av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); |
| 11278 |
+ @endcode |
| 11279 |
+ * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not |
| 11280 |
+ * recommended. |
| 11281 |
+ */ |
| 11282 |
+#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) |
| 11283 |
+ |
| 11284 |
+/** |
| 11285 |
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal |
| 11286 |
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to |
| 11287 |
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback |
| 11288 |
+ * function. |
| 11289 |
+ * @see av_log_set_callback |
| 11290 |
+ * |
| 11291 |
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a |
| 11292 |
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. |
| 11293 |
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref |
| 11294 |
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". |
| 11295 |
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how |
| 11296 |
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output. |
| 11297 |
+ */ |
| 11298 |
+void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); |
| 11299 |
+ |
| 11300 |
+ |
| 11301 |
+/** |
| 11302 |
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal |
| 11303 |
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to |
| 11304 |
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback |
| 11305 |
+ * function. |
| 11306 |
+ * @see av_log_set_callback |
| 11307 |
+ * |
| 11308 |
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a |
| 11309 |
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct. |
| 11310 |
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref |
| 11311 |
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". |
| 11312 |
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how |
| 11313 |
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output. |
| 11314 |
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. |
| 11315 |
+ */ |
| 11316 |
+void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); |
| 11317 |
+ |
| 11318 |
+/** |
| 11319 |
+ * Get the current log level |
| 11320 |
+ * |
| 11321 |
+ * @see lavu_log_constants |
| 11322 |
+ * |
| 11323 |
+ * @return Current log level |
| 11324 |
+ */ |
| 11325 |
+int av_log_get_level(void); |
| 11326 |
+ |
| 11327 |
+/** |
| 11328 |
+ * Set the log level |
| 11329 |
+ * |
| 11330 |
+ * @see lavu_log_constants |
| 11331 |
+ * |
| 11332 |
+ * @param level Logging level |
| 11333 |
+ */ |
| 11334 |
+void av_log_set_level(int level); |
| 11335 |
+ |
| 11336 |
+/** |
| 11337 |
+ * Set the logging callback |
| 11338 |
+ * |
| 11339 |
+ * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use |
| 11340 |
+ * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. |
| 11341 |
+ * |
| 11342 |
+ * @see av_log_default_callback |
| 11343 |
+ * |
| 11344 |
+ * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. |
| 11345 |
+ */ |
| 11346 |
+void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); |
| 11347 |
+ |
| 11348 |
+/** |
| 11349 |
+ * Default logging callback |
| 11350 |
+ * |
| 11351 |
+ * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. |
| 11352 |
+ * |
| 11353 |
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a |
| 11354 |
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct. |
| 11355 |
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref |
| 11356 |
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". |
| 11357 |
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how |
| 11358 |
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output. |
| 11359 |
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. |
| 11360 |
+ */ |
| 11361 |
+void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, |
| 11362 |
+ va_list vl); |
| 11363 |
+ |
| 11364 |
+/** |
| 11365 |
+ * Return the context name |
| 11366 |
+ * |
| 11367 |
+ * @param ctx The AVClass context |
| 11368 |
+ * |
| 11369 |
+ * @return The AVClass class_name |
| 11370 |
+ */ |
| 11371 |
+const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); |
| 11372 |
+AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); |
| 11373 |
+ |
| 11374 |
+/** |
| 11375 |
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. |
| 11376 |
+ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line |
| 11377 |
+ * @param line_size size of the buffer |
| 11378 |
+ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; |
| 11379 |
+ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 |
| 11380 |
+ */ |
| 11381 |
+void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, |
| 11382 |
+ char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); |
| 11383 |
+ |
| 11384 |
+/** |
| 11385 |
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. |
| 11386 |
+ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; |
| 11387 |
+ * may be NULL if line_size is 0 |
| 11388 |
+ * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will |
| 11389 |
+ * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator |
| 11390 |
+ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; |
| 11391 |
+ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 |
| 11392 |
+ * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns |
| 11393 |
+ * the number of characters that would have been written for a |
| 11394 |
+ * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null |
| 11395 |
+ * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means |
| 11396 |
+ * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. |
| 11397 |
+ */ |
| 11398 |
+int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, |
| 11399 |
+ char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); |
| 11400 |
+ |
| 11401 |
+/** |
| 11402 |
+ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of |
| 11403 |
+ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to |
| 11404 |
+ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some |
| 11405 |
+ * bad luck. |
| 11406 |
+ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must |
| 11407 |
+ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end |
| 11408 |
+ */ |
| 11409 |
+#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 |
| 11410 |
+ |
| 11411 |
+/** |
| 11412 |
+ * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. |
| 11413 |
+ * |
| 11414 |
+ * Results in messages such as: |
| 11415 |
+ * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts |
| 11416 |
+ */ |
| 11417 |
+#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 |
| 11418 |
+ |
| 11419 |
+void av_log_set_flags(int arg); |
| 11420 |
+int av_log_get_flags(void); |
| 11421 |
+ |
| 11422 |
+/** |
| 11423 |
+ * @} |
| 11424 |
+ */ |
| 11425 |
+ |
| 11426 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ |
| 11427 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h |
| 11428 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 11429 |
index 000000000000..2007ee561987 |
| 11430 |
--- /dev/null |
| 11431 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h |
| 11432 |
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ |
| 11433 |
+/* |
| 11434 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 11435 |
+ * |
| 11436 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 11437 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 11438 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 11439 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 11440 |
+ * |
| 11441 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 11442 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 11443 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 11444 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 11445 |
+ * |
| 11446 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 11447 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 11448 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 11449 |
+ */ |
| 11450 |
+ |
| 11451 |
+/** |
| 11452 |
+ * @file |
| 11453 |
+ * @ingroup lavu |
| 11454 |
+ * Utility Preprocessor macros |
| 11455 |
+ */ |
| 11456 |
+ |
| 11457 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H |
| 11458 |
+#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H |
| 11459 |
+ |
| 11460 |
+/** |
| 11461 |
+ * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros |
| 11462 |
+ * |
| 11463 |
+ * String manipulation macros |
| 11464 |
+ * |
| 11465 |
+ * @{ |
| 11466 |
+ */ |
| 11467 |
+ |
| 11468 |
+#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) |
| 11469 |
+#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s |
| 11470 |
+ |
| 11471 |
+#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b |
| 11472 |
+#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) |
| 11473 |
+ |
| 11474 |
+/** |
| 11475 |
+ * @} |
| 11476 |
+ */ |
| 11477 |
+ |
| 11478 |
+#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) |
| 11479 |
+ |
| 11480 |
+#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) |
| 11481 |
+ |
| 11482 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ |
| 11483 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h |
| 11484 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 11485 |
index 000000000000..54901800ba6a |
| 11486 |
--- /dev/null |
| 11487 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h |
| 11488 |
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ |
| 11489 |
+/* |
| 11490 |
+ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 11491 |
+ * |
| 11492 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 11493 |
+ * |
| 11494 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 11495 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 11496 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 11497 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 11498 |
+ * |
| 11499 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 11500 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 11501 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 11502 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 11503 |
+ * |
| 11504 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 11505 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 11506 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 11507 |
+ */ |
| 11508 |
+ |
| 11509 |
+/** |
| 11510 |
+ * @file |
| 11511 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math |
| 11512 |
+ * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. |
| 11513 |
+ */ |
| 11514 |
+ |
| 11515 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H |
| 11516 |
+#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H |
| 11517 |
+ |
| 11518 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 11519 |
+#include <math.h> |
| 11520 |
+#include "attributes.h" |
| 11521 |
+#include "rational.h" |
| 11522 |
+#include "intfloat.h" |
| 11523 |
+ |
| 11524 |
+#ifndef M_E |
| 11525 |
+#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ |
| 11526 |
+#endif |
| 11527 |
+#ifndef M_LN2 |
| 11528 |
+#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ |
| 11529 |
+#endif |
| 11530 |
+#ifndef M_LN10 |
| 11531 |
+#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ |
| 11532 |
+#endif |
| 11533 |
+#ifndef M_LOG2_10 |
| 11534 |
+#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ |
| 11535 |
+#endif |
| 11536 |
+#ifndef M_PHI |
| 11537 |
+#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ |
| 11538 |
+#endif |
| 11539 |
+#ifndef M_PI |
| 11540 |
+#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ |
| 11541 |
+#endif |
| 11542 |
+#ifndef M_PI_2 |
| 11543 |
+#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ |
| 11544 |
+#endif |
| 11545 |
+#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 |
| 11546 |
+#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ |
| 11547 |
+#endif |
| 11548 |
+#ifndef M_SQRT2 |
| 11549 |
+#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ |
| 11550 |
+#endif |
| 11551 |
+#ifndef NAN |
| 11552 |
+#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) |
| 11553 |
+#endif |
| 11554 |
+#ifndef INFINITY |
| 11555 |
+#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) |
| 11556 |
+#endif |
| 11557 |
+ |
| 11558 |
+/** |
| 11559 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math |
| 11560 |
+ * |
| 11561 |
+ * @{ |
| 11562 |
+ */ |
| 11563 |
+ |
| 11564 |
+/** |
| 11565 |
+ * Rounding methods. |
| 11566 |
+ */ |
| 11567 |
+enum AVRounding { |
| 11568 |
+ AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. |
| 11569 |
+ AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. |
| 11570 |
+ AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. |
| 11571 |
+ AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. |
| 11572 |
+ AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. |
| 11573 |
+ /** |
| 11574 |
+ * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through |
| 11575 |
+ * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. |
| 11576 |
+ * |
| 11577 |
+ * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a |
| 11578 |
+ * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the |
| 11579 |
+ * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal |
| 11580 |
+ * cases. |
| 11581 |
+ * |
| 11582 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 11583 |
+ * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); |
| 11584 |
+ * // Rescaling 3: |
| 11585 |
+ * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 |
| 11586 |
+ * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 |
| 11587 |
+ * // => 2 |
| 11588 |
+ * |
| 11589 |
+ * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); |
| 11590 |
+ * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: |
| 11591 |
+ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN |
| 11592 |
+ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through |
| 11593 |
+ * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE |
| 11594 |
+ * @endcode |
| 11595 |
+ */ |
| 11596 |
+ AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, |
| 11597 |
+}; |
| 11598 |
+ |
| 11599 |
+/** |
| 11600 |
+ * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. |
| 11601 |
+ * |
| 11602 |
+ * @param a,b Operands |
| 11603 |
+ * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; |
| 11604 |
+ * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. |
| 11605 |
+ */ |
| 11606 |
+int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); |
| 11607 |
+ |
| 11608 |
+/** |
| 11609 |
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. |
| 11610 |
+ * |
| 11611 |
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that |
| 11612 |
+ * directly can overflow. |
| 11613 |
+ * |
| 11614 |
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. |
| 11615 |
+ * |
| 11616 |
+ * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() |
| 11617 |
+ */ |
| 11618 |
+int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; |
| 11619 |
+ |
| 11620 |
+/** |
| 11621 |
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. |
| 11622 |
+ * |
| 11623 |
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that |
| 11624 |
+ * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. |
| 11625 |
+ * |
| 11626 |
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() |
| 11627 |
+ */ |
| 11628 |
+int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; |
| 11629 |
+ |
| 11630 |
+/** |
| 11631 |
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. |
| 11632 |
+ * |
| 11633 |
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. |
| 11634 |
+ * |
| 11635 |
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. |
| 11636 |
+ * |
| 11637 |
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() |
| 11638 |
+ */ |
| 11639 |
+int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; |
| 11640 |
+ |
| 11641 |
+/** |
| 11642 |
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. |
| 11643 |
+ * |
| 11644 |
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. |
| 11645 |
+ * |
| 11646 |
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() |
| 11647 |
+ */ |
| 11648 |
+int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, |
| 11649 |
+ enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; |
| 11650 |
+ |
| 11651 |
+/** |
| 11652 |
+ * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. |
| 11653 |
+ * |
| 11654 |
+ * @return One of the following values: |
| 11655 |
+ * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` |
| 11656 |
+ * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` |
| 11657 |
+ * - 0 if they represent the same position |
| 11658 |
+ * |
| 11659 |
+ * @warning |
| 11660 |
+ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside |
| 11661 |
+ * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. |
| 11662 |
+ */ |
| 11663 |
+int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); |
| 11664 |
+ |
| 11665 |
+/** |
| 11666 |
+ * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. |
| 11667 |
+ * |
| 11668 |
+ * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers |
| 11669 |
+ * `a` and `b`. |
| 11670 |
+ * |
| 11671 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 11672 |
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) |
| 11673 |
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) |
| 11674 |
+ * @endcode |
| 11675 |
+ * |
| 11676 |
+ * @param a,b Operands |
| 11677 |
+ * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 |
| 11678 |
+ * @return |
| 11679 |
+ * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` |
| 11680 |
+ * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` |
| 11681 |
+ * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` |
| 11682 |
+ */ |
| 11683 |
+int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); |
| 11684 |
+ |
| 11685 |
+/** |
| 11686 |
+ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. |
| 11687 |
+ * |
| 11688 |
+ * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input |
| 11689 |
+ * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() |
| 11690 |
+ * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. |
| 11691 |
+ * |
| 11692 |
+ * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all |
| 11693 |
+ * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be |
| 11694 |
+ * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. |
| 11695 |
+ * |
| 11696 |
+ * @param[in] in_tb Input time base |
| 11697 |
+ * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp |
| 11698 |
+ * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained |
| 11699 |
+ * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` |
| 11700 |
+ * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. |
| 11701 |
+ * duration of the current packet/frame) |
| 11702 |
+ * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of |
| 11703 |
+ * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable |
| 11704 |
+ * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase |
| 11705 |
+ * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` |
| 11706 |
+ * |
| 11707 |
+ * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not |
| 11708 |
+ * seconds. |
| 11709 |
+ */ |
| 11710 |
+int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); |
| 11711 |
+ |
| 11712 |
+/** |
| 11713 |
+ * Add a value to a timestamp. |
| 11714 |
+ * |
| 11715 |
+ * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that |
| 11716 |
+ * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. |
| 11717 |
+ * |
| 11718 |
+ * @param[in] ts Input timestamp |
| 11719 |
+ * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base |
| 11720 |
+ * @param[in] inc Value to be added |
| 11721 |
+ * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` |
| 11722 |
+ */ |
| 11723 |
+int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); |
| 11724 |
+ |
| 11725 |
+ |
| 11726 |
+/** |
| 11727 |
+ * @} |
| 11728 |
+ */ |
| 11729 |
+ |
| 11730 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ |
| 11731 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h |
| 11732 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 11733 |
index 000000000000..7e0b12a8a782 |
| 11734 |
--- /dev/null |
| 11735 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h |
| 11736 |
@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@ |
| 11737 |
+/* |
| 11738 |
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 11739 |
+ * |
| 11740 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 11741 |
+ * |
| 11742 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 11743 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 11744 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 11745 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 11746 |
+ * |
| 11747 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 11748 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 11749 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 11750 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 11751 |
+ * |
| 11752 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 11753 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 11754 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 11755 |
+ */ |
| 11756 |
+ |
| 11757 |
+/** |
| 11758 |
+ * @file |
| 11759 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_mem |
| 11760 |
+ * Memory handling functions |
| 11761 |
+ */ |
| 11762 |
+ |
| 11763 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H |
| 11764 |
+#define AVUTIL_MEM_H |
| 11765 |
+ |
| 11766 |
+#include <limits.h> |
| 11767 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 11768 |
+ |
| 11769 |
+#include "attributes.h" |
| 11770 |
+#include "error.h" |
| 11771 |
+#include "avutil.h" |
| 11772 |
+ |
| 11773 |
+/** |
| 11774 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_mem |
| 11775 |
+ * Utilities for manipulating memory. |
| 11776 |
+ * |
| 11777 |
+ * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical |
| 11778 |
+ * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and |
| 11779 |
+ * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. |
| 11780 |
+ * |
| 11781 |
+ * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a |
| 11782 |
+ * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for |
| 11783 |
+ * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and |
| 11784 |
+ * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make |
| 11785 |
+ * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. |
| 11786 |
+ * |
| 11787 |
+ * @{ |
| 11788 |
+ * |
| 11789 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros |
| 11790 |
+ * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables. |
| 11791 |
+ * @{ |
| 11792 |
+ */ |
| 11793 |
+ |
| 11794 |
+/** |
| 11795 |
+ * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) |
| 11796 |
+ * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory. |
| 11797 |
+ * |
| 11798 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 11799 |
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42; |
| 11800 |
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128]; |
| 11801 |
+ * |
| 11802 |
+ * // The default-alignment equivalent would be |
| 11803 |
+ * uint16_t aligned_int = 42; |
| 11804 |
+ * uint8_t aligned_array[128]; |
| 11805 |
+ * @endcode |
| 11806 |
+ * |
| 11807 |
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes |
| 11808 |
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) |
| 11809 |
+ * @param v Name of the variable |
| 11810 |
+ */ |
| 11811 |
+ |
| 11812 |
+/** |
| 11813 |
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) |
| 11814 |
+ * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code. |
| 11815 |
+ * |
| 11816 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 11817 |
+ * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); |
| 11818 |
+ * @endcode |
| 11819 |
+ * |
| 11820 |
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes |
| 11821 |
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) |
| 11822 |
+ * @param v Name of the variable |
| 11823 |
+ */ |
| 11824 |
+ |
| 11825 |
+/** |
| 11826 |
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) |
| 11827 |
+ * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline |
| 11828 |
+ * assembly code. |
| 11829 |
+ * |
| 11830 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 11831 |
+ * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); |
| 11832 |
+ * @endcode |
| 11833 |
+ * |
| 11834 |
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes |
| 11835 |
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) |
| 11836 |
+ * @param v Name of the variable |
| 11837 |
+ */ |
| 11838 |
+ |
| 11839 |
+#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) |
| 11840 |
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v |
| 11841 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v |
| 11842 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v |
| 11843 |
+#elif defined(__DJGPP__) |
| 11844 |
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v |
| 11845 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v |
| 11846 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v |
| 11847 |
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) |
| 11848 |
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v |
| 11849 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v |
| 11850 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v |
| 11851 |
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) |
| 11852 |
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v |
| 11853 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v |
| 11854 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v |
| 11855 |
+#else |
| 11856 |
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v |
| 11857 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v |
| 11858 |
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v |
| 11859 |
+#endif |
| 11860 |
+ |
| 11861 |
+/** |
| 11862 |
+ * @} |
| 11863 |
+ */ |
| 11864 |
+ |
| 11865 |
+/** |
| 11866 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes |
| 11867 |
+ * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. |
| 11868 |
+ * |
| 11869 |
+ * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or |
| 11870 |
+ * generate better code. |
| 11871 |
+ * @{ |
| 11872 |
+ */ |
| 11873 |
+ |
| 11874 |
+/** |
| 11875 |
+ * @def av_malloc_attrib |
| 11876 |
+ * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. |
| 11877 |
+ * |
| 11878 |
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a> |
| 11879 |
+ */ |
| 11880 |
+ |
| 11881 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) |
| 11882 |
+ #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) |
| 11883 |
+#else |
| 11884 |
+ #define av_malloc_attrib |
| 11885 |
+#endif |
| 11886 |
+ |
| 11887 |
+/** |
| 11888 |
+ * @def av_alloc_size(...) |
| 11889 |
+ * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is |
| 11890 |
+ * given by the specified parameter(s). |
| 11891 |
+ * |
| 11892 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 11893 |
+ * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); |
| 11894 |
+ * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); |
| 11895 |
+ * @endcode |
| 11896 |
+ * |
| 11897 |
+ * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma |
| 11898 |
+ * |
| 11899 |
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a> |
| 11900 |
+ */ |
| 11901 |
+ |
| 11902 |
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) |
| 11903 |
+ #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) |
| 11904 |
+#else |
| 11905 |
+ #define av_alloc_size(...) |
| 11906 |
+#endif |
| 11907 |
+ |
| 11908 |
+/** |
| 11909 |
+ * @} |
| 11910 |
+ */ |
| 11911 |
+ |
| 11912 |
+/** |
| 11913 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management |
| 11914 |
+ * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. |
| 11915 |
+ * |
| 11916 |
+ * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` |
| 11917 |
+ * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme |
| 11918 |
+ * caution when doing so. |
| 11919 |
+ * |
| 11920 |
+ * @{ |
| 11921 |
+ */ |
| 11922 |
+ |
| 11923 |
+/** |
| 11924 |
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses |
| 11925 |
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU). |
| 11926 |
+ * |
| 11927 |
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated |
| 11928 |
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot |
| 11929 |
+ * be allocated |
| 11930 |
+ * @see av_mallocz() |
| 11931 |
+ */ |
| 11932 |
+void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); |
| 11933 |
+ |
| 11934 |
+/** |
| 11935 |
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses |
| 11936 |
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the |
| 11937 |
+ * block. |
| 11938 |
+ * |
| 11939 |
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated |
| 11940 |
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated |
| 11941 |
+ * @see av_malloc() |
| 11942 |
+ */ |
| 11943 |
+void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); |
| 11944 |
+ |
| 11945 |
+/** |
| 11946 |
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). |
| 11947 |
+ * |
| 11948 |
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. |
| 11949 |
+ * |
| 11950 |
+ * @param nmemb Number of element |
| 11951 |
+ * @param size Size of a single element |
| 11952 |
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot |
| 11953 |
+ * be allocated |
| 11954 |
+ * @see av_malloc() |
| 11955 |
+ */ |
| 11956 |
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); |
| 11957 |
+ |
| 11958 |
+/** |
| 11959 |
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). |
| 11960 |
+ * |
| 11961 |
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. |
| 11962 |
+ * |
| 11963 |
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements |
| 11964 |
+ * @param size Size of the single element |
| 11965 |
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot |
| 11966 |
+ * be allocated |
| 11967 |
+ * |
| 11968 |
+ * @see av_mallocz() |
| 11969 |
+ * @see av_malloc_array() |
| 11970 |
+ */ |
| 11971 |
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); |
| 11972 |
+ |
| 11973 |
+/** |
| 11974 |
+ * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array(). |
| 11975 |
+ * |
| 11976 |
+ * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function. |
| 11977 |
+ */ |
| 11978 |
+void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib; |
| 11979 |
+ |
| 11980 |
+/** |
| 11981 |
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. |
| 11982 |
+ * |
| 11983 |
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is |
| 11984 |
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or |
| 11985 |
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. |
| 11986 |
+ * |
| 11987 |
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with |
| 11988 |
+ * av_realloc() or `NULL` |
| 11989 |
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or |
| 11990 |
+ * reallocated |
| 11991 |
+ * |
| 11992 |
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block |
| 11993 |
+ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block |
| 11994 |
+ * |
| 11995 |
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be |
| 11996 |
+ * correctly aligned. |
| 11997 |
+ * @see av_fast_realloc() |
| 11998 |
+ * @see av_reallocp() |
| 11999 |
+ */ |
| 12000 |
+void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); |
| 12001 |
+ |
| 12002 |
+/** |
| 12003 |
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a |
| 12004 |
+ * pointer. |
| 12005 |
+ * |
| 12006 |
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is |
| 12007 |
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or |
| 12008 |
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. |
| 12009 |
+ * |
| 12010 |
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated |
| 12011 |
+ * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer |
| 12012 |
+ * is updated on success, or freed on failure. |
| 12013 |
+ * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or |
| 12014 |
+ * reallocated |
| 12015 |
+ * |
| 12016 |
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure |
| 12017 |
+ * |
| 12018 |
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be |
| 12019 |
+ * correctly aligned. |
| 12020 |
+ */ |
| 12021 |
+av_warn_unused_result |
| 12022 |
+int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); |
| 12023 |
+ |
| 12024 |
+/** |
| 12025 |
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. |
| 12026 |
+ * |
| 12027 |
+ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: |
| 12028 |
+ * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, |
| 12029 |
+ * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. |
| 12030 |
+ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory |
| 12031 |
+ * leak with the classic |
| 12032 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 12033 |
+ * buf = realloc(buf); |
| 12034 |
+ * if (!buf) |
| 12035 |
+ * return -1; |
| 12036 |
+ * @endcode |
| 12037 |
+ * pattern. |
| 12038 |
+ */ |
| 12039 |
+void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); |
| 12040 |
+ |
| 12041 |
+/** |
| 12042 |
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. |
| 12043 |
+ * |
| 12044 |
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If |
| 12045 |
+ * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. |
| 12046 |
+ * |
| 12047 |
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with |
| 12048 |
+ * av_realloc() or `NULL` |
| 12049 |
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array |
| 12050 |
+ * @param size Size of the single element of the array |
| 12051 |
+ * |
| 12052 |
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block |
| 12053 |
+ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block |
| 12054 |
+ * |
| 12055 |
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be |
| 12056 |
+ * correctly aligned. |
| 12057 |
+ * @see av_reallocp_array() |
| 12058 |
+ */ |
| 12059 |
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); |
| 12060 |
+ |
| 12061 |
+/** |
| 12062 |
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer. |
| 12063 |
+ * |
| 12064 |
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is |
| 12065 |
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. |
| 12066 |
+ * |
| 12067 |
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already |
| 12068 |
+ * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. |
| 12069 |
+ * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. |
| 12070 |
+ * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements |
| 12071 |
+ * @param[in] size Size of the single element |
| 12072 |
+ * |
| 12073 |
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure |
| 12074 |
+ * |
| 12075 |
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be |
| 12076 |
+ * correctly aligned. |
| 12077 |
+ */ |
| 12078 |
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); |
| 12079 |
+ |
| 12080 |
+/** |
| 12081 |
+ * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. |
| 12082 |
+ * |
| 12083 |
+ * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. |
| 12084 |
+ * |
| 12085 |
+ * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is |
| 12086 |
+ * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or |
| 12087 |
+ * freed. |
| 12088 |
+ * |
| 12089 |
+ * A typical use pattern follows: |
| 12090 |
+ * |
| 12091 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 12092 |
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...; |
| 12093 |
+ * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); |
| 12094 |
+ * if (!new_buf) { |
| 12095 |
+ * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer |
| 12096 |
+ * av_freep(&buf); |
| 12097 |
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); |
| 12098 |
+ * } |
| 12099 |
+ * @endcode |
| 12100 |
+ * |
| 12101 |
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` |
| 12102 |
+ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is |
| 12103 |
+ * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in |
| 12104 |
+ * case of failure |
| 12105 |
+ * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `ptr` |
| 12106 |
+ * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated |
| 12107 |
+ * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of |
| 12108 |
+ * error |
| 12109 |
+ * @see av_realloc() |
| 12110 |
+ * @see av_fast_malloc() |
| 12111 |
+ */ |
| 12112 |
+void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); |
| 12113 |
+ |
| 12114 |
+/** |
| 12115 |
+ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. |
| 12116 |
+ * |
| 12117 |
+ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be |
| 12118 |
+ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to |
| 12119 |
+ * avoid memleaks is necessary. |
| 12120 |
+ * |
| 12121 |
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if |
| 12122 |
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0. |
| 12123 |
+ * |
| 12124 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 12125 |
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...; |
| 12126 |
+ * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); |
| 12127 |
+ * if (!buf) { |
| 12128 |
+ * // Allocation failed; buf already freed |
| 12129 |
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); |
| 12130 |
+ * } |
| 12131 |
+ * @endcode |
| 12132 |
+ * |
| 12133 |
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. |
| 12134 |
+ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new |
| 12135 |
+ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure |
| 12136 |
+ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is |
| 12137 |
+ * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in |
| 12138 |
+ * case of failure |
| 12139 |
+ * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr` |
| 12140 |
+ * @see av_realloc() |
| 12141 |
+ * @see av_fast_mallocz() |
| 12142 |
+ */ |
| 12143 |
+void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); |
| 12144 |
+ |
| 12145 |
+/** |
| 12146 |
+ * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. |
| 12147 |
+ * |
| 12148 |
+ * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. |
| 12149 |
+ * Reused buffer is not cleared. |
| 12150 |
+ * |
| 12151 |
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if |
| 12152 |
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0. |
| 12153 |
+ * |
| 12154 |
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. |
| 12155 |
+ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new |
| 12156 |
+ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure |
| 12157 |
+ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is |
| 12158 |
+ * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in |
| 12159 |
+ * case of failure |
| 12160 |
+ * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr` |
| 12161 |
+ * @see av_fast_malloc() |
| 12162 |
+ */ |
| 12163 |
+void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); |
| 12164 |
+ |
| 12165 |
+/** |
| 12166 |
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() |
| 12167 |
+ * or av_realloc() family. |
| 12168 |
+ * |
| 12169 |
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. |
| 12170 |
+ * |
| 12171 |
+ * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. |
| 12172 |
+ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving |
| 12173 |
+ * behind dangling pointers. |
| 12174 |
+ * @see av_freep() |
| 12175 |
+ */ |
| 12176 |
+void av_free(void *ptr); |
| 12177 |
+ |
| 12178 |
+/** |
| 12179 |
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() |
| 12180 |
+ * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. |
| 12181 |
+ * |
| 12182 |
+ * @code{.c} |
| 12183 |
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); |
| 12184 |
+ * av_free(buf); |
| 12185 |
+ * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental |
| 12186 |
+ * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a |
| 12187 |
+ * // security risk. |
| 12188 |
+ * |
| 12189 |
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); |
| 12190 |
+ * av_freep(&buf); |
| 12191 |
+ * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a |
| 12192 |
+ * // NULL-pointer dereference. |
| 12193 |
+ * @endcode |
| 12194 |
+ * |
| 12195 |
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed |
| 12196 |
+ * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. |
| 12197 |
+ * @see av_free() |
| 12198 |
+ */ |
| 12199 |
+void av_freep(void *ptr); |
| 12200 |
+ |
| 12201 |
+/** |
| 12202 |
+ * Duplicate a string. |
| 12203 |
+ * |
| 12204 |
+ * @param s String to be duplicated |
| 12205 |
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a |
| 12206 |
+ * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated |
| 12207 |
+ * @see av_strndup() |
| 12208 |
+ */ |
| 12209 |
+char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; |
| 12210 |
+ |
| 12211 |
+/** |
| 12212 |
+ * Duplicate a substring of a string. |
| 12213 |
+ * |
| 12214 |
+ * @param s String to be duplicated |
| 12215 |
+ * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the |
| 12216 |
+ * terminating byte) |
| 12217 |
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a |
| 12218 |
+ * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated |
| 12219 |
+ */ |
| 12220 |
+char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; |
| 12221 |
+ |
| 12222 |
+/** |
| 12223 |
+ * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). |
| 12224 |
+ * |
| 12225 |
+ * @param p Buffer to be duplicated |
| 12226 |
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied |
| 12227 |
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a |
| 12228 |
+ * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated |
| 12229 |
+ */ |
| 12230 |
+void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); |
| 12231 |
+ |
| 12232 |
+/** |
| 12233 |
+ * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. |
| 12234 |
+ * |
| 12235 |
+ * @param dst Destination buffer |
| 12236 |
+ * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of |
| 12237 |
+ * the overlapping window); must be > 0 |
| 12238 |
+ * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 |
| 12239 |
+ * |
| 12240 |
+ * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, |
| 12241 |
+ * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. |
| 12242 |
+ */ |
| 12243 |
+void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); |
| 12244 |
+ |
| 12245 |
+/** |
| 12246 |
+ * @} |
| 12247 |
+ */ |
| 12248 |
+ |
| 12249 |
+/** |
| 12250 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array |
| 12251 |
+ * |
| 12252 |
+ * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. |
| 12253 |
+ * |
| 12254 |
+ * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when |
| 12255 |
+ * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. |
| 12256 |
+ * |
| 12257 |
+ * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically |
| 12258 |
+ * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the |
| 12259 |
+ * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the |
| 12260 |
+ * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of |
| 12261 |
+ * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. |
| 12262 |
+ * |
| 12263 |
+ * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically |
| 12264 |
+ * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need |
| 12265 |
+ * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and |
| 12266 |
+ * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. |
| 12267 |
+ * |
| 12268 |
+ * @code |
| 12269 |
+ * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values |
| 12270 |
+ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array |
| 12271 |
+ * |
| 12272 |
+ * type to_be_added = ...; |
| 12273 |
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...; |
| 12274 |
+ * |
| 12275 |
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); |
| 12276 |
+ * if (nb == 0) |
| 12277 |
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); |
| 12278 |
+ * |
| 12279 |
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); |
| 12280 |
+ * if (nb == 0) |
| 12281 |
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); |
| 12282 |
+ * |
| 12283 |
+ * // Now: |
| 12284 |
+ * // nb == 2 |
| 12285 |
+ * // &to_be_added == array[0] |
| 12286 |
+ * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] |
| 12287 |
+ * |
| 12288 |
+ * av_freep(&array); |
| 12289 |
+ * @endcode |
| 12290 |
+ * |
| 12291 |
+ * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a |
| 12292 |
+ * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() |
| 12293 |
+ * implements this mechanism. |
| 12294 |
+ * |
| 12295 |
+ * @code |
| 12296 |
+ * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values |
| 12297 |
+ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array |
| 12298 |
+ * |
| 12299 |
+ * type to_be_added = ...; |
| 12300 |
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...; |
| 12301 |
+ * |
| 12302 |
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); |
| 12303 |
+ * if (!addr) |
| 12304 |
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); |
| 12305 |
+ * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); |
| 12306 |
+ * |
| 12307 |
+ * // Shortcut of the above. |
| 12308 |
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), |
| 12309 |
+ * (const void *)&to_be_added2); |
| 12310 |
+ * if (!addr) |
| 12311 |
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); |
| 12312 |
+ * |
| 12313 |
+ * // Now: |
| 12314 |
+ * // nb == 2 |
| 12315 |
+ * // to_be_added == array[0] |
| 12316 |
+ * // to_be_added2 == array[1] |
| 12317 |
+ * |
| 12318 |
+ * av_freep(&array); |
| 12319 |
+ * @endcode |
| 12320 |
+ * |
| 12321 |
+ * @{ |
| 12322 |
+ */ |
| 12323 |
+ |
| 12324 |
+/** |
| 12325 |
+ * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. |
| 12326 |
+ * |
| 12327 |
+ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to |
| 12328 |
+ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already |
| 12329 |
+ * allocated structure. |
| 12330 |
+ * |
| 12331 |
+ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. |
| 12332 |
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. |
| 12333 |
+ * |
| 12334 |
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to |
| 12335 |
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` |
| 12336 |
+ * is incremented. |
| 12337 |
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and |
| 12338 |
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. |
| 12339 |
+ * |
| 12340 |
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow |
| 12341 |
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array |
| 12342 |
+ * @param[in] elem Element to add |
| 12343 |
+ * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() |
| 12344 |
+ */ |
| 12345 |
+void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); |
| 12346 |
+ |
| 12347 |
+/** |
| 12348 |
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array. |
| 12349 |
+ * |
| 12350 |
+ * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), |
| 12351 |
+ * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code |
| 12352 |
+ * instead and leave current buffer untouched. |
| 12353 |
+ * |
| 12354 |
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise |
| 12355 |
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() |
| 12356 |
+ */ |
| 12357 |
+av_warn_unused_result |
| 12358 |
+int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); |
| 12359 |
+ |
| 12360 |
+/** |
| 12361 |
+ * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. |
| 12362 |
+ * |
| 12363 |
+ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. |
| 12364 |
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. |
| 12365 |
+ * |
| 12366 |
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to |
| 12367 |
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` |
| 12368 |
+ * is incremented. |
| 12369 |
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and |
| 12370 |
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. |
| 12371 |
+ * |
| 12372 |
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow |
| 12373 |
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array |
| 12374 |
+ * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array |
| 12375 |
+ * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If |
| 12376 |
+ * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is |
| 12377 |
+ * allocated but left uninitialized. |
| 12378 |
+ * |
| 12379 |
+ * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated |
| 12380 |
+ * space |
| 12381 |
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() |
| 12382 |
+ */ |
| 12383 |
+void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, |
| 12384 |
+ const uint8_t *elem_data); |
| 12385 |
+ |
| 12386 |
+/** |
| 12387 |
+ * @} |
| 12388 |
+ */ |
| 12389 |
+ |
| 12390 |
+/** |
| 12391 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions |
| 12392 |
+ * |
| 12393 |
+ * Other functions related to memory allocation. |
| 12394 |
+ * |
| 12395 |
+ * @{ |
| 12396 |
+ */ |
| 12397 |
+ |
| 12398 |
+/** |
| 12399 |
+ * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. |
| 12400 |
+ * |
| 12401 |
+ * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication |
| 12402 |
+ * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation |
| 12403 |
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow |
| 12404 |
+ */ |
| 12405 |
+static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) |
| 12406 |
+{ |
| 12407 |
+ size_t t = a * b; |
| 12408 |
+ /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize |
| 12409 |
+ * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ |
| 12410 |
+ if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) |
| 12411 |
+ return AVERROR(EINVAL); |
| 12412 |
+ *r = t; |
| 12413 |
+ return 0; |
| 12414 |
+} |
| 12415 |
+ |
| 12416 |
+/** |
| 12417 |
+ * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. |
| 12418 |
+ * |
| 12419 |
+ * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref |
| 12420 |
+ * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." |
| 12421 |
+ * |
| 12422 |
+ * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. |
| 12423 |
+ * |
| 12424 |
+ * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size |
| 12425 |
+ * |
| 12426 |
+ * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch |
| 12427 |
+ * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. |
| 12428 |
+ */ |
| 12429 |
+void av_max_alloc(size_t max); |
| 12430 |
+ |
| 12431 |
+/** |
| 12432 |
+ * @} |
| 12433 |
+ * @} |
| 12434 |
+ */ |
| 12435 |
+ |
| 12436 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ |
| 12437 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h |
| 12438 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 12439 |
index 000000000000..e184a56672dc |
| 12440 |
--- /dev/null |
| 12441 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h |
| 12442 |
@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ |
| 12443 |
+/* |
| 12444 |
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 12445 |
+ * |
| 12446 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 12447 |
+ * |
| 12448 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 12449 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 12450 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 12451 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 12452 |
+ * |
| 12453 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 12454 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 12455 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 12456 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 12457 |
+ * |
| 12458 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 12459 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 12460 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 12461 |
+ */ |
| 12462 |
+ |
| 12463 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H |
| 12464 |
+#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H |
| 12465 |
+ |
| 12466 |
+/** |
| 12467 |
+ * @file |
| 12468 |
+ * pixel format definitions |
| 12469 |
+ */ |
| 12470 |
+ |
| 12471 |
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" |
| 12472 |
+#include "version.h" |
| 12473 |
+ |
| 12474 |
+#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 |
| 12475 |
+#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 |
| 12476 |
+ |
| 12477 |
+/** |
| 12478 |
+ * Pixel format. |
| 12479 |
+ * |
| 12480 |
+ * @note |
| 12481 |
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA |
| 12482 |
+ * color is put together as: |
| 12483 |
+ * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B |
| 12484 |
+ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on |
| 12485 |
+ * big-endian CPUs. |
| 12486 |
+ * |
| 12487 |
+ * @par |
| 12488 |
+ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized |
| 12489 |
+ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in |
| 12490 |
+ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is |
| 12491 |
+ * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is |
| 12492 |
+ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette |
| 12493 |
+ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. |
| 12494 |
+ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed |
| 12495 |
+ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. |
| 12496 |
+ * |
| 12497 |
+ * @par |
| 12498 |
+ * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like |
| 12499 |
+ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function |
| 12500 |
+ * allocating the picture. |
| 12501 |
+ */ |
| 12502 |
+enum AVPixelFormat { |
| 12503 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, |
| 12504 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) |
| 12505 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr |
| 12506 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... |
| 12507 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... |
| 12508 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) |
| 12509 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) |
| 12510 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) |
| 12511 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) |
| 12512 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp |
| 12513 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb |
| 12514 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb |
| 12515 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette |
| 12516 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range |
| 12517 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range |
| 12518 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range |
| 12519 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 |
| 12520 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 |
| 12521 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) |
| 12522 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits |
| 12523 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) |
| 12524 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) |
| 12525 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits |
| 12526 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) |
| 12527 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) |
| 12528 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped |
| 12529 |
+ |
| 12530 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... |
| 12531 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... |
| 12532 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... |
| 12533 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... |
| 12534 |
+ |
| 12535 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian |
| 12536 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian |
| 12537 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) |
| 12538 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range |
| 12539 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) |
| 12540 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian |
| 12541 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian |
| 12542 |
+ |
| 12543 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian |
| 12544 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian |
| 12545 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined |
| 12546 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined |
| 12547 |
+ |
| 12548 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian |
| 12549 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian |
| 12550 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined |
| 12551 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined |
| 12552 |
+ |
| 12553 |
+#if FF_API_VAAPI |
| 12554 |
+ /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */ |
| 12555 |
+ /**@{*/ |
| 12556 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers |
| 12557 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers |
| 12558 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID |
| 12559 |
+ /**@}*/ |
| 12560 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, |
| 12561 |
+#else |
| 12562 |
+ /** |
| 12563 |
+ * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a |
| 12564 |
+ * VASurfaceID. |
| 12565 |
+ */ |
| 12566 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, |
| 12567 |
+#endif |
| 12568 |
+ |
| 12569 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12570 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12571 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12572 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12573 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12574 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12575 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer |
| 12576 |
+ |
| 12577 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined |
| 12578 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined |
| 12579 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined |
| 12580 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined |
| 12581 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha |
| 12582 |
+ |
| 12583 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 |
| 12584 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 |
| 12585 |
+ |
| 12586 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian |
| 12587 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian |
| 12588 |
+ |
| 12589 |
+ /** |
| 12590 |
+ * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. |
| 12591 |
+ * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. |
| 12592 |
+ * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. |
| 12593 |
+ */ |
| 12594 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12595 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12596 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12597 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12598 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12599 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12600 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12601 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12602 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12603 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12604 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12605 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12606 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp |
| 12607 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP |
| 12608 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian |
| 12609 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian |
| 12610 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian |
| 12611 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian |
| 12612 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian |
| 12613 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian |
| 12614 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) |
| 12615 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) |
| 12616 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian |
| 12617 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian |
| 12618 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian |
| 12619 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian |
| 12620 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian |
| 12621 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian |
| 12622 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) |
| 12623 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) |
| 12624 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) |
| 12625 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) |
| 12626 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) |
| 12627 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) |
| 12628 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) |
| 12629 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) |
| 12630 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) |
| 12631 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) |
| 12632 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) |
| 12633 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) |
| 12634 |
+ |
| 12635 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface |
| 12636 |
+ |
| 12637 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 |
| 12638 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 |
| 12639 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) |
| 12640 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12641 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12642 |
+ |
| 12643 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian |
| 12644 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian |
| 12645 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian |
| 12646 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian |
| 12647 |
+ |
| 12648 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb |
| 12649 |
+ |
| 12650 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) |
| 12651 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) |
| 12652 |
+ |
| 12653 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp |
| 12654 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian |
| 12655 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian |
| 12656 |
+ /** |
| 12657 |
+ * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the |
| 12658 |
+ * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. |
| 12659 |
+ */ |
| 12660 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, |
| 12661 |
+ /** |
| 12662 |
+ * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the |
| 12663 |
+ * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. |
| 12664 |
+ */ |
| 12665 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, |
| 12666 |
+ |
| 12667 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer |
| 12668 |
+ |
| 12669 |
+ /** |
| 12670 |
+ * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers |
| 12671 |
+ * exactly as for system memory frames. |
| 12672 |
+ */ |
| 12673 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, |
| 12674 |
+ |
| 12675 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined |
| 12676 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined |
| 12677 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined |
| 12678 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined |
| 12679 |
+ |
| 12680 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12681 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12682 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12683 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12684 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12685 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12686 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12687 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12688 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12689 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12690 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12691 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12692 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian |
| 12693 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian |
| 12694 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian |
| 12695 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian |
| 12696 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range |
| 12697 |
+ |
| 12698 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */ |
| 12699 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */ |
| 12700 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ |
| 12701 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ |
| 12702 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ |
| 12703 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ |
| 12704 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ |
| 12705 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ |
| 12706 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ |
| 12707 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ |
| 12708 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ |
| 12709 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ |
| 12710 |
+ |
| 12711 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing |
| 12712 |
+ |
| 12713 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12714 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12715 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian |
| 12716 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian |
| 12717 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian |
| 12718 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian |
| 12719 |
+ |
| 12720 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox |
| 12721 |
+ |
| 12722 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian |
| 12723 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian |
| 12724 |
+ |
| 12725 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian |
| 12726 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian |
| 12727 |
+ |
| 12728 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian |
| 12729 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian |
| 12730 |
+ |
| 12731 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec |
| 12732 |
+ |
| 12733 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian |
| 12734 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian |
| 12735 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian |
| 12736 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian |
| 12737 |
+ |
| 12738 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian |
| 12739 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian |
| 12740 |
+ |
| 12741 |
+ /** |
| 12742 |
+ * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. |
| 12743 |
+ * |
| 12744 |
+ * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 |
| 12745 |
+ * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. |
| 12746 |
+ * |
| 12747 |
+ * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the |
| 12748 |
+ * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is |
| 12749 |
+ * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). |
| 12750 |
+ */ |
| 12751 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, |
| 12752 |
+ |
| 12753 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian |
| 12754 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian |
| 12755 |
+ |
| 12756 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian |
| 12757 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian |
| 12758 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian |
| 12759 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian |
| 12760 |
+ |
| 12761 |
+ /** |
| 12762 |
+ * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. |
| 12763 |
+ * |
| 12764 |
+ * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. |
| 12765 |
+ */ |
| 12766 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, |
| 12767 |
+ /** |
| 12768 |
+ * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. |
| 12769 |
+ * |
| 12770 |
+ * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used |
| 12771 |
+ * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. |
| 12772 |
+ */ |
| 12773 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, |
| 12774 |
+ |
| 12775 |
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions |
| 12776 |
+}; |
| 12777 |
+ |
| 12778 |
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN |
| 12779 |
+# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be |
| 12780 |
+#else |
| 12781 |
+# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le |
| 12782 |
+#endif |
| 12783 |
+ |
| 12784 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) |
| 12785 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) |
| 12786 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) |
| 12787 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) |
| 12788 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) |
| 12789 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) |
| 12790 |
+ |
| 12791 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) |
| 12792 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) |
| 12793 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) |
| 12794 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) |
| 12795 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) |
| 12796 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) |
| 12797 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) |
| 12798 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) |
| 12799 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) |
| 12800 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) |
| 12801 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) |
| 12802 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) |
| 12803 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) |
| 12804 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) |
| 12805 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) |
| 12806 |
+ |
| 12807 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) |
| 12808 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) |
| 12809 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) |
| 12810 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) |
| 12811 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) |
| 12812 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) |
| 12813 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) |
| 12814 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) |
| 12815 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) |
| 12816 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) |
| 12817 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) |
| 12818 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) |
| 12819 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) |
| 12820 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) |
| 12821 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) |
| 12822 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) |
| 12823 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) |
| 12824 |
+ |
| 12825 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) |
| 12826 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) |
| 12827 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) |
| 12828 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) |
| 12829 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) |
| 12830 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) |
| 12831 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) |
| 12832 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) |
| 12833 |
+ |
| 12834 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) |
| 12835 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) |
| 12836 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) |
| 12837 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) |
| 12838 |
+ |
| 12839 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) |
| 12840 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) |
| 12841 |
+ |
| 12842 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) |
| 12843 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) |
| 12844 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) |
| 12845 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) |
| 12846 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) |
| 12847 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) |
| 12848 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) |
| 12849 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) |
| 12850 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) |
| 12851 |
+ |
| 12852 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) |
| 12853 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) |
| 12854 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) |
| 12855 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) |
| 12856 |
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) |
| 12857 |
+ |
| 12858 |
+/** |
| 12859 |
+ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. |
| 12860 |
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1. |
| 12861 |
+ */ |
| 12862 |
+enum AVColorPrimaries { |
| 12863 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, |
| 12864 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B |
| 12865 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, |
| 12866 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, |
| 12867 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) |
| 12868 |
+ |
| 12869 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM |
| 12870 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC |
| 12871 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above |
| 12872 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C |
| 12873 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 |
| 12874 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) |
| 12875 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, |
| 12876 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 |
| 12877 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 |
| 12878 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors |
| 12879 |
+ AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI |
| 12880 |
+}; |
| 12881 |
+ |
| 12882 |
+/** |
| 12883 |
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic. |
| 12884 |
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2. |
| 12885 |
+ */ |
| 12886 |
+enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { |
| 12887 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, |
| 12888 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 |
| 12889 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, |
| 12890 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, |
| 12891 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM |
| 12892 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG |
| 12893 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC |
| 12894 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, |
| 12895 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" |
| 12896 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" |
| 12897 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" |
| 12898 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 |
| 12899 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut |
| 12900 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) |
| 12901 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system |
| 12902 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system |
| 12903 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems |
| 12904 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, |
| 12905 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 |
| 12906 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, |
| 12907 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" |
| 12908 |
+ AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI |
| 12909 |
+}; |
| 12910 |
+ |
| 12911 |
+/** |
| 12912 |
+ * YUV colorspace type. |
| 12913 |
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3. |
| 12914 |
+ */ |
| 12915 |
+enum AVColorSpace { |
| 12916 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB) |
| 12917 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B |
| 12918 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, |
| 12919 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, |
| 12920 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) |
| 12921 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 |
| 12922 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC |
| 12923 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above |
| 12924 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 |
| 12925 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, |
| 12926 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system |
| 12927 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system |
| 12928 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x |
| 12929 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system |
| 12930 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system |
| 12931 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp |
| 12932 |
+ AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI |
| 12933 |
+}; |
| 12934 |
+ |
| 12935 |
+/** |
| 12936 |
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. |
| 12937 |
+ */ |
| 12938 |
+enum AVColorRange { |
| 12939 |
+ AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, |
| 12940 |
+ AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges |
| 12941 |
+ AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges |
| 12942 |
+ AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI |
| 12943 |
+}; |
| 12944 |
+ |
| 12945 |
+/** |
| 12946 |
+ * Location of chroma samples. |
| 12947 |
+ * |
| 12948 |
+ * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the |
| 12949 |
+ * image, the left shows only luma, the right |
| 12950 |
+ * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay |
| 12951 |
+ * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII |
| 12952 |
+ * |
| 12953 |
+ * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions |
| 12954 |
+ * v v v v |
| 12955 |
+ * ______ ______ |
| 12956 |
+ *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, |
| 12957 |
+ * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions |
| 12958 |
+ *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position |
| 12959 |
+ */ |
| 12960 |
+enum AVChromaLocation { |
| 12961 |
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, |
| 12962 |
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 |
| 12963 |
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 |
| 12964 |
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 |
| 12965 |
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, |
| 12966 |
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, |
| 12967 |
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, |
| 12968 |
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI |
| 12969 |
+}; |
| 12970 |
+ |
| 12971 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ |
| 12972 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h |
| 12973 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 12974 |
index 000000000000..5c6b67b4e9f8 |
| 12975 |
--- /dev/null |
| 12976 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h |
| 12977 |
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ |
| 12978 |
+/* |
| 12979 |
+ * rational numbers |
| 12980 |
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 12981 |
+ * |
| 12982 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 12983 |
+ * |
| 12984 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 12985 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 12986 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 12987 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 12988 |
+ * |
| 12989 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 12990 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 12991 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 12992 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 12993 |
+ * |
| 12994 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 12995 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 12996 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 12997 |
+ */ |
| 12998 |
+ |
| 12999 |
+/** |
| 13000 |
+ * @file |
| 13001 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_math_rational |
| 13002 |
+ * Utilties for rational number calculation. |
| 13003 |
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> |
| 13004 |
+ */ |
| 13005 |
+ |
| 13006 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H |
| 13007 |
+#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H |
| 13008 |
+ |
| 13009 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 13010 |
+#include <limits.h> |
| 13011 |
+#include "attributes.h" |
| 13012 |
+ |
| 13013 |
+/** |
| 13014 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational |
| 13015 |
+ * @ingroup lavu_math |
| 13016 |
+ * Rational number calculation. |
| 13017 |
+ * |
| 13018 |
+ * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the |
| 13019 |
+ * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the |
| 13020 |
+ * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of |
| 13021 |
+ * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic |
| 13022 |
+ * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and |
| 13023 |
+ * denominators. |
| 13024 |
+ * |
| 13025 |
+ * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in |
| 13026 |
+ * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all |
| 13027 |
+ * rational numbers. |
| 13028 |
+ * |
| 13029 |
+ * @{ |
| 13030 |
+ */ |
| 13031 |
+ |
| 13032 |
+/** |
| 13033 |
+ * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). |
| 13034 |
+ */ |
| 13035 |
+typedef struct AVRational{ |
| 13036 |
+ int num; ///< Numerator |
| 13037 |
+ int den; ///< Denominator |
| 13038 |
+} AVRational; |
| 13039 |
+ |
| 13040 |
+/** |
| 13041 |
+ * Create an AVRational. |
| 13042 |
+ * |
| 13043 |
+ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. |
| 13044 |
+ * |
| 13045 |
+ * @note The return value is not reduced. |
| 13046 |
+ * @see av_reduce() |
| 13047 |
+ */ |
| 13048 |
+static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) |
| 13049 |
+{ |
| 13050 |
+ AVRational r = { num, den }; |
| 13051 |
+ return r; |
| 13052 |
+} |
| 13053 |
+ |
| 13054 |
+/** |
| 13055 |
+ * Compare two rationals. |
| 13056 |
+ * |
| 13057 |
+ * @param a First rational |
| 13058 |
+ * @param b Second rational |
| 13059 |
+ * |
| 13060 |
+ * @return One of the following values: |
| 13061 |
+ * - 0 if `a == b` |
| 13062 |
+ * - 1 if `a > b` |
| 13063 |
+ * - -1 if `a < b` |
| 13064 |
+ * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` |
| 13065 |
+ */ |
| 13066 |
+static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ |
| 13067 |
+ const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; |
| 13068 |
+ |
| 13069 |
+ if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; |
| 13070 |
+ else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; |
| 13071 |
+ else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); |
| 13072 |
+ else return INT_MIN; |
| 13073 |
+} |
| 13074 |
+ |
| 13075 |
+/** |
| 13076 |
+ * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. |
| 13077 |
+ * @param a AVRational to convert |
| 13078 |
+ * @return `a` in floating-point form |
| 13079 |
+ * @see av_d2q() |
| 13080 |
+ */ |
| 13081 |
+static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ |
| 13082 |
+ return a.num / (double) a.den; |
| 13083 |
+} |
| 13084 |
+ |
| 13085 |
+/** |
| 13086 |
+ * Reduce a fraction. |
| 13087 |
+ * |
| 13088 |
+ * This is useful for framerate calculations. |
| 13089 |
+ * |
| 13090 |
+ * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator |
| 13091 |
+ * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator |
| 13092 |
+ * @param[in] num Source numerator |
| 13093 |
+ * @param[in] den Source denominator |
| 13094 |
+ * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` |
| 13095 |
+ * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise |
| 13096 |
+ */ |
| 13097 |
+int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); |
| 13098 |
+ |
| 13099 |
+/** |
| 13100 |
+ * Multiply two rationals. |
| 13101 |
+ * @param b First rational |
| 13102 |
+ * @param c Second rational |
| 13103 |
+ * @return b*c |
| 13104 |
+ */ |
| 13105 |
+AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; |
| 13106 |
+ |
| 13107 |
+/** |
| 13108 |
+ * Divide one rational by another. |
| 13109 |
+ * @param b First rational |
| 13110 |
+ * @param c Second rational |
| 13111 |
+ * @return b/c |
| 13112 |
+ */ |
| 13113 |
+AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; |
| 13114 |
+ |
| 13115 |
+/** |
| 13116 |
+ * Add two rationals. |
| 13117 |
+ * @param b First rational |
| 13118 |
+ * @param c Second rational |
| 13119 |
+ * @return b+c |
| 13120 |
+ */ |
| 13121 |
+AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; |
| 13122 |
+ |
| 13123 |
+/** |
| 13124 |
+ * Subtract one rational from another. |
| 13125 |
+ * @param b First rational |
| 13126 |
+ * @param c Second rational |
| 13127 |
+ * @return b-c |
| 13128 |
+ */ |
| 13129 |
+AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; |
| 13130 |
+ |
| 13131 |
+/** |
| 13132 |
+ * Invert a rational. |
| 13133 |
+ * @param q value |
| 13134 |
+ * @return 1 / q |
| 13135 |
+ */ |
| 13136 |
+static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) |
| 13137 |
+{ |
| 13138 |
+ AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; |
| 13139 |
+ return r; |
| 13140 |
+} |
| 13141 |
+ |
| 13142 |
+/** |
| 13143 |
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. |
| 13144 |
+ * |
| 13145 |
+ * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or |
| 13146 |
+ * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. |
| 13147 |
+ * |
| 13148 |
+ * @param d `double` to convert |
| 13149 |
+ * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator |
| 13150 |
+ * @return `d` in AVRational form |
| 13151 |
+ * @see av_q2d() |
| 13152 |
+ */ |
| 13153 |
+AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; |
| 13154 |
+ |
| 13155 |
+/** |
| 13156 |
+ * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. |
| 13157 |
+ * |
| 13158 |
+ * @param q Rational to be compared against |
| 13159 |
+ * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested |
| 13160 |
+ * @return One of the following values: |
| 13161 |
+ * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` |
| 13162 |
+ * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` |
| 13163 |
+ * - 0 if they have the same distance |
| 13164 |
+ */ |
| 13165 |
+int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); |
| 13166 |
+ |
| 13167 |
+/** |
| 13168 |
+ * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. |
| 13169 |
+ * |
| 13170 |
+ * @param q Reference rational |
| 13171 |
+ * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` |
| 13172 |
+ * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array |
| 13173 |
+ */ |
| 13174 |
+int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); |
| 13175 |
+ |
| 13176 |
+/** |
| 13177 |
+ * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point |
| 13178 |
+ * format. |
| 13179 |
+ * |
| 13180 |
+ * @param q Rational to be converted |
| 13181 |
+ * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit |
| 13182 |
+ * integer. |
| 13183 |
+ * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. |
| 13184 |
+ */ |
| 13185 |
+uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); |
| 13186 |
+ |
| 13187 |
+/** |
| 13188 |
+ * @} |
| 13189 |
+ */ |
| 13190 |
+ |
| 13191 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ |
| 13192 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h |
| 13193 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 13194 |
index 000000000000..8cd43ae8568a |
| 13195 |
--- /dev/null |
| 13196 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h |
| 13197 |
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ |
| 13198 |
+/* |
| 13199 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 13200 |
+ * |
| 13201 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 13202 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 13203 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 13204 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 13205 |
+ * |
| 13206 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13207 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 13208 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 13209 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 13210 |
+ * |
| 13211 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 13212 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 13213 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 13214 |
+ */ |
| 13215 |
+ |
| 13216 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H |
| 13217 |
+#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H |
| 13218 |
+ |
| 13219 |
+#include <stdint.h> |
| 13220 |
+ |
| 13221 |
+#include "avutil.h" |
| 13222 |
+#include "attributes.h" |
| 13223 |
+ |
| 13224 |
+/** |
| 13225 |
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio |
| 13226 |
+ * @{ |
| 13227 |
+ * |
| 13228 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats |
| 13229 |
+ * |
| 13230 |
+ * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. |
| 13231 |
+ * @{ |
| 13232 |
+ */ |
| 13233 |
+ |
| 13234 |
+/** |
| 13235 |
+ * Audio sample formats |
| 13236 |
+ * |
| 13237 |
+ * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. |
| 13238 |
+ * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed |
| 13239 |
+ * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. |
| 13240 |
+ * |
| 13241 |
+ * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range |
| 13242 |
+ * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. |
| 13243 |
+ * |
| 13244 |
+ * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg |
| 13245 |
+ * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: |
| 13246 |
+ * |
| 13247 |
+ * @par |
| 13248 |
+ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, |
| 13249 |
+ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data |
| 13250 |
+ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data |
| 13251 |
+ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, |
| 13252 |
+ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. |
| 13253 |
+ * |
| 13254 |
+ */ |
| 13255 |
+enum AVSampleFormat { |
| 13256 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, |
| 13257 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits |
| 13258 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits |
| 13259 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits |
| 13260 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float |
| 13261 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double |
| 13262 |
+ |
| 13263 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar |
| 13264 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar |
| 13265 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar |
| 13266 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar |
| 13267 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar |
| 13268 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits |
| 13269 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar |
| 13270 |
+ |
| 13271 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically |
| 13272 |
+}; |
| 13273 |
+ |
| 13274 |
+/** |
| 13275 |
+ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not |
| 13276 |
+ * recognized. |
| 13277 |
+ */ |
| 13278 |
+const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); |
| 13279 |
+ |
| 13280 |
+/** |
| 13281 |
+ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE |
| 13282 |
+ * on error. |
| 13283 |
+ */ |
| 13284 |
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); |
| 13285 |
+ |
| 13286 |
+/** |
| 13287 |
+ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or |
| 13288 |
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the |
| 13289 |
+ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the |
| 13290 |
+ * input. |
| 13291 |
+ */ |
| 13292 |
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); |
| 13293 |
+ |
| 13294 |
+/** |
| 13295 |
+ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. |
| 13296 |
+ * |
| 13297 |
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is |
| 13298 |
+ * the same as the input. |
| 13299 |
+ * |
| 13300 |
+ * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or |
| 13301 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. |
| 13302 |
+ */ |
| 13303 |
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); |
| 13304 |
+ |
| 13305 |
+/** |
| 13306 |
+ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. |
| 13307 |
+ * |
| 13308 |
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is |
| 13309 |
+ * the same as the input. |
| 13310 |
+ * |
| 13311 |
+ * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or |
| 13312 |
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. |
| 13313 |
+ */ |
| 13314 |
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); |
| 13315 |
+ |
| 13316 |
+/** |
| 13317 |
+ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with |
| 13318 |
+ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. |
| 13319 |
+ * |
| 13320 |
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string |
| 13321 |
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf |
| 13322 |
+ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the |
| 13323 |
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the |
| 13324 |
+ * corresponding header. |
| 13325 |
+ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is |
| 13326 |
+ * unknown or in case of other errors |
| 13327 |
+ */ |
| 13328 |
+char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); |
| 13329 |
+ |
| 13330 |
+/** |
| 13331 |
+ * Return number of bytes per sample. |
| 13332 |
+ * |
| 13333 |
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format |
| 13334 |
+ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given |
| 13335 |
+ * sample format |
| 13336 |
+ */ |
| 13337 |
+int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); |
| 13338 |
+ |
| 13339 |
+/** |
| 13340 |
+ * Check if the sample format is planar. |
| 13341 |
+ * |
| 13342 |
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect |
| 13343 |
+ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved |
| 13344 |
+ */ |
| 13345 |
+int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); |
| 13346 |
+ |
| 13347 |
+/** |
| 13348 |
+ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. |
| 13349 |
+ * |
| 13350 |
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL |
| 13351 |
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels |
| 13352 |
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel |
| 13353 |
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format |
| 13354 |
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) |
| 13355 |
+ * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure |
| 13356 |
+ */ |
| 13357 |
+int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, |
| 13358 |
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); |
| 13359 |
+ |
| 13360 |
+/** |
| 13361 |
+ * @} |
| 13362 |
+ * |
| 13363 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation |
| 13364 |
+ * |
| 13365 |
+ * Functions that manipulate audio samples |
| 13366 |
+ * @{ |
| 13367 |
+ */ |
| 13368 |
+ |
| 13369 |
+/** |
| 13370 |
+ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample |
| 13371 |
+ * format sample_fmt. |
| 13372 |
+ * |
| 13373 |
+ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: |
| 13374 |
+ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, |
| 13375 |
+ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. |
| 13376 |
+ * |
| 13377 |
+ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each |
| 13378 |
+ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the |
| 13379 |
+ * buffer for all channels for packed layout. |
| 13380 |
+ * |
| 13381 |
+ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples |
| 13382 |
+ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), |
| 13383 |
+ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. |
| 13384 |
+ * |
| 13385 |
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat |
| 13386 |
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. |
| 13387 |
+ * |
| 13388 |
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel |
| 13389 |
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL |
| 13390 |
+ * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples |
| 13391 |
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels |
| 13392 |
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel |
| 13393 |
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format |
| 13394 |
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) |
| 13395 |
+ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure |
| 13396 |
+ * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case |
| 13397 |
+ * of success at the next bump |
| 13398 |
+ */ |
| 13399 |
+int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, |
| 13400 |
+ const uint8_t *buf, |
| 13401 |
+ int nb_channels, int nb_samples, |
| 13402 |
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); |
| 13403 |
+ |
| 13404 |
+/** |
| 13405 |
+ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and |
| 13406 |
+ * linesize accordingly. |
| 13407 |
+ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) |
| 13408 |
+ * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. |
| 13409 |
+ * |
| 13410 |
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat |
| 13411 |
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. |
| 13412 |
+ * |
| 13413 |
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel |
| 13414 |
+ * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL |
| 13415 |
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels |
| 13416 |
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel |
| 13417 |
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) |
| 13418 |
+ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure |
| 13419 |
+ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump |
| 13420 |
+ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() |
| 13421 |
+ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() |
| 13422 |
+ */ |
| 13423 |
+int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, |
| 13424 |
+ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); |
| 13425 |
+ |
| 13426 |
+/** |
| 13427 |
+ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples |
| 13428 |
+ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. |
| 13429 |
+ * |
| 13430 |
+ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data |
| 13431 |
+ * pointers array. |
| 13432 |
+ * |
| 13433 |
+ * @see av_samples_alloc() |
| 13434 |
+ */ |
| 13435 |
+int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, |
| 13436 |
+ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); |
| 13437 |
+ |
| 13438 |
+/** |
| 13439 |
+ * Copy samples from src to dst. |
| 13440 |
+ * |
| 13441 |
+ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes |
| 13442 |
+ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes |
| 13443 |
+ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst |
| 13444 |
+ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src |
| 13445 |
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied |
| 13446 |
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels |
| 13447 |
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format |
| 13448 |
+ */ |
| 13449 |
+int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, |
| 13450 |
+ int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, |
| 13451 |
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); |
| 13452 |
+ |
| 13453 |
+/** |
| 13454 |
+ * Fill an audio buffer with silence. |
| 13455 |
+ * |
| 13456 |
+ * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes |
| 13457 |
+ * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling |
| 13458 |
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill |
| 13459 |
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels |
| 13460 |
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format |
| 13461 |
+ */ |
| 13462 |
+int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, |
| 13463 |
+ int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); |
| 13464 |
+ |
| 13465 |
+/** |
| 13466 |
+ * @} |
| 13467 |
+ * @} |
| 13468 |
+ */ |
| 13469 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ |
| 13470 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h |
| 13471 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 13472 |
index 000000000000..3a63e6355f84 |
| 13473 |
--- /dev/null |
| 13474 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h |
| 13475 |
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ |
| 13476 |
+/* |
| 13477 |
+ * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard |
| 13478 |
+ * |
| 13479 |
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg. |
| 13480 |
+ * |
| 13481 |
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| 13482 |
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 13483 |
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| 13484 |
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| 13485 |
+ * |
| 13486 |
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13487 |
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 13488 |
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| 13489 |
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details. |
| 13490 |
+ * |
| 13491 |
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
| 13492 |
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 13493 |
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA |
| 13494 |
+ */ |
| 13495 |
+ |
| 13496 |
+/** |
| 13497 |
+ * @file |
| 13498 |
+ * @ingroup lavu |
| 13499 |
+ * Libavutil version macros |
| 13500 |
+ */ |
| 13501 |
+ |
| 13502 |
+#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H |
| 13503 |
+#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H |
| 13504 |
+ |
| 13505 |
+#include "macros.h" |
| 13506 |
+ |
| 13507 |
+/** |
| 13508 |
+ * @addtogroup version_utils |
| 13509 |
+ * |
| 13510 |
+ * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain |
| 13511 |
+ * backward compatibility. |
| 13512 |
+ * |
| 13513 |
+ * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to |
| 13514 |
+ * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) |
| 13515 |
+ * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg |
| 13516 |
+ * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. |
| 13517 |
+ * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. |
| 13518 |
+ * |
| 13519 |
+ * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to |
| 13520 |
+ * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. |
| 13521 |
+ * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy |
| 13522 |
+ * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. |
| 13523 |
+ * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 |
| 13524 |
+ * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new |
| 13525 |
+ * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib |
| 13526 |
+ * versions. |
| 13527 |
+ * |
| 13528 |
+ * @{ |
| 13529 |
+ */ |
| 13530 |
+ |
| 13531 |
+#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) |
| 13532 |
+#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c |
| 13533 |
+#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) |
| 13534 |
+ |
| 13535 |
+/** |
| 13536 |
+ * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned |
| 13537 |
+ * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() |
| 13538 |
+ */ |
| 13539 |
+#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) |
| 13540 |
+#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) |
| 13541 |
+#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) |
| 13542 |
+ |
| 13543 |
+/** |
| 13544 |
+ * @} |
| 13545 |
+ */ |
| 13546 |
+ |
| 13547 |
+/** |
| 13548 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics |
| 13549 |
+ * |
| 13550 |
+ * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime |
| 13551 |
+ * which version of libavutil is in use. |
| 13552 |
+ * |
| 13553 |
+ * @{ |
| 13554 |
+ */ |
| 13555 |
+ |
| 13556 |
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 56 |
| 13557 |
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 14 |
| 13558 |
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 |
| 13559 |
+ |
| 13560 |
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ |
| 13561 |
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ |
| 13562 |
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) |
| 13563 |
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ |
| 13564 |
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ |
| 13565 |
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) |
| 13566 |
+#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT |
| 13567 |
+ |
| 13568 |
+#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) |
| 13569 |
+ |
| 13570 |
+/** |
| 13571 |
+ * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards |
| 13572 |
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be |
| 13573 |
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of |
| 13574 |
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. |
| 13575 |
+ * |
| 13576 |
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually |
| 13577 |
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all |
| 13578 |
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. |
| 13579 |
+ * |
| 13580 |
+ * @{ |
| 13581 |
+ */ |
| 13582 |
+ |
| 13583 |
+#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI |
| 13584 |
+#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) |
| 13585 |
+#endif |
| 13586 |
+#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP |
| 13587 |
+#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) |
| 13588 |
+#endif |
| 13589 |
+#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 |
| 13590 |
+#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) |
| 13591 |
+#endif |
| 13592 |
+#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME |
| 13593 |
+#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) |
| 13594 |
+#endif |
| 13595 |
+#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS |
| 13596 |
+#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) |
| 13597 |
+#endif |
| 13598 |
+#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T |
| 13599 |
+#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) |
| 13600 |
+#endif |
| 13601 |
+#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET |
| 13602 |
+#define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) |
| 13603 |
+#endif |
| 13604 |
+#ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL |
| 13605 |
+#define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) |
| 13606 |
+#endif |
| 13607 |
+ |
| 13608 |
+ |
| 13609 |
+/** |
| 13610 |
+ * @} |
| 13611 |
+ * @} |
| 13612 |
+ */ |
| 13613 |
+ |
| 13614 |
+#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ |
| 13615 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build |
| 13616 |
new file mode 100644 |
| 13617 |
index 000000000000..c757ed6fad04 |
| 13618 |
--- /dev/null |
| 13619 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build |
| 13620 |
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ |
| 13621 |
+# -*- Mode: python; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*- |
| 13622 |
+# vim: set filetype=python: |
| 13623 |
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public |
| 13624 |
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this |
| 13625 |
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. |
| 13626 |
+ |
| 13627 |
+UNIFIED_SOURCES += [ |
| 13628 |
+ '../FFmpegAudioDecoder.cpp', |
| 13629 |
+ '../FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp', |
| 13630 |
+ '../FFmpegDecoderModule.cpp', |
| 13631 |
+ '../FFmpegH264Decoder.cpp', |
| 13632 |
+] |
| 13633 |
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [ |
| 13634 |
+ '..', |
| 13635 |
+ 'include', |
| 13636 |
+] |
| 13637 |
+ |
| 13638 |
+if CONFIG['CC_TYPE'] in ('clang', 'gcc'): |
| 13639 |
+ CXXFLAGS += [ '-Wno-deprecated-declarations' ] |
| 13640 |
+if CONFIG['CC_TYPE'] == 'clang': |
| 13641 |
+ CXXFLAGS += [ |
| 13642 |
+ '-Wno-unknown-attributes', |
| 13643 |
+ ] |
| 13644 |
+ |
| 13645 |
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul' |
| 13646 |
diff --git dom/media/platforms/moz.build dom/media/platforms/moz.build |
| 13647 |
index 604e445aa4d9..af96fb521e3d 100644 |
| 13648 |
--- dom/media/platforms/moz.build |
| 13649 |
+++ dom/media/platforms/moz.build |
| 13650 |
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ if CONFIG['MOZ_FFMPEG']: |
| 13651 |
'ffmpeg/libav54', |
| 13652 |
'ffmpeg/libav55', |
| 13653 |
'ffmpeg/ffmpeg57', |
| 13654 |
+ 'ffmpeg/ffmpeg58', |
| 13655 |
] |
| 13656 |
LOCAL_INCLUDES += [ |
| 13657 |
'ffmpeg', |